:: 6--20 FOX 29 Philadelphia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Police: Man, 24, dies in one of several reported ATM explosions in Philadelphia

By Lauren Johnson Published 2 days ago Updated 1 day ago Philadelphia FOX 29 Philadelphia

PHILADELPHIA - Police now tell us a 24-year-old man is dead after trying to blow up an ATM in the city.

SkyFOX was over the scene at North Second Street and West Susquehanna Avenue on Tuesday morning. This happened around 6 a.m. outside Sidekicks Sports Bar. There, investigators were looking over the automated teller machine with a smashed screen, a mangled keyboard, dangling components but a seemingly intact safe at the bottom. FOX 29's Lauren Johnson reported that, according to police, the man was using explosives. He was seriously injured at the scene and was later pronounced dead at a hospital. Sources tell FOX 29's Dave Schratwieser the man was shot after he set off the explosion and tried to make off with the cash. Police are investigating at this location, and this does not appear to be the lone incident. People have been phoning in similar reports throughout the night. Earlier Tuesday, Johnson and her photographer visited a bank at West Girard Avenue and North 27th Street where there also had been reports of explosions in the neighborhood. A FOX 29 photojournalists photographed another damaged at South 61st Street and Woodland Avenue. Police commissioner Danielle Outlaw said the thefts are believed to be “organized" and “coordinated" efforts and the federal Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives is taking the lead in the investigation.

:: 6-2-20 Hal Turner radio show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BUG-OUT FROM THE CITIES NOW. TODAY. COVERT INTEL: RIOTS AND LOOTING **ARE** PLANNED INSURRECTION; BEING STEERED BY DEMOCRAT ELECTED OFFICIALS AND DEMOCRAT PARTY LEADERS IN SEVERAL STATES - FUNDED BY THE USUAL SUSPECTS - Weapons Being Shipped-in By CHINA

Nation News Desk 02 June 2020

This section of the article is only available for Subscribers who support this web site with $1 a week billed either Quarterly ($13) or monthly ($5). This is necessary because this is a CLOUD-BASED web site. The way it works is YOU READ . . . I GET BILLED for "Data Transfer." Despite being politely asked for voluntary donations, few people ever bothered to donate. Then, despite being asked to click an ad within a story to generate ad revenue for this site, the majority of the general public couldn't be bothered with that, either. So there's no reason to give the general public free news anymore; they don't pull their own weight. With tens-of-thousands of people reading stories here every day, the costs nearly drove the site out of business. In order to be able to continue providing cutting-edge news, often hours or even DAYS before Drudge and most of the "mass-media" -- if they even cover it at all -- I need to be able to sustain this effort. To do that, I rely on folks like YOU contributing a pittance of about $1 a week; which is chump-change that you won't even miss! Yet that small amount makes all the difference in the world to the continued existence of this web site. In the final analysis, knowledge is power. Getting information first, or info that other sources simply don't report, is usually well worth a few bucks in the long run. Please click here to choose a subscription plan in order to view this part of the article. Subscribers LOGIN to see the story.

*** If you are having trouble logging-in, email: Hal.Turner@HalTurnerRadioShow.com 

YOU MUST SET YOUR WEB BROWSER TO "ACCEPT COOKIES" FROM THIS SITE IN ORDER TO LOGIN OR ELSE YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO SEE PREMIUM CONTENT. UPDATE 2:24 PM EDT --

President Trump threatens to deploy U.S. military pursuant to the Insurrection Act of 1807

At least nine dead, 4,000+ arrested for Rioting / Looting

Riots rage in 140 cities now starting into the seventh day

National Guard deployed in 29 states

NYC Mayor, VA Gov, DC Gov all reject Trump admin's offer of National Guard

40 cities to impose strict curfews

UPDATE 10:53 PM EDT --

With respect to the delivery of Bricks on pallets, into areas where the riots are happening, a photo has been sent to me with what appears to be a Manufacturer's label on it, showing the bricks were made by ACME BRICK COMPANY. This company is owned by . . . . Berkshire-Hathaway, you know, the company run for years by Billionaire Warren Buffet! Here's the photo: According to Wikipedia: Acme Brick Company was acquired by Berkshire Hathaway on August 1, 2000. (HERE) Warren buffet is certainly rich enough to cover the costs of shipping bricks all over the country. But did he? If so, WHY?

:: 6-2-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Both Civil War and World War III Are Inevitable- Mike Adams and Dave Hodges

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Tuesday, June 2, 2020 - 13:12.

Recently, I interviewed Mike Adams regarding the fluid and very volatile set of affairs in both our country and around the world. As a point of reference, I would refer the reader to a recent article where I spelled out six phases that the Deep State and the Democrats are following in order to conduct a Bolshevik Revolution against the Republic and the American people. In short, America, is one major conflict away from descending into the most tyrannical government that the planet has ever witnessed. The spirit of Mao, Lenin, Stalin and Hitler is very much alive in the Democratic leaders who are behind this coup. What separates the coup planners from these aforementioned despots is technology. One year from now, we could be entering a period where our government has shades of the Nazis, the Communists and the genocidal characterists of both in what would be the new regime that would replace the Republic. What separates these past despotic regimes from today's Democratic Party and Deep State is the available technology which can be used to enslave and to commit mass murder. There will come a time in this country in which the average, presently unaware American, will see the takeover for what it is. However, by that time, it will be too late. Both Mike Adams and myself belief that we have collectively passed the point of no return so far as finding a peaceful solution. America will soon be defined by both civil war and World War III. Both Mike Adams and myself share the belief that civil war and World War III are unavoidable. We recently discussed our thoughts on this subject along with the reasons behind our beliefs. The discussion can be heard by clicking this link. Interestingly, Mike Adams gave a fantastic 3 hour presentation at the recently concluded GEN SIX conference. Mike's presentation along with all the other presenters can be accessed by video on demand.

:: 5-20-20 The Liberty Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democide: Understanding the State’s Monopoly on Violence & the 2nd Amendment

By: Sam Jacobs May 20, 2020 This article was posted by TLB Staff FREEDOM, GOVERNMENT,

Gun control is predicated on the belief that private citizens cannot be trusted with firearms. That the state should have a “monopoly on violence” because it is less violent than individuals. And that firearms should be taken away from private citizens because only the state is responsible enough to handle them. There is, however, a major problem with this: States are statistically far more violent than individuals. After all, in the 20th century alone, 262 MILLION people died at the hands of their own governments. The term for this sort of atrocity is “democide.” It is one of the reasons the Founding Fathers included the Second Amendment in the U.S. Constitution – to allow citizens some form of protection against agents of a tyrannical government meaning to do them harm, as the Founders were forcibly disarmed as colonists by the British prior to the American Revolution. What Is Democide?

Democide might be a practice as old as time, but it reached new depths in the 20th century. This is when warfare became mechanized and, as pointed out by anarchist philosopher Hans-Hermann Hoppe, war shifted from being about property disputes over pieces of land into ideological crusades. Democracy vs. monarchy or liberalism and communism vs. fascism are great examples of this.

While the act of governments killing their own citizens is not unique to this century, the concept of democide was first formulated by Rudolph Rummel, a late professor emeritus of political science at the University of Hawaii and frequent Nobel Peace Prize nominee. He studied the political violence of the 20th century with an eye toward doing all he could to end it. In doing so, he quickly noticed that not all mass killings committed by governments fell under the heading of “genocide.” Further, as stated above, the differences between mass killing for religious, political and ethnic reasons are often difficult to separate from one another. Rummel found a far more elegant term in “democide,” which could easily refer to all of this and more. Rummel’s conclusions were based on empirical study over a period of 15 years. He penned six books on the subject, publishing his abstracts and statistics on his website as a free resource for all to read. The major conclusions that Rummel came to were that despite their other shortcomings, Western liberal democracies excelled over all other forms of government in two major respects:

Democratically elected governments were the least likely to kill their own citizens.

Democratically elected governments do not wage war against one another.

Japan under Emperor Tojo

Russia during Lenin’s Bolshevik Revolution

Pasha’s Turkey

Pol Pot in Cambodia

Kim Il-Sung’s North Korea

Mariam’s Communist regime in Ethiopia

Gowon in Nigeria

Bangladesh under Yahya Khan

Saddam Hussein in Iraq

Vietnam under Ho Chi Minh

Idi Amin in Uganda.

Nearly half – 46.6% – of all deaths in China between 1900 and 1987 were the result of democide.

In Turkey, gun control was tightened prior to the Armenian genocide.

The Soviet Union instituted gun control in 1929, disarming the formerly heavily armed Soviet populace.

China’s gun control program was rolled out by the Republic of China in 1938.

Guatemala started gun control in 1964, prior to killing 100,000 Mayan Indians.

Uganda’s gun control program began in 1970, almost immediately before an eight-year program of exterminating Christians began.

The question of democide’s relation to gun ownership becomes more complex when we look at which countries own the most guns. Arguably the nation with the longest-standing tradition of personal freedom, the United States, also has the highest rates of gun ownership. Beyond that, things start getting less clear. Switzerland, like the U.S., has a longstanding tradition of both freedom and gun ownership, though far fewer citizens have ammunition than have firearms. Finland, Norway and Sweden are other countries in the top ten classified as “Free” by Freedom House, with high levels of gun ownership, along with Uruguay. However, also in the top ten of gun ownership we find Iraq, Yemen and Saudi Arabia, all of which are rated as “not free” (the last of which has become a bit of a symbol for countries lacking in basic freedom and human rights). The other end of the spectrum – correlating gun control with a lack of freedom – is much more clear. Most countries without much in the way of freedom also have gun control. However, no one would accuse South Korea, Japan or Ireland of being totalitarian states ripe for democide, despite the extreme difficulty of owning weapons and the near impossibility of owning handguns. While the Imperial Japanese government committed a slew of atrocities during the Second World War, it’s almost certain that no one would place a bet on them to take that up anew any time soon. Gun confiscation is neither necessary nor sufficient for democidal atrocities. Remember the case of Nazi Germany, where some people had their gun rights restricted, but others had them expanded. However, as we can see from the above cases, removing guns from the populace also removes at least one major obstacle. Consider, as a thought experiment, the chances of the United States government exterminating the people of Coastal California (where citizens owning firearms is frowned upon) versus their chances of doing the same in Greater Appalachia. Also consider that democide against an armed population isn’t necessarily more difficult in this day and age – especially with newer military technologies like directed energy weapons. Perhaps one thing is uncontroversial: If you don’t resist a democide, your chances of death are almost certain. And if you do choose to resist, you’ll need something sterner than rocks and empty bottles. Firearms, at the very least, provide a fighting chance against the very real possibility that your government decides your group is the next Ukrainian kulaks – or against the far more tangible threats to your daily existence, like street crime or home invasions.

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 6-2-20 End of the American Dream :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Protesters Showed Up In Coeur d’Alene, Idaho But The Locals Made Sure That There Would Be No Riots…

June 2, 2020 by Michael Snyder

When word started spreading that the same protesters that had just broken windows and looted stores in Spokane were going to come to Coeur d’Alene, hundreds of citizens mobilized to protect their community. So when the protesters did show up on Monday night, they quickly discovered that a very heavily armed “welcoming committee” was waiting for them. Just like most Americans all over the country, most residents of north Idaho were absolutely horrified by the death of George Floyd, and there seems to be an overwhelming consensus that the police officer that killed him needs to be brought to justice. But most residents of north Idaho have also been absolutely horrified by the violent riots that have erupted in cities from coast to coast, and they sure don’t want the same thing to happen in their neck of the woods. If you are not familiar with the geography of the area, Coeur d’Alene is not very far from the city of Spokane, Washington, and there had been quite a bit of rioting in Spokane on Sunday night. In fact, one local news source described it as “a frenzied night of tear gas, rubber bullets and flash-bangs” as police worked tirelessly to end the vandalism and looting. At one point, the Spokane Police Department actually sent out a cellphone alert warning everyone in the region to “avoid the downtown core area”… Spokane Police were forced to issue an alert that was sent to cellphones across the greater Spokane area on Sunday. “A civil disturbance is occurring in the downtown Spokane area. Please avoid the downtown core area from Fifth Avenue to Mission Street and Division Street to Maple Street. Thank you, Spokane Police Department,” read the alert. Spokane’s Mayor issued an immediate curfew just before 9:00 p.m. Police used tear gas and rubber bullets to get control of protesters who were rioting and in the downtown area of Spokane, destroying property. Rioters sprayed graffiti, broke windows, and looted select businesses. In the aftermath of that horrible night, word began to spread that protesters were planning to show up in Coeur d’Alene on Monday night, and that is precisely what happened… Protesters gathered outside of the WinCo Foods in Coeur d’Alene on Monday evening. An assistant general manager at the store told KREM that he estimated there were 40-50 protesters in front of the store as of about 6:40 p.m. on Monday evening. Most of the crowd had dispersed by 11 p.m. according to a KREM reporter. But there were no riots, because the protesters discovered that they were vastly outnumbered by the locals that were waiting to “welcome” them. A reporter for the Coeur d’Alene Press was in the downtown area on Monday evening, and he reported that “hundreds of citizens” had mobilized to protect the city… Soon, more armed men, self-described as a loosely formed group of patriots, arrived. They took up posts at corners on both sides of Sherman Avenue. Later, they were joined by hundreds of citizens packing rifles, semi-automatic weapons, handguns, and bows and arrows. The sidewalks were packed with people walking up and down Sherman Avenue, firearms proudly displayed for all to see. You can see a lot more photos of these brave citizens patrolling the streets right here. If they hadn’t been there, Coeur d’Alene may have suffered the same fate that so many other communities all over America have already suffered. The following is how one local resident described what he experienced on Monday night…

SURREAL EXPERIENCE: ABOUT FORTY of us were forewarned about possible looting activity planned by Antifa-aligned groups, at WinCo in Coeur d’Alene today, of all places. Many of you would think it could never happen here, but it was reported that some were bussed in from Spokane or even from Soros-funded arrivals in Boise–most or all from out of state. A connection at the Police Department confirmed this as did a contact one of us has in, let’s just say an alphabet soup agency. I was there, with about forty other patriots, as a human bulwark to prevent this. There were black-clad freaks and some purple hairs demonstrating with BLM signs, and some of them looked capable of violence–just not nearly as capable as those of us present who came to defend our city. One of the BLM persons carried an AR-15 which he looked ill-equipped to handle, as though it was his first time; he had no sling for the rifle and carried it by the grip one-handed the whole time. I carried an AR-15 and two other sidearms, and most patriots there were armed, too, some with rifles. I don’t know whether stuff would have gone down had we not been there, I just know that nothing terrible happened–perhaps because we were there. Unfortunately, our nation is more divided than it has ever been in my entire lifetime, and with a presidential election rapidly approaching we are likely to see a lot more protests around the country in the months ahead. What America really needs is a whole lot more love, but instead anger and hatred continue to rise, and a lot of people have decided that violence is the answer. That is extremely sad, because the violence that we have witnessed over the past week has only made our national divisions even deeper. So let us pray for America, because our country is literally coming apart at the seams right now.

:: 6-2-20 UPI :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 2, 2020 / 2:36 PM / Updated at 5:32 AM

Cristobal could approach U.S. coast as hurricane this weekend

By Courtney Spamer, AccuWeather, Accuweather.com

:: 6-2-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Idaho Town Taken Over By Armed 'Patriot' Patrols Amid Rumors Antifa Headed There

by Tyler Durden Tue, 06/02/2020 - 23:05

Amid rumors of mass protests and riots in the northwest Idaho city of Coeur d’Alene, some locals weren't having it, and armed themselves to patrol city streets lined with small businesses. It's a trend giving rise to fears that violent armed clashes between different American factions are imminent. Already videos from cities across the nation have depicted counter-demonstrators taking matters into their own hands as police retreat. "Reports and rumors that groups bent on rioting and violence in Coeur d’Alene brought out men and women with guns on Monday determined to stop them if they arrive," local Idaho media reported. "Dan Carson was patrolling Sherman Avenue with an AR-12 automatic 12-gauge across his chest, an AR-15 strapped to his back, two 9mm handguns holstered and a .38 special, too," the report continued. Groups of loosely affiliated 'Proud Boys' and armed 'patriots' began lining the streets of downtown Coeur d’Alene over reports left wing militants and Antifa anarchists were planning to cause mayhem in the area: Soon, more armed men, self-described as a loosely formed group of patriots, arrived. They took up posts at corners on both sides of Sherman Avenue. Later, they were joined by hundreds of citizens packing rifles, semi-automatic weapons, handguns, and bows and arrows. The sidewalks were packed with people walking up and down Sherman Avenue, firearms proudly displayed for all to see. They carried guns, had them holstered around their hips and had them strapped across their backs. As it turns out, a group of Black Lives Matter protesters did in parts of the city briefly face off with the 'protect Idaho' group of armed locals, however, the scene stayed peaceful and without incident, dispersing relatively early into the evening as the police monitored the situation. Ultimately it appeared that in the downtown area it was only the armed patriot group which was out in force, unopposed. But the armed citizens patrols were in such large numbers they effectively took over the streets. It's a scene that's also played out in places like Texas, where smaller towns and rural areas have vowed to keep rioters far away, also as individual citizens practice 'open carry' in states where it's permissible. Armed citizen warns outsider in live stream (below): "I'm telling you... if you guys are thinking about coming to Coeur d’Alene to riot or loot, you better fuckin think again, because we ain't havin it over here." "Everybody's out and strapped... getting ready for the so-called invasion." But the trend suggests it could take a single 'incident' to spark a deadly encounter between such armed 'citizens patrol' groups and Antifa, BLM, or left-wing militants in locations across the nation. Meanwhile, in San Bernardino County, California an armed clash between rival demonstrators nearly erupted: Given that local and state police can barely handle the growing riots and random destruction as it is, such a scenario would send things escalating to far more violent proportions at flashpoints across the US. During the early momentum of riots taking over Minnesota's twin cities - ground zero for the initial George Floyd protests that began late last week - local and state police came under intense criticism as they retreated from riot-hit parts of the city, leaving business owners to watch helplessly as their stores and in some cases homes burned the ground. This and other scenes of lawlessness have resulted in a growing trend this week of armed 'citizen patrols' - adding to a potentially deadly combustible mix amid increasingly chaotic unpredictable scenarios on American city streets.

:: 6-2-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WHAT… AND WHO… Is Really Behind Antifa Groups Hijacking Protests Of George Floyd’s Death And Turning Them Into Riots? (AS FIRST DETAILED IN THE BESTSELLING BOOKS “SHADOWLAND” AND “SABOTEURS”)

June 2, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

[iii] https://archive.org/stream/RulesForRadicals/RulesForRadicals_djvu.txt 

[iv] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Saul_Alinsky 

[vi] http://nypost.com/2017/02/11/how-obama-is-scheming-to-sabotage-trumps-presidency/ 

[viii] http://freebeacon.com/issues/soros-funded-anti-trump-network-has-acorn-ties/ 

[x] http://www.wnd.com/2017/06/new-warning-resistance-turning-into-american-coup/ 

[xiii] https://shorensteincenter.org/news-coverage-donald-trumps-first-100-days/ 

[xv] http://www.newsmax.com/Newsfront/war-liberals-resist-Big-Agenda/2017/03/07/id/777516/ 

:: 4-17-18 The American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Has Giving Leftists What They Want Made America Better?

By Lloyd Marcus April 17, 2018

:: 6-2-20 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NINETEEN world armies to join Russians for annual Red Square Victory Parade

2 Jun, 2020 14:28 By Jonny Tickle

https://www.rt.com/russia/490532-red-square-victory-parade-participants/ 

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Answering Fear

By Hal Lindsey

1 John 4:18 says, “There is no fear in love; but perfect love casts out fear.”

Psalms 34:4 says, “I sought the Lord, and He answered me, And delivered me from all my fears.”

In John 14:27, Jesus said, “Peace I leave with you; My peace I give to you; not as the world gives, do I give to you. Let not your heart be troubled, nor let it be fearful.”

Psalms 57:1 says, “In the shadow of Your wings I will make my refuge, Until these calamities have passed by.”

Isaiah 26:3 says, “Thou wilt keep him in perfect peace, whose mind is stayed on Thee: because he trusteth in Thee.” These are difficult days. We should be prudent and plan things as well as we can. But panic? Fear? No! Let the Living God keep you in perfect peace.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-3-18-2020/ 

:: 6--20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Power When You Need It Most

By Hal Lindsey

For a long time now, my name has been associated with events of the end times and the expectation of Christ’s soon return. For years, I have warned about a coming era of plagues and pestilence. I’ve talked about a rising tide of totalitarianism that would manifest itself in the time shortly before Jesus comes back. Now, as we live through the times we knew were coming, let me encourage you. We’re watching a massive plague cover the world. We see the globalists acting fast to use the emergency to their own ends. Many of the things we knew were coming have begun to arrive — though not yet with the intensity the world will see later. So, what’s encouraging about that? First, it tells us about something amazing just on the horizon — the return of Jesus! Signs pointing to the Lord’s return should not make us cower, but lift our heads! The other encouraging thing is this. God has not changed. He does not change. His promises remain true — regardless of the trouble in the world. Jesus was very specific. In Matthew 6:2526, He said, “Do not be anxious for your life, as to what you shall eat, or what you shall drink; nor for your body, as to what you shall put on. Is not life more than food, and the body than clothing? Look at the birds of the air, that they do not sow, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns, and yet your heavenly Father feeds them. Are you not worth much more than they?” In Isaiah 41:10, God spoke specifically to the people of Israel. But the wording makes it clear that it also applies to those who have been made righteous in Jesus Christ. God said, “Do not fear, for I am with you; Do not anxiously look about you, for I am your God. I will strengthen you, surely I will help you, Surely I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.” Sadly, there are Christians around the world right now who feel frightened, guilty, and powerless. For them it seems impossible to refrain from fear or from anxiously looking about them. They want to believe that He is their God, but they’re not completely sure of their standing with Him. And it’s all because they don’t understand the last clause of that verse.

“Surely I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.” They think the upholding of their relationship with God depends on their own righteousness. But in fact, it depends on the strength of His righteous right hand. He does the upholding. Our righteous standing before Him depends on the strength of His righteousness. Verse 13 of that same chapter says, “For I am the Lord your God, who upholds your right hand, Who says to you, ‘Do not fear, I will help you.’” Is the message clear? Do not fear. Who upholds us? He does. Who will help us? He will. Then verse 14 says something fascinating. It says, “‘Do not fear, you worm Jacob, you men of Israel; I will help you,’ declares the Lord, ‘and your Redeemer is the Holy One of Israel.’” He actually refers to Israel as a “worm.” There are several reasons for that designation, but the main one is this. It’s not their righteousness that He’s talking about. He is the Holy One, and it is His holiness that redeems them — and us. So here we stand in the middle of a terrible mess. We hear fearful news on every channel. It’s good to be aware of what’s going on the world, but mostly we need to tune in to God’s channel. Listen to Him. Read His word. Be strong in His strength. Live in His grace!

And as you do that, it becomes easier to obey His command, “Do not fear.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-5-13-2020/ 

:: 6-2-20 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

June 2 George Floyd protest news

Thousands around the world protest George Floyd's death in global display of solidarity From CNN's Zamira Rahim and Rob Picheta Over the weekend, demonstrators gathered in London, Berlin and Auckland, among other cities, to protest against police brutality in solidarity with the US crowds.

Britain: In London, protesters rallied in Trafalgar Square on Sunday morning, in defiance of Britain's lockdown rules which prohibit large gatherings. Some participants marched to the US embassy.

Germany: Crowds gathered in Berlin in front of the US embassy on Saturday and Sunday. Participants wore face masks and carried signs declaring "Black lives matter" and "Justice can't wait."

France: Activists in Paris wearing black clothing and face masks took a knee and held up signs reading "I can't breathe," "We are all George Floyd" and "Racism chokes us" in Paris on Monday.

Denmark: Chants of "no justice, no peace" were heard In the streets of Copenhagen on Sunday, as protesters marched over Floyd's death. Some rallied outside the Danish capital's US embassy.

Italy: In Milan, crowds held a flashmob near the city's US consulate on Thursday.

Brazil: People protested outside the Guanabara Palace, the home of the state government, in Rio de Janeiro on Sunday, while in Sao Paulo, some brought signs showing solidarity with the US protests to an existing demonstration against President Jair Bolsonaro. The list goes on: Solidarity protests took place in Australia, New Zealand, Ireland, Syria, Mexico, Canada, Poland, and more. Read about them here:

https://www.cnn.com/us/live-news/george-floyd-protests-06-02-20/index.html 

:: 6-2-20 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Israel, Saudis Negotiating Control of Temple Mount

12:00PM EDT 6/2/2020 CBN News/Emily Jones

Israel and Saudi Arabia have been conducting secret negotiations since December about allowing Saudi officials to join the Jerusalem Islamic Waqf responsible for controlling the Temple Mount and Al-Aqsa Mosque in Jerusalem, Israel Hayom reported. "These talks are sensitive and clandestine and have been conducted by small teams of diplomats and security officials from Israel, the U.S. and Saudi Arabia as part of the Trump administrations' Peace to Prosperity Middle East initiative," unnamed senior Saudi diplomats told the Israeli paper.. The Waqf oversees Muslim holy sites in Jerusalem, claims exclusive control over the Temple Mount, and says it is not subject to Israeli law. Jordan exclusively funds and manages the Waqf and according to the report, previously objected to any change in the Waqf council. However, Israel Hayom reports that Amman has since reversed its position because it is worried about the level of Turkey's influence in eastern Jerusalem and the Temple Mount. Seven senior Fatah and Palestinian Authority leaders were added to the council last February and opened the door for Turkish Islamic organizations to pump millions of dollars into projects in Jerusalem. Click here to read the rest of this story from our content partners at CBN News.

Get Spirit-filled content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to our newsletter.

Join us on our podcast each weekday for an interesting story, well told, from Charisma News. Listen at charismapodcastnetwork.com.

:: 6-2-20 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Signs Order on Religious Freedom, Even as Visits to Shrine, Church Draw Fire

By Jeffrey Rubin | Tuesday, 02 June 2020 03:58 PM

President Donald Trump has signed an executive order on religious freedom, even as he's come under fire over visits made to religious sites amid protests over the death of George Floyd. According to Fox News, the order has not yet been publicly released, but a senior administration official said it was intended to protect “people of faith around the world.” Fox News said White House aide Kellyanne Conway confirmed that Trump signed the order Tuesday afternoon. “This executive order fully integrates the president’s vision – a vigorous defense of international religious freedom rights for all – into key aspects of United States foreign policy,” the official said, according to the news organization. “Yet again, President Trump is taking a decisive action to keep his promise to people of faith around the world.” Earlier Tuesday, Trump and first lady Melania Trump visited the National Shrine in Washington, a place of significance and prayer for Catholics. It came after Trump on Monday night walked out of the White House after a speech in which he pledge to use military resources to quell protest violence, heading across the street to St. John’s Episcopal Church. That site had been burned amid protests over Floyd's death at the hands of Minneapolis police. Tear gas and flash bangs were used to disperse protesters and clear the path for Trump's Monday night walk and photo at St. John's.

Washington, D.C. Archbishop Wilton D. Gregory slammed Trump's Tuesday shrine visit in a statement.

“I find it baffling and reprehensible that any Catholic facility would allow itself to be so egregiously misused and manipulated in a fashion that violates our religious principles, which call us to defend the rights of all people even those with whom we might disagree,” Gregory wrote. “Saint Pope John Paul II was an ardent defender of the rights and dignity of human beings. His legacy bears vivid witness to that truth,” Gregory added, concluding, “He certainly would not condone the use of tear gas and other deterrents to silence, scatter or intimidate them for a photo opportunity in front of a place of worship and peace.” Gregory’s statement was made following Trump’s appearance in front of St. John’s Episcopal Church on Monday. There, he posed for a photo with a Bible. Trump was criticized by many religious leaders for that photo op because military police cleared out protesters with tear gas prior to his arrival. Episcopal Rev. Gini Gerbasi posted on Facebook that she was “driven off” the church’s patio by police for Trump’s “cheap political stunt.”

Newsmax's Maris Herman contributed to this report.

https://www.newsmax.com/us/faith-trump/2020/06/02/id/970209/ 

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. etc

:: 6-3-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel won't annex Palestinian towns, Palestinians won’t get citizenship

The plan the Trump administration released in late January, titled “Peace to Prosperity,” would allow for Israel to apply civil law, as opposed to military law, to 30% of the West Bank.

By LAHAV HARKOV JUNE 3, 2020 10:09

Israel will not apply its sovereignty to Palestinian towns within areas that it plans to annex in the West Bank, and as such, Palestinians – including those living in the Jordan Valley – will not be granted Israeli citizenship, American and Israeli sources said on Tuesday.

"I don't anticipate Palestinians becoming Israeli, based on the principles laid out in the plan,” a Trump administration source said.

Read More Related Articles

Polish historian Ewa Kurek: Coronavirus is ‘Jewfication’ of Europe

Munich bans yellow stars at protests after Jewish groups raise concerns

4 ways to help Tide Loads of Hope provide laundry to first responders (P&G Good Everyday)

Netanyahu addressed this issue in an interview with Israel Hayom last week, in response to a question of whether Palestinians in the Jordan Valley will become Israeli citizens. "They will remain a Palestinian enclave,” Netanyahu said. “You're not annexing Jericho. There's a cluster or two. You don't need to apply sovereignty over them, they will remain Palestinian subjects if you will. But security control also applies to these places." One of the principles on which the Trump administration composed the plan is that no one would have to leave their home. The result has been a map that Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas quipped is “like Swiss cheese.” According to the plan, 97% of Palestinians in the West Bank will live in contiguous Palestinian territory. The other 3% would live in “enclaves that remain inside contiguous Israeli territory” but that are still designated to be part of a Palestinian state, and when that state is established, those residents would become Palestinian citizens. Their towns would have access routes connecting them to the contiguous Palestinian state. It is unclear how many Palestinians fall under this category, and different sources give different numbers. The Trump plan gives the Palestinian leadership four years to meet the standards it sets to establish a state, including stopping incitement and violence against Israel, and providing equal civil rights to its people. Even after a Palestinian state is formed, Israel would have control over security in the entire West Bank. In the interim, Palestinians enclaves would remain under the Palestinian Authority’s jurisdiction for civil matters, despite being surrounded by newly-sovereign Israeli land, or as the plan states, “the legal status quo will prevail and the State of Israel will enable the development of those Palestinian communities within their current footprint.” The plan does not address illegal Palestinian construction in areas within the municipal borders of Israeli settlements.

When Abbas condemned the map as "Swiss cheese" in the UN Security Council in February, he asked: "Who among you will accept a similar state and similar conditions?" Israel would, since the plan’s conceptual map also includes Israeli enclaves within the area designated for a future Palestinian state, though in the immediate term, there would not be such a state. Several countries in the world have exclaves, which is an area that can only be reached from the mainland by crossing through the territory of another state. Among those are Baarle-Hertog, Belgian exclaves in the Netherlands; Llivia, an exclave of Spain surrounded by France; and Campione d'Italia, an exclave of Italy surrounded by Switzerland. In the Middle East, four of the United Arab Emirates have five exclaves.

[ ::  4-9-17 am service  (third word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::]

etc. For it is that time and it is that hour, the clock cannot be stopped, the clock cannot be turned back, man has made their own minds up, they have made decisions and have not counseled with me, your Father God, therefore I cannot hold things back any longer.  For they go their own way, etc.

:: 6-2-20 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Multiple officers shot during overnight protests in St. Louis, Las Vegas

Jay Cannon, USA TODAY Published 10:31 a.m. ET June 2, 2020 | Updated 2:57 p.m. ET June 2, 2020

Multiple law enforcement officers were shot Monday night and Tuesday morning as protests continued across the nation in the wake of George Floyd's death in Minneapolis.

Four officers in St. Louis were hit with gunfire during overnight protests, and an officer shot in Las Vegas was in critical condition Tuesday morning, officials said. The shooting incidents came hours after President Donald Trump addressed the nation at the White House Rose Garden, promising to deploy military forces if protests continued to turn violent. Many demonstrations started out peacefully, but some, like the protests in Chicago and Seattle, became more violent as the day went on.

Monday marked one week since Floyd died after a Minneapolis police officer held his knee on Floyd's neck during an arrest. A report from Hennepin County Medical Examiner's office as well as a family-commissioned autopsy, both released Monday, ruled his death a homicide. George Floyd protest live updates: TikTok apologizes over hashtags

4 St. Louis officers hit by gunfire, retired police captain killed

Protests that began peacefully over the death of George Floyd turned violent in the St. Louis area, where four police officers were shot and a retired St. Louis police captain was shot to death by looters at a pawn shop. St. Louis police on Tuesday said 77-year-old David Dorn, who retired in 2007 after 38 years with the department, was fatally shot by a looter. Several thousand people joined the demonstrations in St. Louis over Floyd's death and police treatment of African Americans on Monday. But that night, a downtown convenience store was burned, windows were smashed, businesses burglarized and officers were pelted with rocks and fireworks. St. Louis Mayor Lyda Krewson on Tuesday announced a 9 p.m. curfew. “What started as a very nonviolent and peaceful demonstration and protest ended in looting, shooting, burning and attacks on law enforcement,” she said. “This cannot be and will not be tolerated.” Just after midnight, with only a couple of hundred people still on the streets, someone opened fire on officers standing in line, Police Chief John Hayden said. Two officers were struck in the leg, one was hit in the foot and one was hit in the arm. All four are expected to recover. – Jim Salter, Associated Press

Las Vegas officer in critical condition

A Las Vegas Metro officer was in critical condition Tuesday morning after a man who was believed to be a protester shot him Monday night, Sheriff Joe Lombardo said. Lombardo said officers were attempting to clear protesters from Las Vegas Boulevard when the officer was shot some time before midnight. The officer was on life support at University Medical Center in Las Vegas Tuesday morning.

A suspect in the shooting was arrested about 2:30 a.m. local time. A separate shooting in Las Vegas took place Monday night when an armed man wearing body armor was shot and killed by police and federal agents guarding a federal building after he reached for his firearm at 11:22 p.m., the sheriff said. Lombardo said the man was an open-carry individual and was seen walking among protesters as the demonstration was dying down. “What has occurred is utterly unacceptable," Lombardo said before ending the brief press conference. – Ed Komenda, Reno Gazette Journal

:: 6-1-20 Faithwire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘My Family Is God-Fearing’: George Floyd’s Brother Gives Powerful Speech Demanding Peace

In a powerful speech delivered during a prayer vigil Monday, George Floyd’s younger brother Terrence called on protesters to demonstrate peacefully, rebuking the riots that have broken out across the country. George Floyd was killed one week ago by a former Minneapolis police officer who knelt on his neck for nearly 10 minutes, until he died. Mr. Floyd was unarmed and cooperative. The officer has since been arrested and charged with murder. ‘Free Hugs Guy’ Criticized for Painting Over Graffiti, Issues Perfect Response Since then, protests have broken out. While there have been countless peaceful demonstrations, there have been numerous violent riots around the U.S. Terrence Floyd’s speech — the continuation of his message of peace — called an immediate end to the violence. He equated the violent riots to drinking, explaining it “might feel good for the moment, but when you come down, you’re gonna wonder what you did.” “My family is a peaceful family,” Terrence Floyd said. “My family is God-fearing. Yeah, we’re upset. But we’re not gonna take it, we’re not gonna be repetitious.”

Three Signs of Hope in the Midst of Riots, Pandemics and the Tragic Killing of George Floyd

“Do this peacefully, please,” he continued. “My brother moved [to Minneapolis] from Houston, and I used to talk to him on the phone. He loved it here. … I highly doubt — no, I know — he would want y’all to be doing this.” Terrence Floyd made similar calls for peace on ABC News.

:: 6-2-20 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Communist terrorist organization Antifa plans PURGE of American suburbs and family homes starting tonight

Tuesday, June 02, 2020 by: S.D. Wells

Civil War is under way in America: Trump and the U.S. patriots vs. the violent stooges of Soros The hills have eyes folks. If and when Antifa knocks down the wrong front door or burns the wrong car in the “burbs,” they’re going to start finding rude awakenings that look like the defense of the Bundy Ranch or the Richmond Capital, with ex-military from Iraq and Afghanistan smoking them all with automatic weapons. That’s where it’s going if Antifa invades homes in nice neighborhoods. That’s exactly where it’s going. If you think for one minute Antifa riots have anything to do with George Floyd’s death, think again. Antifa militants are domestic terrorists. They’re admitting on video they work for George Soros groups and are paid to destroy things and recruit more people to destroy property and people’s lives. Meanwhile, heaps of bricks are showing up at protest locations on pallets, ready to be thrown through store windows and automobile windshields, or at anyone who’s wearing anything red. A year ago, Republican senators Cruz (Tx.) and Cassidy (La.) tried their best to push for the pro-facist “anti-fascist” group to be labeled the domestic terrorists they are (that was after the conservative Portland journalist was attacked). “Hateful, intolerant radicals” use aggressive violence to advance unhinged agenda, explains Senator Cruz So Antifa is now bored with destroying cop cars, looting stores, beating to death innocent protesters, and lighting churches and banks on fire, so they’re heading into the neighborhoods to confiscate what they claim is theirs. These are convicts and thugs who love getting paid to destroy property and people, because the don’t fear jail, where they’ll ironically probably die of Covid-19, if they get caught. The major problem is everybody is wearing a mask thanks to these Democrat governors who said it’s mandatory at all times, everywhere, so it’s not just Antifa that can’t be identified on video, but Black Lives Matter, innocent bystanders, normal peaceful protesters, store owners, and the like. Now, in America, even if you’re a good cop who treats people fairly, you’re still the enemy of Antifa, who want complete anarchy and Soros to rule the sick, dying world of “Democrat” morons who think “democratic socialism” is better than having Trump as President. Senator Cruz and Donald Trump are right. It’s time for heavily-armed military forces to start pillaging the pillagers and putting them in jail for 10 years to life. Antifa is a terrorist organization that pays violent psychopaths, buses them into cities from all over the country, and arms them with sticks, flammable propellants, Molotov cocktails and bricks, and pays them bonuses for burning down buildings and recruiting more people to do the same. Watch as a man admits George Soros pays violent protesters to destroy our nation. Tune your internet dial to Trump.news for updates at battleground level, ground zero, of the Soros-sponsored communist-style apocalypse.

Sources for this article include: Trump.news Breitbart.com LawEnforcementToday.com  ZeroHedge.com NaturalNews.com

:: 5-31-20 Government Propaganda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Evil Reigns Supreme Across America: George Soros Funded Antifa and Black Lives Matters Anarchists Wreak Havoc!

May 31, 2020 by Jon Watkins

Make no mistake about it. These ARE the People who and being CONTROLLED by the Principalities, Powers, Rulers of Darkness and Spiritual Wickedness in High places

WE CAN’T BREATHE: America Wakes To Stunning Carnage In Over 30 States As Tyranny And Anarchy Become Simultaneous For First Time In Our Nation’s History Police cars and government buildings burned, the National Guard was deployed, and some of the country’s largest cities instituted curfews. In one Midwest city, a person was killed and at least two more shot. More than 1,400 people have been arrested in 16 cities since Thursday, with more than 500 of those happening in Los Angeles on Friday, the Associated Press reported. Geoffrey Grider | NTEB – Demonstrations across the country again devolved into unrest Saturday, a day after a Minneapolis police officer was arrested and charged with the third-degree murder and manslaughter of George Floyd. Just as in past years, an organic protest over unjust use of force by police has once again been hijacked, weaponized and unleashed back on American cities, causing a mind-numbing degree of carnage, death and destruction. And as in past flare-ups, we see once again George Soros, his Open Society Foundation, and their twin pitbulls of ANTIFA and Black Lives Matter pulling all the strings. But this particular protest is unlike all the others, this one has the potential to be the one that brings it all down to the ground.

2 Timothy 3:1-5 “This know also, that in the last days perilous times shall come. For men shall be lovers of their own selves, covetous, boasters, proud, blasphemers, disobedient to parents, unthankful, unholy, Without natural affection, trucebreakers, false accusers, incontinent, fierce, despisers of those that are good, Traitors, heady, highminded, lovers of pleasures more than lovers of God; Having a form of godliness, but denying the power thereof: from such turn away.” On the surface it purports to be a protest over the unjust killing of George Floyd, but after 4 days of rioting in the streets, no one watching believes that anymore. It is obvious that this is all part and parcel of the global takeover by the New World Order who must first collapse America before she can be rebuilt. It’s all connected, the COVID-19 lockdowns, mandatory mask wearing, the destruction of the global economies, the sky-high unemployment, the broken supply chain lines, and even the toilet paper shortage. It is all staged to inflict and incite the maximum level of fear as possible, and it is working. Have you ever watched fireworks on the Fourth of July? Then you know how it goes. Fireworks start out slow and seemingly random but gradually build into a frenzied ‘grand finale’ where it seems like every rocket ever made is being fired at the same time. It is tantamount to complete sensory overload. That is where we are in 2020, a year in which there has been no let up, no break in the end times action, where it seems every weapon of the New World Order is being fired at us at the same time. If you think things have been bad so far, or that they’re bad now, the closer we get to the election in November, it will worsen by a factor of 10. I told you 2020 was going to be a year like no other, that this would be the year of prophecy, and it’s not even close to finished. CLICK HERE FOR YOUR GEORGE SOROS RED PILL, CLICK AWAY TO REMAIN IGNORANT Fires, shootings, curfews, arrests: George Floyd protests weaponized by ANTIFA and George Soros turn to unrest across country

FROM YAHOO NEWS: Police cars and government buildings burned, the National Guard was deployed, and some of the country’s largest cities instituted curfews. In one Midwest city, a person was killed and at least two more shot. More than 1,400 people have been arrested in 16 cities since Thursday, with more than 500 of those happening in Los Angeles on Friday, the Associated Press reported.

Former officer Derek Chauvin faces the charges in Floyd’s death, but activist groups say they are inadequate. Video from a bystander showed Chauvin pressing his knee on Floyd’s neck for more than eight minutes. The demonstrations Saturday were part of a National Day of Protest against Chauvin and police brutality inflicted nationwide. Protesters also called out the names of other people of color killed by police, including Louisville’s Breonna Taylor, a 26-year-old ER tech who was shot and killed by police in March. Here is a city-by-city look at what’s happening across the country. 

Indianapolis: One dead after shooting One person was killed Saturday and at least two more shot during a second night of protests downtown, Indianapolis Police Chief Randal Taylor confirmed in a hastily called late-night press conference. “Enough is enough,” Taylor said as sirens blared and fire trucks raced past on the street. “Indianapolis, we are better than this. Downtown is not safe at this time.” Police did not have details on the individual who was killed nor the conditions of the others shot. Shortly before 1 a.m., the department tweeted again that it was investigating additional reports of shootings downtown. The shootings did not involve officers, police said. Protests during the day Saturday had been peaceful.

— Staff of The Indianapolis Star

Nashville: Fires at courthouse and City Hall building Fires in Nashville led Mayor John Cooper to declare a state of civil emergency. Police announced a 10 p.m. curfew for the city, and Gov. Bill Lee deployed the National Guard. Dozens of protesters had gathered on the steps of Nashville’s criminal courthouse and City Hall after a rally and march. Demonstrators smashed windows with rocks and other materials, drawing a swarm of police. The situation at the building appeared to subside around 7:30 p.m. By 8:15 p.m., fire was visible from a first-floor office at the courthouse. A short time later, police with riot gear arrived as a fire burned inside a window at City Hall. Officers deployed tear gas as demonstrators clustered in the center of Public Square Park. — Staff of The Tennessean

JOE BIDEN PAYS TO BAIL OUT ANTIFA RIOTERS Reno, Nevada: Fires at City Hall; National Guard, curfew in place The Nevada National Guard is en route to downtown Reno, the city’s police chief said, after protests there turned violent Saturday. Gov. Steve Sisolak tweeted he activated the Nevada National Guard. A group of people broke windows at Reno City Hall Saturday night and set fires there following hours of protest in the area. Responding Reno police fired tear gas into City Hall. Items such as a couch inside were on fire but soon put out. Police dispersed the protesters as some chanted “Hands up, don’t shoot.” Washoe County residents, which includes all residents in Reno and Sparks, are under curfew until 7 a.m. Sunday, police said Saturday evening. — Amy Alonzo, Siobhan McAndrew and Benjamin Spillman, Reno Gazette Journal

New York City: Videos show vehicle’s confrontation with crowd Hundreds of protesters walked against traffic in Manhattan on Saturday afternoon, temporarily stalling vehicles on 7th Ave. The group chanted: “No justice, no peace” and “Whose streets? Our streets.” Late Saturday, videos circulated on social media that show a police vehicle driving into a crowd of protesters, after objects were thrown at the vehicle. Mayor Bill de Blasio called the video “upsetting” and said he wishes the officer “hadn’t done that.” Headded: “It’s clear that a different element has come into play here, who are trying to hurt police officers and trying to damage their vehicles.” He said the situation was started by a group of protesters converging on the police car and attacking it. Other video showed at least one vehicle on fire. An initially peaceful demonstration in the city had spiraled into chaos Friday, as protesters skirmished with police officers, destroyed police vehicles and set fires.

Video posted to social media on Friday showed officers using batons and shoving protesters as they took people into custody and cleared streets. One video showed an officer slam a woman to the ground as he walked past her. RIOTERS IN ROCHESTER NEW YORK VANDALIZE STORE AND ASSAULT OWNERS Denver: Car crashes into police; weapons confiscated Three officers and a civilian were “severely” injured when a car crashed into a Denver police vehicle, the police department tweeted late Saturday. Police said they were searching for a Chevrolet compact car with Wyoming plates. The city had enacted a curfew from 8 p.m. until 5 a.m. A few agitators, the department said, were “hijacking” Floyd’s memory. Police shared photos of a gun, a gas canister and a hatchet — all of which were confiscated Saturday. “Last night, agitators brought crowbars, baseball bats, assault rifles, hand guns and improvised flash-bangs which were thrown at police officers and protesters,” Chief Paul Pazen said in a statement on Saturday. Police on Saturday announced 34 arrests over the last two nights in Denver amid Floyd protests.

BLACK RIOTERS ARE ALSO DESTROYING THE LEGACY OF MARTIN LUTHER KING San Francisco: Fireworks outside mayor’s apartment after curfew Videos from the scene show protesters lighting fireworks outside of San Francisco Mayor London Breed’s apartment. Late Saturday, Breed made an announcement alongside the city’s police chief, sheriff and fire chief implementing a curfew from 8 p.m. until 5 a.m. She also said the National Guard is on standby for the city. “If you are home, please stay home. If you are in our city from other places, please go back to the city that you live in. Please do not come into San Francisco and destroy our city,” Breed said. Breed said there were peaceful protests early Saturday, but the violence and vandalism exhibited later in the day are “something we will not tolerate.” Chief Bill Scott said officers were dealing with looting and people breaking windows.

Dallas: Close to 100 arrests, Whole Foods looted The Dallas Police Department announced a host of arrests Saturday night and early Sunday. Police arrested 74 people on charges of inciting a riot, the department tweeted. An additional 15 people were arrested on charges of vandalizing buildings.

Three guns and one taser were recovered, according to the police department. The Dallas Morning News reported police used tear gas and rubber bullets to disperse crowds downtown. One woman who said she was not a protester reportedly was struck in the face. Dallas Area Rapid Transit shut down service to downtown Dallas and a Whole Foods store was looted, according to the newspaper.

WATCH AS BLACK LIVES MATTER KILLERS BEAT STORE OWNER TO DEATH Columbus, Ohio: Broken windows, small fires After peaceful daytime protests, tensions rose after dark in Columbus. Construction material and a vehicle were set on fire. Windows were broken on the east side of Downtown. Protesters faced off with officers. Chairs and other material were set on fire inside a government office building.

Protesters threw rocks through the window of a funeral home and windows were broken at the Columbus College of Art and Design. The Ohio National Guard was called to assist as the city approached its 10 p.m. curfew. — Lucas Sullivan, Beth Burger, Marc Kovac, Columbus Dispatch

Officers responded by firing tear gas to break up the crowds. President Donald Trump attended the historic SpaceX rocket launch in Florida during the afternoon, but arrived back at the White House around 8:30 p.m. as protests raged outside. As the presidential helicopters buzzed overheard near the White House grounds, some demonstrators shouted obscenities and shook their fists.

— Dan Horn, Madeline Mitchell, Cameron Knight and Sharon Coolidge, The Cincinnati Enquirer

Des Moines, Iowa: Protesters throw fireworks at police Police in riot gear met protesters marching on the state’s Capitol building. Some protesters could be seen throwing fireworks at police. At the Polk County Courthouse, protesters scattered after police fired tear gas into the crowd. There were conflicting reports about whether a protester managed to get into the courthouse. One person was seen breaking a glass window. — Des Moines Register staff

— Rodger Mullen, Melody Brown-Peyton, Paul Woolverton, Rachael Riley, The Fayetteville Observer

Memphis: One protest ends peacefully, the other in chaos About two hours after a demonstration against police brutality ended peacefully on Saturday night, a confrontation played out between a crowd of people and a team of police officers in riot gear and on horseback. When police horses entered the area, a chaotic few seconds followed: Police barricades tumbled to the ground and people fell down. Glass bottles flew through the air. At one point the crowd chanted: “No justice, no peace.” The standoff was a dramatic contrast from a peaceful protest march earlier in the evening. That demonstration had apparently ended without arrests, and the police had largely let it play out on its own, without interference. Most of the crowd from the protest march left around 9 p.m.

— Laura Testino, Desiree Stennett, Daniel Connolly, Corinne S Kennedy and Samuel Hardiman, Memphis Commercial Appeal

RIOTERS SMASHING POLICE CARS IN TIMES SQUARE Phoenix: Police demand protesters disperse

A large group of protesters knelt with their hands up in the streets outside Phoenix police and municipal buildings. They chanted, “Hands up, don’t shoot” and “Black lives matter.”

Phoenix police stood in full riot gear outside the front entrance of the department headquarters, amid sound and smoke from numerous flash bangs. Officers began broadcasting a message telling protesters they were engaging in an unlawful assembly, and they needed to disperse immediately.

— BrieAnna J. Frank, Joshua Bowling and Angel Mendoza, Arizona Republic

Miami: Curfew after fire in cars, rubber bullets The Miami Police Department announced a 10 p.m. Saturday curfew for the city. The city also will have a Sunday curfew for 8 p.m. until 6 a.m. Police warned violators would be subject to arrest. Thirty-eight people had been arrested as midnight approached, police said. The police department asked residents to stay away from Miami’s downtown and Wynwood areas citing a “situation involving large crowds of protestors.” The Miami Herald reported protests in the area started peacefully but eventually devolved into violence.

The Chicago Transit Authority temporarily suspended train services to downtown.

— Grace Hauck and Jordan Culver, USA TODAY

Jacksonville, Florida: Damaged vehicles, officer injured Violence erupted in Jacksonville’s downtown Saturday night, after thousands of people earlier marched peacefully on police headquarters in protest of law enforcement abuses of force. Jacksonville Sheriff Mike Williams said one officer had been hospitalized after being “slashed in the neck.” Broken glass and damage to Jacksonville sheriff’s vehicles were reported, as was the firing of tear gas. Police urged people not already downtown Saturday night to stay away from the area. — Teresa Stepzinski and Garry Smits, Florida Times-Union

Philadelphia: Officers injured, peaceful protests turn chaotic Charred cars, one lying flipped on its roof in a pile of ashes, lined John F. Kennedy Blvd. Saturday night as the city started to clean up after peaceful protests gave way to a fiery afternoon. Police Commissioner Danielle Outlaw said 13 police officers were injured in protests that resulted in property damage and several burned cars. Fourteen people were arrested, police said just before midnight. By the 8 p.m. curfew set by Philadelphia police, the large crowds had mostly dispersed. Dozens of officers stood in a line at the municipal services building, steps away from where at least one of the department’s cars was burned. Just hours before, hundreds flooded City Hall, damaging cars and spraypainting messages on buildings, vehicles and the city block. — Phaedra Trethan and Jeff Neiburg, Cherry Hill Courier-Post

Atlanta: 9 p.m. curfew established Georgia’s governor declared a state of emergency early Saturday to activate the state National Guard. Atlanta Mayor Keisha Lance Bottoms signed an executive order Saturday establishing a 9 p.m. curfew “as a result of the recent acts of violence demonstrated throughout the city.” The curfew ends at sunrise Sunday. Brian Kemp tweeted that up to 500 members of the Guard would deploy immediately “to protect people & property in Atlanta.” He said he acted at the request of Bottoms, who earlier appealed for calm. At least three officers were hurt and there were multiple arrests in Friday’s protests, Atlanta police spokesman Carlos Campos said.

— Associated Press

Pittsburgh: Protests become ‘volatile’ Pittsburgh police deployed gas on a group of thousands of demonstrators Saturday after a peaceful protest against turned destructive. Pittsburgh Public Safety declared the situation an unlawful assembly. “This follows repeated acts of violence, property damage and looting of businesses, which is ongoing. Residents please stay home. Businesses should close. If you are Downtown, leave the area,” officials tweeted. Pittsburgh Public Safety tweeted just before 6 p.m. that police had deployed gas after the protest became “volatile.” — Daveen Rae Kurutz, The Beaver County Times

Tallahassee, Florida: Truck hits protesters Scattered and largely peaceful demonstrations Saturday in Tallahassee were marred when a pickup truck allegedly hit a group of protesters. Three white people in a red pickup truck with a Georgia license plate yelled at a crowd of Black Lives Matter protesters, then drove into the crowd, witnesses said. Some wound up on the hood of the car and may have shattered the windshield. Tallahassee Mayor John E. Dailey later tweeted that “no one was seriously injured” and the driver of the vehicle was “immediately taken into custody.”

— Nada Hassanein, Jeff Burlew and James Call, Tallahassee Democrat

Petal, Mississippi: Mayor sorry for comments, won’t resign Petal Mayor Hal Marx said he apologizes that comments he made have caused so much pain, but he denies his comments were racist, and says he won’t resign. Marx came under fire Tuesday when he tweeted he “didn’t see anything unreasonable” in the incident that led to Floyd’s death. “I admit that my comments on the recent tragic death of George Floyd in Minnesota were made in haste and not well-thought-out or expressed,” he said. “Because of this, my words were taken out of the context in which they were meant. For that, I apologize. “I apologize to those who found them to be insensitive, and I apologize to the people of our city.” — Lici Beveridge, Mississippi Clarion Ledger

Portland: State of emergency Portland Mayor Ted Wheeler announced a state of emergency Saturday morning after protests in the city intensified. The state of emergency includes a curfew on Saturday beginning at 8 p.m. and running through 6 a.m. Sunday. “Burning buildings with people inside, stealing from small and large businesses, threatening and harassing reporters,” he tweeted early Saturday morning. “This isn’t calling for meaningful change in our communities, this is disgusting.” Wilmington, Delaware: Protesters block traffic

In Wilmington, Delaware, dozens of protesters blocked traffic on Interstate 95. Delaware State Police temporarily closed the interstate around 2 p.m. ET. At least one protester could be seen smashing the window of a police SUV, according to videos posted on social media.

Montgomery, Alabama: Largely peaceful protests at precinct, Capitol Dozens gathered Saturday afternoon in front of a Montgomery police precinct before a gathering at the Capitol, where law enforcement blocked off traffic for a rally that lasted more than two hours. Montgomery Mayor Steven Reed on Friday called Floyd’s death a “lynching” in a virtual town hall before asking for a moment of silence for him at an afternoon press conference. Police Chief Ernest Finley also spoke, calling Floyd’s death “very disturbing.” — Melissa Brown, Montgomery Advertiser

Providence, Rhode Island: A chorus of 1,000 voices A chorus of nearly 1,000 voices shouted Floyd’s name from the Statehouse lawn on Saturday. “I’m tired of watching young black, brown, beautiful people dying,” said Gary Dantzler, an act ivist with Black Lives Matter Rhode Island, the group that organized Saturday’s rally. “White supremacy, we gotta end it.” – Madeleine List, Providence Journal

Lake Worth Beach, Florida: No violence Shouting “I can’t breathe” and “Hands up, don’t shoot,” about 250 demonstrators stopped traffic downtown on Saturday. The march down Lake Avenue from Bryant Park to City Hall was orderly and largely peaceful. – Joe Capozzi, Palm Beach Post

Sarasota, Florida: Teens decorate cars At Sarasota City Hall, about 30 masked protesters from teens to seniors decorated their cars with messages condemning police brutality in light of Floyd’s death.

Emily Wunderlich, Sarasota Herald-Tribune

Peoria, Illinois: ‘Fired up! Ready to go!’ A crowd of a few hundred marched for about a mile and a half in Peoria on Saturday afternoon, from the riverfront to the city’s police station and the courthouse, alternating call-and-response slogans, including “No justice, no peace; no racist police” and “Fired up! Ready to go!” Most attendees wore masks or other face coverings, which organizers urged to abide by the state’s standing public health orders. The peaceful demonstration of just more than two hours included participants chanting not only Floyd’s name, but also the names of Peoria men Eddie Russell Jr. and Luis Cruz, who were killed in police-involved shootings over the past three years.

New Orleans: ‘We are here in solidarity’ A crowd of close to 1,000 people gathered across the street from New Orleans City Hall, carrying signs that read “No Justice No Peace” and “Say his name! George Floyd.” Groups of people prepared to march out in three rows through the streets of downtown to the police headquarters several blocks away. “I’m here to make them see we are here with Minneapolis — we are here in solidarity as a community,” said Andrew Miragliotta, who went to the rally with his wife, Jenna Miragliotta. As organizers started leading the crowd in a chant of “No Justice No Peace,” Jenna Miragliottta said: “White silence is perpetuating this and it keeps happening. We are bringing our bodies, our voices to support and show up. Visibility matters.” – Maria Clark, The American South

Visalia, California: ‘This is America’ Hundreds of protesters – from toddlers to adults – lined a highway, chanting “Black lives matter” and holding signs that said “justice for George Floyd” and “we will be the change.” One protester brought a portable speaker and played Childish Gambino’s “This is America.” Cars honked as they drove past.

Rochester, New York: ‘For over 400 years, we have been in pain’ Hundreds marched to the Public Safety Building in downtown Rochester on Saturday to honor victims of police brutality. Organizers asked participants to wear masks and practice social distancing. “Four hundred years ago, a lie got told — the lie of white superiority and black inferiority,” said Melanie Funchess, the director of community engagement for the Mental Health Association of Rochester/Monroe County. “For over 400 years, we have been in pain.” Some members of the crowd spray painted poles and other objects along the way; their actions were later denounced by organizers of the event. Rochester police were present at the rally, but did not intervene. Some were armed and carried shields.

– Sarah Taddeo, USA TODAY Network Greenville, South Carolina: Organizers encourage unity

More than 200 people gathered in Greenville on Saturday morning for a peaceful protest.

Dalores Bowens, one of the organizers, said the goal of the protest was to highlight the risks that black people, and others, face at times from police. But the big aim, she said, was to encourage unity and have a peaceful expression of anger and frustration. READ MORE US On The Brink Of Martial Law As Officials Implement Contact Tracing Methods To Track Rioters As peaceful protests turn to violent riots, government officials finally admit the protest are being hijacked by organized groups from out of state with the purpose to cause destruction and chaos. Nationwide Protests Intensify Over Death Of George Floyd Overnight, the calls for justice across the country grew more intense following the death of George Floyd. Clashes between demonstrators and police sparked violence in at least 20 cities, including Atlanta, Detroit, New York and San Jose.

:: 5-21-20 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Australian researchers see virus design manipulation

By Bill Gertz - The Washington Times - Thursday, May 21, 2020

:: 5-28-20 News Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump’s China Trade War Could Lead To Xi’s Destruction- Beijing has reacted to economic crisis by by cracking down domestically, which could have unintended consequences.

Posted by Klark JoussMay 28, 2020

Many observers dismiss the China policies of President Donald Trump as mere protectionism or worse, but in fact the White House has put Chinese dictator Xi Jinping into an increasingly difficult bind. By pursuing America’s long neglected interests in global trade and supporting democracy in Hong Kong, Washington may be pushing China towards political change and even an eventual democratic opening. On Wednesday, Secretary of State Mike Pompeo announced that the Trump Administration no longer considered Hong Kong to have significant autonomy from mainland China (citing in part China’s latest intention to crack down on the island’s protests with a new national security law), suggesting that it may have rescind special trade status with Hong Kong as a result. Doing so would have widespread repercussions for Hong Kong and Chinese markets, though the National People’s Congress was still poised to pass the controversial security law despite the threat on Thursday. The administration also took off the gloves with China over U.S. listings by mainland companies that fail to follow U.S. securities laws. This came after the Commerce Department finally moved to limit access by Huawei Technologies to high-end silicon chips made with U.S. lithography machines. The trade war with China is heating up, but a conflict was inevitable and particularly when it comes to technology. At the bleeding edge of 7 and 5 nanometer feature size, American tech still rules the world of semiconductors. In 2018, Qualcomm confirmed its next-generation Snapdragon SoC would be built at 7 nm. Huawei has already officially announced its first 7nm chip—the Kirin 980. But now Huawei is effectively shut out of the best in class of custom-made chips, giving Samsung and Apple a built-in advantage in handsets and network equipment. It was no secret that Washington allowed Huawei to use loopholes in last year’s blacklist rules to continue to buy U.S. sourced chips. Now the door is closed, however, as the major Taiwan foundries led by TSMC will be forced to stop custom production for Huawei, which is basically out of business in about 90 days when its inventory of chips runs out. But even as Huawei spirals down, the White House is declaring financial war on dozens of other listed Chinese firms. President Donald Trump said in an interview with Fox Business News that forcing Chinese companies to follow U.S. accounting norms would likely push them to list in non-U.S. exchanges. Chinese companies that list their shares in the U.S. have long refused to allow American regulators to inspect their accounting audits, citing direction from their government—a practice that market authorities here have been unwilling or unable to stop. The attack by the Trump Administration on shoddy financial disclosure at Chinese firms is long overdue, but comes at a time when the political evolution in China is turning decidedly authoritarian in nature and against any pretense of market-oriented development. The rising power of state companies in China parallels the accumulation of power in the hands of Xi Jinping, who is increasingly seen as a threat to western-oriented business leaders. The trade tensions with Washington provide a perfect foil to crack down on popular unrest in Hong Kong and discipline wayward oligarchs. The latest moves by Beijing to take full control in Hong Kong are part of the more general retrenchment visible in China. “[P]rivate entrepreneurs are increasingly nervous about their future,” writes Henny Sender in the Financial Times. “In many cases, these entrepreneurs have U.S. passports or green cards and both children and property in America. To be paid in U.S. dollars outside China for their companies must look more tempting by the day.” A torrent of western oriented Chinese business leaders is exiting before the door is shut completely. The fact is that China’s position in U.S. trade has retreated as nations like Mexico and Vietnam have gained. Mexico is now America’s largest trading partner and Vietnam has risen to 11th, reports Qian Wang of Bloomberg News. Meanwhile, China has dropped from 21 percent of U.S. trade in 2018 to just 18 percent last year. A big part of the shift is due to the U.S.-Mexico-Canada trade pact, which is expected to accelerate a return of production to North America. Sourcing for everything from autos to semiconductors is expected to rotate away from China in coming years. China abandoned its decades-old practice of setting a target for annual economic growth, claiming that it was prioritizing goals such as stabilizing employment, alleviating poverty and preventing risks in 2020. Many observers accept the official communist party line that the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic made it almost impossible to fix an expansion rate this year, but in fact the lasting effects of the 2008 financial crisis and the aggressive policies of President Trump have rocked China back on its heels. As China becomes increasingly focused inward and with an eye on public security, the economic situation is likely to deteriorate further. While many observers viewed China’s “Belt & Road” initiative as a sign of confidence and strength, in fact it was Beijing’s attempt to deal with an economic realignment that followed the 2008 crisis. The arrival of President Trump on the scene further weakened China’s already unstable mercantilist economic model, where non-existent internal demand was supposed to make up for falling global trade flows. Or at least this was the plan until COVID-19. “Before the Covid-19 outbreak, many economists were expecting China to set a GDP growth target of 6% to 6.5% to reflect the gradual slowdown in the pace of expansion over the past few years,” reports Caixin Global. “Growth slid to 6.1% in 2019 from 6.7% in 2018. But the devastation caused by the coronavirus epidemic — which saw the economy contract 6.8% year-on-year in the first quarter — has thrown those forecasts out of the window.” Out of the window indeed. Instead of presiding over a glorious expansion of the Chinese sphere of influence in Asia, Xi Jinping is instead left to fight a defensive action economically and financially. The prospective end of the special status of Hong Kong is unlikely to have any economic benefits and may actually cause China’s problems with massive internal debt and economic malaise to intensify. Beijing’s proposed security law would reduce Hong Kong’s separate legal status and likely bring an end to the separate currency and business environment. Trump economic advisor Larry Kudlow, speaking to Fox News Channel, called Beijing’s actions “very disturbing.” He said that Washington would back any American companies that wanted to leave Hong Kong or China’s mainland to come home. “We will do what we can for full expensing and pay the cost of moving if they return their supply chains and their production to the United States,” he told Fox News. The trade war is underway and in earnest. If you had predicted prior to 2016 that America would have a nationalist president who was willing to discard the puerile corporate interests that want closer commercial ties with China and instead pursue America’s strategic interests, most people would have rightly laughed. In 2016, we awaited the enthronement of Hillary Clinton, but remarkably got Donald Trump, who is not afraid to use China as a useful political whipping boy while also pursuing a strategy to destabilize one of the last truly authoritarian regimes on earth. Mao Tse Tung said: “A revolution is not a dinner party, or writing an essay, or painting a picture, or doing embroidery; it cannot be so refined, so leisurely and gentle, so temperate, kind, courteous, restrained and magnanimous. A revolution is an insurrection, an act of violence by which one class overthrows another.” The truth is that China has always been weak, even if its outward behavior is aggressive, even obnoxious. But beneath the confident exterior is a nation that still cannot feed itself, lacks stable sources of energy and is addicted to using debt to spur short-term economic growth. As Chinese in Hong Kong and other parts of China demand greater openness and accountability, the grip on power of the Chinese Communist Party is weakening. In order to retain power, Xi Jinping must be ready to use even harsher authoritarian methods, a path that will ultimately lead to his destruction.

:: 5-26-20 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We Are Being Told To Prepare “To See High Prices At Grocery Stores” And “It’s Likely That Shortages May Only Get Worse”

May 26, 2020 by Michael Snyder

If you have been to a grocery store lately, then you already know that prices are higher than usual and that there are shortages of certain items. Many Americans have been assuming that as COVID-19 restrictions are slowly rolled back that these shortages will eventually disappear, but now even the Washington Post is admitting that “shortages may get worse” in the weeks and months ahead. Of course there will still be plenty of food available in the grocery stores, but you may have to do without some of your favorite products for a while. And you should also brace yourself for significantly higher prices for many of the products that do remain available. As WBTV has noted, this will especially be true for basic meat staples such as ground beef and chicken… Americans looking to get outside this holiday weekend, maybe fire up the grill, should be prepared to see high prices at grocery stores, especially cookout staples like ground beef and chicken. The meat at the store is a little bit more expensive because of plants that are shutting down and causing a logjam in the food supply chain. All over the country, COVID-19 is playing havoc with food distribution systems, and nobody has been hit harder than meat processing facilities. The virus has spread like wildfire in such facilities, and this has resulted in many of them being forced to shut down for an extended period of time. With less supply and roughly the same level of demand, meat prices have escalated quite a bit in recent weeks. In fact, in April we witnessed the largest spike in food prices in 46 years… Prices Americans paid for eggs, meat, cereal and milk shot higher in April as people flocked to grocery stores to stock up on food amid government lockdowns designed to slow the spread of Covid-19. The Labor Department reported Tuesday that prices U.S. consumers paid for groceries jumped 2.6% in April, the largest one-month pop since February 1974. The spike in supermarket prices was broad based and impacted items from broccoli and ham to oatmeal and tuna. Of course there have also been whispers that some funny business has been taking place among the meatpacking giants, and federal officials are now investigating allegations of price fixing… Federal prosecutors are looking into allegations that the meatpacking industry is coordinating or manipulating prices, a person familiar with the investigation told FOX News. The Department of Justice investigation has been going on for “months,” the source said. Prosecutors are specifically scrutinizing the four largest meatpackers in the U.S., which control more than 80 percent of the market: JBS, National Beef, Tyson Foods and Cargill. But no matter how that investigation unfolds, we should expect higher prices to continue, because the industry simply cannot produce as much meat as usual with so many facilities shut down right now. And with each passing day, we learn of more workers that have become infected. In fact, 570 workers at a single Tyson Foods plant in North Carolina just tested positive for the virus… Meat processing plants across the country are struggling with outbreaks of the coronavirus. That includes the Tyson Foods chicken processing facility in Wilkes County, N.C. More than 2,200 workers were tested at the Wilkesboro plant, and 570 were positive for the coronavirus. With so many meat processing facilities all over the nation currently idle, many farmers simply do not have anyone to sell to right now, and this has pushed many of them to the brink of financial ruin. For example, it is exceedingly expensive to raise chickens on a massive scale, but with so many plants closed down North Carolina farmers are now being forced “to euthanize 1.5 million chickens”… Coronavirus outbreaks at meat processing plants are forcing North Carolina farmers to euthanize 1.5 million chickens, according to a state official.

Assistant Agriculture Commissioner Joe Reardon told The News & Observer that this is the first time during the pandemic that North Carolina farmers have had to euthanize their animals. Roughly a third of the 1.5 million chickens already had been killed, Reardon said. Similar scenarios are playing out all over the U.S., and this is truly a tremendous tragedy. Unlike some other areas around the globe right now, we would actually have plenty of meat if the farmers could get their animals through the supply chain. Unfortunately, fear of COVID-19 has thrown the supply chain into a state of chaos, and that is likely to continue for the foreseeable future. In fact, the mainstream media is now warning us “that shortages may only get worse”… The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention has estimated at least 5,000 workers were infected by the end of April, though advocates have suggested there could be more than 17,000. And with plants already slow to respond to outbreaks and some still partially closed, it’s likely that shortages may only get worse. The good news is that eventually this pandemic will subside, and when that happens it is likely that the supply chain will start to revert back to normal once again. But if fear of COVID-19 can cause this much chaos for our food distribution systems, what will happen once a much more severe crisis hits us? When things really start going crazy in this country, basic supplies will disappear from the stores very rapidly, and the government is not going to be bringing baskets of food to your door. In the end, you will be on your own. And in the short-term, you should expect food prices to continue to rise. The federal government has been borrowing and spending trillions of dollars that we do not have during this pandemic, and the Federal Reserve has cranked up the money creation machine to absolutely absurd levels. What this means is that the value of our currency is rapidly being devalued, and eventually we will see very painful inflation. I know that food prices seem really high right now, but they are only going to go up from here. So stock up on what you can while you have this window of opportunity to do so, because this window of opportunity will not last indefinitely.

:: 5-27-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ex-Top FBI Official: FBI investigated Trump Campaign Without Justification, New Docs Confirm

Document drafted by Peter Strzok to launch ‘Crossfire Hurricane’ is ‘invalid’ and ‘an absurdity’

Jamie White | Infowars.com - May 27, 2020

A document released by the FBI that launched the entire Russia collusion hoax investigation shows the bureau had absolutely zero justification to probe the Trump campaign, according to a former top FBI official. In an editorial for The Hill, former FBI assistant director of intelligence Kevin R. Brock explains how the electronic communication document drafted by now-fired FBI special agent Peter Strzok fails to justify opening the “Crossfire Hurricane” counterintelligence investigation into Trump’s campaign. “Late last week the FBI document that started the Trump-Russia collusion fiasco was publicly released,” Brock wrote Wednesday. “It hasn’t received a lot of attention but it should, because not too long from now this document likely will be blown up and placed on an easel as Exhibit A in a federal courtroom.” Brock systematically breaks down how the document is an “absurdity” and “invalid on its face.” “In a normal, legitimate FBI Electronic Communication, or EC, there would be a ‘To’ and a ‘From’ line. The Crossfire Hurricane EC has only a ‘From’ line; it is from a part of the FBI’s Counterintelligence Division whose contact is listed as Peter Strzok,” Brock explained. “The EC was drafted also by Peter Strzok. And, finally, it was approved by Peter Strzok. Essentially, it is a document created by Peter Strzok, approved by Peter Strzok, and sent from Peter Strzok to Peter Strzok.” “An agent cannot approve his or her own case; that would make a mockery of the oversight designed to protect Americans. Yet, for this document, Peter Strzok was pitcher, catcher, batter and umpire.” Brock then notes how the EC was opened as a Foreign Agent Registration Act (FARA) investigation, which is “rarely investigated” because it involves a clearly established “criminal violation,” of which there was none here. “Ultimately, there was no attempt by Strzok to articulate any factors that address the elements of FARA,” Brock wrote. “He couldn’t, because there are none. Instead, there was a weak attempt to allege some kind of cooperation with Russians by unknown individuals affiliated with the Trump campaign, again, with no supporting facts listed.” “What this FBI document clearly establishes is that Crossfire Hurricane was an illicit, made-up investigation lacking a shred of justifying predication, sprung from the mind of someone who despised Donald Trump, and then blessed by inexperienced leadership at the highest levels who harbored their own now well-established biases.” Brock then asserts that no competent FBI leader would have approved of such a flimsy and poorly-articulated EC. “Instead, the nation was left with an investigation of a presidential campaign that had no legitimate predication; that spawned a Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act intercept of a U.S. citizen that had no legitimate predication; that resulted in a confrontation with a new administration’s national security adviser that had no legitimate predication; and, finally, that led to an expensive special counsel investigation that had no legitimate predication.” “Accountability is demanded by the American people. Let’s pray we see some,” he concluded. View the full FBI/Strzok EC below:

:: 5-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CCP Mouthpiece Slams "Habitual Liar" Pompeo, Says US 'Incapable' Of Judging Hong Kong's Autonomy

by Tyler Durden Wed, 05/27/2020 - 16:33

In what appears to be a preview of the at-this-point inevitable White House decision to strip Hong Kong of its preferred trading status over the new National Security law imposed by Beijing, Secretary of State Mike Pompeo tweeted on Wednesday that he has "reported to Congress that Hong Kong is no longer autonomous from China." Congress now has the power to strip Hong Kong of its "special status" under the United States-Hong Kong Policy Act of 1992, which has allowed for the city-state to be treated more favorably than the rest of China by the US. The status is part of what's allowed Hong Kong to develop as a 'gateway to the West', a key part of its appeal as an international city. Without the US 'special status', HK might lose its international cachet as well, and eventually become just another Chinese city.

:: 5-28-20 Thomson Reuters Foundation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. state of Arizona files consumer fraud lawsuit against Google

by Reuters

Thursday, 28 May 2020 02:03 GMT

May 27 (Reuters) - Arizona filed a consumer fraud lawsuit against Alphabet Inc's Google on Wednesday, alleging that the U.S. tech giant used "deceptive" and "unfair" practices to obtain the location data of users. "Google collects detailed information about its users, including their physical locations, to target users for advertising. Often, this is done without the users' consent or knowledge," Attorney General Mark Brnovich said https://twitter.com/GeneralBrnovich/status/1265770310508466183  in a tweet on Wednesday. The suit comes as technology companies have been facing regulatory scrutiny globally over their policies and data monitoring practices. "The Attorney General and the contingency fee lawyers filing this lawsuit appear to have mischaracterized our services. We have always built privacy features into our products and provided robust controls for location data", a Google spokesman said in an emailed statement. The lawsuit seeks unspecified damages and argues that the maker of the Android smartphone operating system had set its mobile software such that it deceived device owners about the protections afforded to their personal data. "When consumers try to opt out of Google's collection of location data, the company is continuing to find misleading ways to obtain information and use it for profit," Brnovich said in an interview with the Washington Post. In February, New Mexico Attorney General Hector Balderas sued Google, alleging that its educational software collects young students' personal information without the required parental consent. The world's top search engine sells its Chromebook laptops to schools around the world alongside its free or low-cost G Suite for Education software package, which includes email and writing tools. (Reporting by Kanishka Singh in Bengaluru; Editing by Sriraj Kalluvila and Sherry Jacob-Phillips)

https://news.trust.org/item/20200527221834-kijoa 

:: 5-28-20 nine.com.au :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump to sign executive order on social media after Twitter's fact check warning

By 9News Staff 9:38am May 28, 2020

US President Donald Trump will sign an executive order on social media companies, White House officials have said, after he threatened to shut down the platform he accused of stifling conservative voices. The officials, who spoke to reporters travelling with Mr Trump to Washington from Florida aboard Air Force One on Wednesday, gave no further details. Before leaving for Florida earlier in the day to observe a space launch that was postponed because of bad weather, Mr Trump again accused Twitter Inc and other social media of bias without offering evidence. It was not immediately clear whether Mr Trump has the authority to shut down the companies. Twitter declined comment on news of Mr Trump's plans. Facebook and Google did not immediately comment. The American Civil Liberties Union said the First Amendment of the US Constitution limits any action Mr Trump could take to regulate social media platforms. Separately, a three-judge panel of the US Court of Appeals in Washington on Wednesday upheld the dismissal of a suit brought by a conservative group and right-wing YouTube personality against Google, Facebook, Twitter and Apple alleging they conspired to suppress conservative political views.

Related

Twitter is now in completely uncharted waters with US President Donald Trump

Trump revoking Hong Kong's special trading status after China 'violates' treaty

Minneapolis mayhem: Donald Trump calls protesters 'thugs' and threatens to shoot looters in tweet censored by Twitter

Mr Trump's latest dispute with social media emerged after Twitter on Tuesday for the first time attached a warning to some of his tweets prompting readers to fact check the president's claims. In the tweets tagged by Twitter, Trump made unsubstantiated claims about mail-in voting.

Mr Trump falsely claims that mail-in ballots lead to vote fraud and ineligible voters getting ballots.

"Big tech gets a huge handout from the federal government," Republican Senator Josh Hawley told Fox News. "They get this special immunity, this special immunity from suits and from liability that's worth billions of dollars to them every year. Why are they getting subsidised by federal taxpayers to censor conservatives, to censor people critical of China." With Associated Press and Reuters

:: 5-29-20 S G Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Truth comes out about Whitmer and coronavirus contract to Dem firms

May 29, 2020 by Peter Hasson, WND:

Michigan governor distanced herself, but new email spills beans Democratic Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer distanced herself from a much-criticized decision to award a no-bid contract to two Democratic firms to handle the state’s coronavirus contact tracing. But a senior adviser in the Michigan Department of the Health and Human Services said that the executive office of the governor [EOG] gave the contract a “green light,” a newly public email shows. “We got the green light from EOG to move forward with a slightly different organizational arrangement of the contact tracing volunteer work,” Andrea Taverna, the senior adviser, told her colleagues in an April 17 email obtained and published by Bridge Magazine. “This would still be working with Mike Kolehouse, so work there isn’t lost — it’s just organized somewhat differently,” Taverna wrote. Kolehouse is a Democratic political consultant who runs Great Lakes Community Engagement, the firm that received the no-bid contract from the Whitmer administration. Kolehouse’s firm planned to hire a Democratic data firm working on Whitmer’s re-election campaign as a sub-contractor on the project. Whitmer, who is on former Vice President Joe Biden’s short list of potential running mates, canceled the project April 21 after facing criticism. Her press secretary told The Washington Post that same day that the governor’s office was “uncomfortable” with the arrangement. “The executive office is uncomfortable with this vendor for the same reason others are. The public needs to have confidence that this tracing work is being done by a nonpartisan firm,” press secretary Tiffany Brown told the Post. The next day, April 22, Whitmer distanced herself from the decision to hire the Democratic firm. “The department thought that that vendor was the best one for some reason. I don’t know what that reason was, but I do know that the Department of Health and Human Services does not have a political bone in their theoretical body,” the governor said. “When it was brought to my attention, I told them to cancel it. Read More @ WND.com

:: 5-28-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Quarantine To Take ‘A Dark New Twist’ As Globalist Rag Warns Of ‘Dark Times Ahead’ For America?

by Stefan Stanford · Published May 28, 2020 · Updated May 28, 2020 from All News Pipeline

According to this new story (saved at archive) over at the left-wing rag ‘the Daily Beast’, “quarantine is about to take a dark new twist”. With their story warning that the combination of the arrival of summer and the hot weather that comes with it AND millions of Americans working at home due to covid-19, electrical grids across the country could be stretched beyond capacity, their story warned to ‘brace for blackouts in the summer of covid-19’. Just the latest warning we’ve gotten this month of a potential grid down scenario in the US, Peter Navarro recently warned of a new ‘threat’ to America that could be much more crippling to the US and our economy than covid-19 and leave America’s economy in utter ruins; China taking down America’s entire power grid via an electro-magnetic pulse attack or a devastating series of cyber attacks. Navarro, the Assistant to the President and Director of Trade and Manufacturing Policy and the national Defense Production Act policy coordinator, recently warned of the very real possibility of war on the horizon with China over coronavirus backlash and not surprisingly considering the evolving scenario, back on May 1st, President Trump and the White House published Executive Order #13920, an E.O. written to protect and secure America’s entire bulk power grid system. We have embedded that E.O. at the bottom of this story for you to read in full and with the E.O. beginning “I, DONALD J. TRUMP, President of the United States of America, find that foreign adversaries are increasingly creating and exploiting vulnerabilities in the United States bulk-power system“, we felt it best to revisit some ‘grid down scenario prepping’ with warnings now coming from several different sources about the potential of the US grid going down over the summer. And while we’ll pray that any grid down scenario in the US isn’t long-term because any long-term blackouts will bring with it nearly unimaginable consequences, including up to or more than 90% of Americans dead within the following 9 to 18 months should it be nationwide and the grid isn’t fixed, as we’ll explore within the next section of this ANP story, most Americans are totally unaware of the total havoc that would be unleashed. (PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan and Susan.) With multiple warnings having come out now of a grid down scenario in our future, including President Trump and the White House putting forth that much-needed ‘executive order’ to hopefully protect America’s power grids, as the website Urban Survival reported, a number of scary things would happen should such the grid go down long term that most Americans don’t think about at all.

1. No More Supply Trucks When the supply trucks stop, no stores are going to get resupplied. It’s not that it matters much anyway, because those stores are going to be looted and then abandoned afterward anyway. This will guarantee that within a few short hours of the grid going down, life will already change dramatically because you will no longer be able to resupply yourself with the things that you need.

2. All The Stores Would Close As was just mentioned, without the resupply trucks, stores and restaurants are most certainly going to be shut down. The only real question is, when will looting occur?

3. Commerce Would Cease This is one that you’re going to want to think about. A grid down situation is seriously going to lead to a complete and utter breakdown of commerce as we know it. Banks will no longer be open, ATM’s won’t work, and debit and credit cards will no longer be of any use.

Continue Reading / Videos / All News Pipeline >>>

:: 5-16-20 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

GOP Alaska legislator compares coronavirus screening sticker to Nazi Germany's Star of David

By Morgan Gstalter - 05/16/20 03:03 PM EDT

A Republican state lawmaker in Alaska is facing backlash from Jewish legislators after he compared coronavirus safety measures at the statehouse to the Nazi treatment of Jewish people. Alaska state Rep. Ben Carpenter (R) complained about the new health screening required for lawmakers returning to the Capitol building this week, Anchorage Daily News reported Friday. In an email copied to all 40 members of the Alaska House, Carpenter reportedly ranted about legislators being asked to wear a sticker proving they’ve passed the screening. “How about an arm band that won’t fall off like a sticker will?” Carpenter wrote. “If my sticker falls off, do I get a new one or do I get public shaming too? Are the stickers available as a yellow Star of David?” His message was immediately condemned by two Democratic members of the legislature who are Jewish, the outlet reported. “Ben, This is disgusting. Keep your Holocaust jokes to yourself,” Rep. Grier Hopkins (D) wrote before adding that, “Putting other people at risk because somebody doesn’t want to get a medical test to make sure they’re not carrying a disease that will kill others is NOT the same as labeling and targeting a group of people for genocide through hatred and ignorance.” “I don’t think a tag that we’re cleared to enter the building is akin to being shipped to a concentration camp,” state Rep. Andy Josephson (D) responded in the thread. “It’s more akin to needing a boarding pass when you get through TSA. This is that.” The exchange, first published by The Alaska Landmine, showed Republican state Rep. Sarah Vance coming to Carpenter’s defense. “We should all be concerned about the implications of being labeled as ‘non compliant’ or wearing a badge of ‘compliance,’” she wrote. Alaska’s House Minority Leader Lance Pruitt (R) said Carpenter’s emails were not appropriate and called for him to apologize. In an interview with the Anchorage Daily News, Carpenter said he didn’t intend to “rile somebody” and certainly has “no ill will toward the Jewish nation and the Jewish people in our country.” However, he said coronavirus safety measures were being blown out of proportion. “We have a way of life that is being threatened right now because we have shut down our economy,” Carpenter said. “Yes, somebody might get sick and somebody might die, but our way of life will continue. And right now, our way of life is in jeopardy.”

He continued to tell the outlet that the state was heading down a slippery slope. While the level of regulations did not match Nazi Germany’s extermination camps, those were not built overnight.

“Can you or I — can we even say it is totally out of the realm of possibility that COVID-19 patients will be rounded up and taken somewhere?” Carpenter said. “People want to say Hitler was a white supremacist. No. He was fearful of the Jewish nation, and that drove him into some unfathomable atrocities.” Carpenter sent a follow-up text message to the Anchorage Daily News after the initial publication of the article elaborating on his point. “Hitler wasn’t fearful of a Jewish nation because there was not one. The point was that it was fear that drove him. The attention of his fear was undesirables, including Jews. And the larger point is that PEOPLE FOLLOWED HIM.”  Hopkins rejected Carpenter’s argument.

“That’s not what led to the Holocaust,” he told the outlet. “There was no Jewish nation at that time. It didn’t exist. And using that term is anti-Semitic and a misunderstanding of history. ... If he wants to have a conversation about constitutional rights, that’s a discussion we can have, but likening it to genocide is completely erroneous and wrong.”

:: 5--20 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Washington Governor To Residents: COVID-Test-Deniers Will Not Be Allowed To Leave Home To Get Groceries

By Tyler Durden

Those persons will need to make arrangements through friends, family, or a state provided “family support personnel.” The question, of course, is – how long before this “mandated” testing (or starve) will be re-upped to “mandated” vaccination (or starve)? Source: ZeroHedge

Subscribe to Activist Post for truth, peace, and freedom news. Become an Activist Post Patron for as little as $1 per month at Patreon. Follow us on SoMee, HIVE, Flote, Minds, and Twitter.

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

:: 5-26-20 Charles Hugh Smith :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, May 26, 2020

Re-Opening the Economy Won't Fix What's Broken

Re-opening a fragile, brittle, bankrupt, hopelessly perverse and corrupt "normal" won't fix what's broken. The stock market is in a frenzy of euphoria at the re-opening of the economy. Too bad the re-opening won't fix what's broken. As I've been noting recently, the real problem is the systemic fragility of the U.S. economy, which has lurched from one new extreme to the next to maintain a thin, brittle veneer of normalcy. Fragile economies cannot survive any impact with reality that disrupts the distortions that are keeping the illusion of "growth" from shattering. For the past two decades, every collision with reality cracked the illusion, and the "fix" was to duct-tape the pieces together with new extremes of money-creation, debt, risk and speculative excess. While the stock market has soared, the real world falls apart. If your region needs a new bridge built, count on about 20 years to get all the "stakeholders" to agree and get the thing actually built. Count on the cost quintupling from $500 million to $2.5 billion. Count on corners being cut as costs skyrocket, so those cheap steel bolts from China that are already rusting before the bridge is even finished? Oops. Replacing them will add millions to the already bloated budget. Want to add a passenger stop on an existing railroad line? Count on 20 years to get it done. The complexity thicket of every regulatory agency with the power to say "no" basically guarantees the project will never get approved, because every one of these bureaucracies justifies its existence by saying "no." Sorry, you need another study, another environmental review, and so on. Need a new landfill? I hope you started the process 15 years ago, so you'll get approval in only five more years. Every agency with the power to say "no" will stretch out the approval, so they have guaranteed "work" for another decade or two.

Did your subway fares double? Was the excuse repairing a crumbling system? Did the work get done on budget and on time? You must be joking, right? All the fare increase did was cover the costs of skyrocketing salaries, pensions and administrative costs. Repairs to the tracks and cars-- that's extra. Let's float a $1 billion bond so nobody have to tighten their belts, and have riders pay for it indirectly, through higher taxes to pay the exorbitant costs of 20 years of interest on the bond.

Have you been thrown off your bicycle by the giant potholes in the city's "bike lanes"? The city reluctantly admits that these streets that haven't been maintained for decades--yes, decades. The city once paid for street maintenance out of its general budget, but alas, that's been eaten up by skyrocketing salaries, pensions and administrative costs, so now we need to float $100 million bond to fund filling potholes. If all goes according to plan (ha-ha), we should be able to re-pave the streets that have been crumbling for 20 years in... the next 20 years. These real-world examples are just four of thousands of manifestations of a broken system. Rather than make tough choices that drain power and wealth from vested interests, we simply borrow more money, in ever increasing amounts, to keep the entrenched interests and elites happy. There are two "solutions" in the status quo: dump the debt on taxpayers or on powerless debt-serfs--for example, college students. (See chart below of the $1.6 trillion that's stripmining student debt-serfs.) Who benefits from selling all the municipal bonds, bundled student loans, etc. to investors starving for a yield above 0.1%? Wall Street, of course.

The problem is that while debt has soared, productivity and earned income have stagnated. The statistical narrative has been ruthlessly gamed to hide the erosion of living standards, but even with the bogus "low inflation" of official statistics, wages for the bottom 95% have stagnated for decades.

Measures of productivity have also been gamed to mask the ugly reality that the vast majority of the U.S. economy is stagnating under the weight of interest payments on debt, mal-investments in speculative gambles, higher junk fees and taxes, crushing regulatory compliance, high costs imposed by monopolies and cartels and a well-cloaked decline in the quality of just about everything the bottom 95% uses or owns. What little productivity gains have been made have been skimmed by the top 5%. Coupled with the Federal Reserve's single-minded goosing of the one signaling device it controls, the stock market, the top 0.1% in America own more wealth than the bottom 80%.

If productivity stagnates and winners take all, the wages of the bottom 95% cannot rise. Real wealth is only created by increases in the productivity of labor and capital; everything else is phantom wealth.

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

:: 5-27-20 The Right Scoop :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

[VIDEO] – Thugs LOOT Minneapolis Target, destroy police station during protests over George Floyd’s death…

The Right Scoop

May. 27, 2020 9:07 pm by The Right Scoop • 181 Comments

Apparently some in Minneapolis are so grief stricken, so outraged over George Floyd’s death under the knee of a Minneapolis officer, that they’ve decided looting a Target would make them feel better. They’ve also destroyed the outside of the 3rd precinct police station as well. And here’s what they did to the 3rd precinct police station… You may be wondering where the cops are? Some are on top of the 3rd precinct: Despite how it looks, there were people trying to peacefully protest: Look, I do understand why people would be outraged over Floyd’s death. It was horrible. People should be out peacefully protesting and I’ve got no issue with that whatsoever. But using a protest as an excuse to destroy buildings and loot Target is abominable and thuggish. I hope every last one of these fools are caught by police and punished. There’s just no excuse for it. As an aside, it was reported today that an emergency worker who came to the scene to get Floyd said he didn’t have a pulse when they picked him up. Just awful.

:: 5-28-20 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stuck on Stupid

By Dave Daubenmire|May 28th, 2020

Nothing is as dangerous as stupidity. It is worse than malice. Stupidity is a choice. Malice is inherent. Every day as I adventure outside my humble abode I am immediately struck by the amount of stupidity that I run into. It is almost as if we are stupid on purpose. Stupid comes from the root word stupor, which is defined as “Intellectual insensibility; moral stupidity; heedlessness or inattention to ones interests.” Does “drunken stupor” paint a picture? That, my friends, is descriptive of the average modern American High School graduate. Some college graduates are even worse. It is almost as if the higher up the educational ladder one craws the more stupid he/she becomes. I had a conversion the other day with a recent Law School graduate, a once brilliant, quick witted guy, and at the conclusion of the conversation I asked him; “What happened to you? You used to be really smart. Now you are acting stupid…saying stupid things…ignoring the obvious…who made you so dumb? Where did you lose your ability to think clearly?” That is the purpose of higher education, law school especially. It is designed to make you question EVERYTHING…especially the obvious. Does anyone remember the OJ trial…where most of America sat glued to the boob tube while Johnny Cochran did his best to convince us that the obvious was not really so obvious. You remember…if it doesn’t fit you must acquit. Johnny’s job was not to get to the truth. His job was to get you to question the truth. My buddy My buddy Mark likes to say, Americans are stuck on stupid. Permit me to produce some evidence for you.

Walk into any high school in America and start a discussion as to whether or not Bruce Jenner is a man or a woman. You are guaranteed to leave the classroom with your head spinning as those soon-heading-to-college skulls full of mush deny DNA evidence and build their argument around “feelings.”

Try talking to the average “Joe” on the streets about abortion. No matter how much evidence you produce regarding the FACT that a baby is fully human at the moment of conception you will find yourself in an ancillary debate on whether or not a woman has a “right” to kill her unborn offspring.

The Left loves to use the term “unsettled science” as if science sometimes is inaccurate even though they will never apply such scrutiny to evolution, or “climate change” (as if the climate isn’t constantly changing.) Our education system is designed to make us more stupid through miss education. Fake information. Fake science. Fake experts. Fake facts. Fake diplomas. In fact, parents pay hefty amounts of money to send their children to university where the “dumbing up” becomes even worse.

Hey folks. MASKS DON”T WORK. Watch this. Millions of Americans are wearing them despite the science. You can’t argue with stupid. Just spend 15 minutes watching any “news” program and the “experts” will have you walking in an “educational stupor” before the first commercial break Joe Friday’s lament “just the facts” has been changed to “hide the facts” in today’s rapidly stupidfication of America where emotions and feeling rule the day. I guess the Bible calls us sheep for a reason. But this whole plandemic has taken American stupidity to a whole new level. I am sorry if what I am about to say hurts your feelings, but the truth is, the biggest hoax in American history has just been perpetrated on America. The deception is so bad that it has infected the elderly the worst. If our Senior citizens have lost their ability to reason we have to wonder if there is any hope for America. Our entire country has been locked down by a cadre of “experts” who, no doubt, have PhD’s from some glamorous university somewhere in the halls of Holy Academia. “Trust us”, they say. “We have the propagandized data to prove that we are right.” So we trust them. Day after day, hour after hour, the talking heads spew fear and calamity and the next thing you know you watch your neighbor leave his house, wearing a mask as he takes his two dogs for a walk in the bright sun shine. The only bright light in this whole staged action movie is the fact that, hopefully, America will never be “normal” again. America is sick. America hasn’t been normal for quite some time. Perhaps the “new normal” can be an America where the masses aren’t controlled by the hand-picked “experts” who are given a platform to advance an agenda that has brought us to the precipice of insanity. How did we ever reach the point in this nation where seemingly “normal” people wear a mask, pray for the day where they can take a government-mandated injection, willingly go broke, and dutifully close down our houses of prayer? What caused Americans to be so stupid that they would permit the “experts” the “right” to ruin their lives as they claimed to be saving their lives? This is the same batch of egg-heads that say an unborn baby isn’t human and that there is a spectrum of sexual behaviors that are patently abnormal. Stupid is more dangerous than malice. Stupidity is a choice. It involves rejecting the obvious. A stupid person reaches a decision by ignoring the facts. Will America ever be sane again? Not as long as we are stuck on stupid.

https://newswithviews.com/stuck-on-stupid/ 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 5-27-20 https://www.tapatalk.com/groups/theseason/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India Is in the Middle of a 47°C Heatwave, a Cyclone, a Global Pandemic, and the Worst Locust Invasion in a Long Time

8:35 PM - 1 day ago#1

India Is in the Middle of a 47°C Heatwave, a Cyclone, a Global Pandemic, and the Worst Locust Invasion in a Long Time: Collapse Incoming?

By Strange Sounds May 27, 2020

The Indian capital, Delhi, saw temperatures rise to 47.6°C(117.68 f) on Tuesday, as most of north India faced severe heatwave conditions. Now, add to this the dramatic consequences of cyclone Amphan, the global pandemic, and the worst locust invasion in decades… Yes, it’s biblical!

The heatwave, which officials say is likely to last until the weekend, comes even as the region struggles with rising Covid-19 infections and swarms of locusts that are ravaging crops. Churu in Rajasthan state recorded a temperature of 50°C – India’s highest. Officials have warned people to stay indoors as far as possible. The temperatures are the highest that the country has seen in decades for this time of the year. In fact, global weather tracking website El Dorado said the region was the hottest in the world on Tuesday. Jeffrey

1,9332,070

Fellow Standard-BearerFellow Standard-Bearer

8:35 PM - 1 day ago#1

India Is in the Middle of a 47°C Heatwave, a Cyclone, a Global Pandemic, and the Worst Locust Invasion in a Long Time: Collapse Incoming?

By Strange Sounds May 27, 2020

The Indian capital, Delhi, saw temperatures rise to 47.6°C(117.68 f) on Tuesday, as most of north India faced severe heatwave conditions. Now, add to this the dramatic consequences of cyclone Amphan, the global pandemic, and the worst locust invasion in decades… Yes, it’s biblical! The heatwave, which officials say is likely to last until the weekend, comes even as the region struggles with rising Covid-19 infections and swarms of locusts that are ravaging crops. Churu in Rajasthan state recorded a temperature of 50°C – India’s highest. Officials have warned people to stay indoors as far as possible.

The temperatures are the highest that the country has seen in decades for this time of the year. In fact, global weather tracking website El Dorado said the region was the hottest in the world on Tuesday.

Weather officials told local media that part of the reason for the heatwave was the powerful storm – Cyclone Amphan – that struck parts of eastern India and Bangladesh last week.

“Super cyclone Amphan sucked out all the moisture from other parts of the country,” Kuldeep Shrivastava, the head of the regional weather forecasting centre told the Hindustan Times newspaper.

Heat waves in recent years have caused a number of deaths across India. There is still no data about the impact of the current temperatures on people. However, they come even as thousands of migrants are walking on the highways after fleeing cities to try and go back to their villages. Many are walking with little food and water, and will be among the most exposed to the weather. Previously, those who have died have included people like daily-wage labourers, rickshaw operators and vegetable vendors – those most exposed to the sun. In addition to that, the heatwave has affected efforts to combat swarms of locusts that are destroying crops in parts of the country, including Rajasthan.

More than 100 workers are battling the insects, using vehicle-mounted sprayers, pesticides and drones in the searing heat. Heatwave, locust plague, extreme weather… Tribulation unlashes in India… More apocalyptic news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [BBC]

:: 1-18-09 am service (1^st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 5-27-20 1 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Zealand sits on the 'largest volcanic outpouring' on Earth, researchers discover

Wed, May 27 • Source: 1 NEWS

A group of geophysicists at Victoria University of Wellington have used seismic wave-speeds to reveal part of an ancient volcanic "superplume" beneath New Zealand. Professor Tim Stern and associate professor Simon Lamb, together with colleagues, believe the North Island sits on part of the "largest volcanic outpouring" on Earth. They say it was created by an upwelling in the Earth’s deep interior - an event which happened about 120 million years ago when a giant plume of hot rock detached itself from the core-mantle boundary about 3000 kilometres below the Earth’s surface and rose rapidly to the surface as "a superplume". Findings from professor Stern and associate professor Lamb, both from the School of Geography, Environment and Earth Sciences, has been published today in United States journal Science Advances. The findings come at a time when professor Stern says the geological community had been close to rejecting the idea of plumes altogether. "Direct evidence for their existence has been elusive, but with this study we now have both hard evidence that such plume activity did indeed occur and also a fingerprint method to detect fragments of the largest plumes of all–superplumes–rising up from near the Earth’s core. "In the 1970s, geophysicists proposed that the Earth’s mantle was undergoing a churning motion, rather like a lava lamp, and hot blobs of buoyant rock rose up as plumes from as far as the Earth’s core. Melting of this rock near the surface could then be the cause of prolific volcanism. such as that observed in Iceland or Hawaii," professor Stern says.

"Even larger volcanic outpourings have happened in the geological past, of which the biggest known occurred in the southwestern Pacific in the Cretaceous Period during the time of the dinosaurs, forming a continent-sized underwater volcanic plateau. "Subsequently, the motion of the tectonic plates broke up this plateau, and one fragment– today forming the Hikurangi Plateau—drifted away to the south and now underlies the North Island and also the shallow ocean offshore." Professor Stern and colleagues studied the speed of seismic waves (vibrations) through these rock layers to determine their origins and features.

:: 5-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satellite Images Confirm Rapid Chinese Military Expansion On Disputed Indian Border

Profile picture for user Tyler Durden

by Tyler Durden Wed, 05/27/2020 - 21:45

A new report in the Asia-based online tech journal Insider Paper cites open source satellite images to confirm the latest widespread reporting on the major Chinese PLA troop build-up underway along disputed Sino-Indian border regions. The report cites the following via a reputable open-source satellite imagery analyst: According to a few satellite images published by a local Indian news publication, the Chinese troops have commenced the expansion of its airbase, 200 km from Pangong Lake, in Ladakh. The images, also showing Ngari Gunsa airport in Tibet, originated from open-source intelligence expert @detresfa_, an analyst with ShadowBreak Intl. "The first image shows how the territory originally looked. However, the second image clearly shows massive construction activity going on in the territory." According to the report, this suggests a significant and rapid Chinese military build-up in the past months along the contested border region amid what Indian media has widely reported since this weekend to be PLA forces digging into fortified positions. Importantly, the strategic base is a mere 200km away from Pangong lake, where recent skirmishes between Chinese and Indian border patrols took place on May 5th-6th. The Insider Paper report continues, based on satellite analysis: "The expansion has included something that looks more like a secondary tarmac to combat aircraft or taxi-track. Also, the third image shows a line-up of four fighter jets. They are either J-11 or J-16 fighters of the Chinese PLA Air Force." The high altitude airport in Tibet, among the highest in the world, is a dual-use military and civil airport which appears to have undergone major expansion during the same period of increased border skirmishes with Indian troops. Over the past weekend Indian media began reporting that thousands of PLA troops have now moved into Ladakh’s disputed Galwan river area, and at multiple locations in eastern Ladakh. Sporadic but fierce clashes have occurred going back to the 1960's along the shared but pretty much completely unmarked 2,100 mile border, which often involves literal fist-fights among opposing troops and border patrol guards. And The Guardian also said on Wednesday: "Thousands of Chinese People's Liberation (PLA) troops are reported to have moved into sensitive areas along the eastern Ladokh border, setting up tents and stationing vehicles and heavy machinery in what India considers to be its territory." The escalating crisis has grabbed the White House's attention, with President Trump issuing a surprise tweet early Wednesday which said: "We have informed both India and China that the United States is ready, willing and able to mediate or arbitrate their now raging border dispute." It's a fast escalating situation that FP recently noted could explode into major conflict between two nuclear armed powers.

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

:: 5-27-20 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India and China Move In More Troops as Border Tensions Rise

Archana Chaudhary and Sudhi Ranjan Sen

1 day ago

Prime Minister Narendra Modi on Tuesday discussed the stand-off with National Security Adviser Ajit Doval and Chief of Defense Staff General Bipin Rawat and chiefs of its three armed services. The meeting centered around options available to India, and it was decided to go the diplomatic route while maintaining a tough military posture at the border. “Talks are on at various levels to resolve the issue,” said S. L. Naramsimhan, member of India’s National Security Advisory Board, which advises the prime minister’s office. “India will defend its sovereignty and territorial integrity and at the same time make all efforts to maintain peace and tranquility along the India-China boundary.”

Consolidating Power China’s actions along the border coincide with its attempts to consolidate political and strategic positions across Asia. Its decision to introduce new laws in Hong Kong is threatening to worsen already strained ties with the U.S., it has raised tensions in the South China Sea China by disrupting the efforts of Vietnam, the Philippines and Malaysia as they seek to exploit oil, gas and fishing resources off their shores, while Beijing also waged a sustained campaign to prevent Taiwan from rejoining the World Health Organization. The world’s second-largest economy has been facing criticism from the U.S., Europe and Australia for its handling of the coronavirus pandemic that was first reported in China’s Hubei province. China, in turn, has accused the U.S. of pushing the world into a “new Cold War.” The current tensions with India may have been triggered by the completion of a road and bridge in the Galwan sector in Ladakh, the government official said. Under Modi, India has been building border infrastructure, which it says isn’t aimed at any particular country, but rather the development of remote areas. It has completed 74 strategic roads along the eastern border, with plans afoot to finish 20 more by next year. Although Chinese border aggressions rose last year when India changed the status of the Ladakh province in August 2019 to bring it under the control of the federal government, this stand off is more serious than the Doklam conflict in 2017, officials said. “The Chinese have been expanding presence in this region for a long time, yet after all these decades, India hasn’t found a way to deal with China’s gradual expansion,” said Phunchok Stobdan, former Indian diplomat and author of the Great Game in the Buddhist Himalayas. “The issue is why is China doing this and why now?” (Updates with Chinese ambassador’s comment in seventh paragraph)

For more articles like this, please visit us at bloomberg.com

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-27-20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India is hit by worst plague of locusts for three decades as it sees record number of coronavirus infections

The locusts have already destroyed 125,000 acres of cropland across India

Drones, tractors and cars have been sent out to spray the pests with pesticide

Meanwhile, Indian health ministry officials today reported a total of 145,380 coronavirus infections and a death toll of 4,167

Here’s how to help people impacted by Covid-19

By Ryan Fahey For Mailonline and Afp Published: 14:54 EDT, 26 May 2020 | Updated: 02:17 EDT, 27 May 2020

Huge swarms of desert locusts are destroying crops across western and central India, prompting authorities today to step up their response to the country's worst plague in nearly three decades.

Drones, tractors and cars have been sent out to track the voracious pests and spray them with pesticides. The locusts have already destroyed nearly 125,000 acres of cropland. 'Eight to 10 swarms, each measuring around a square kilometre (0.4 square miles) are active in parts of Rajasthan and Madhya Pradesh,' the government's Locust Warning Organisation's deputy director K.L. Gurjar told AFP.

The insects caused massive damage to seasonal crops in both states, devastating many farmers already struggling with the impact of a strict coronavirus lockdown. They destroyed harvests in the agricultural heartlands of neighbouring Pakistan in April, before entering Rajasthan. Smaller swarms are also active in a handful of states across India, Gurjar said. A swarm of 40 million locusts can eat as much food as 35,000 people - or six elephants - according to UN's Food and Agriculture Organisation.

Residential areas in the state capital Jaipur were overwhelmed by the insects as bewildered locals banged on pots and pans to try and ward off the insects. Experts warn the situation could worsen with more expected to reach India via Pakistan from the Horn of Africa in June. Heavy rains and cyclones enabled unprecedented breeding and the rapid growth of locust populations on the Arabian peninsula early last year, according to the United Nations. India has not seen locust swarms on this scale since 1993 when it experienced a widespread plague, the warning centre said. Locusts destroy crops in some parts of Rajasthan close to the border with Pakistan most years, but it is rare for the insects to move further into the state. Wind patterns have been pushing the swarms southwest, the locust warning centre said. Coronavirus infections rose by 6,535 in India today, leading the country to become the fourth most affected by the virus worldwide. The South Asian nation now trails only Russia, Brazil and the US on total number of cases. Despite its new ranking, New Delhi has continued to maintain a relatively low death rate. Today health ministry officials reported a total of 145,380 coronavirus infections and a death toll of 4,167. They said that India’s death rate stood at 0.3 deaths per 100,000 people, compared to what they said was a world average of 4.4.

Share or comment on this article: India is hit by worst plague of locusts for three decades

:: 5-27-20 The Daily Coin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The ‘Vanishing’ Cities – Pandemic Lesson For City Slickers That Are Discovering ‘The Party Is Over’

by Susan Duclos · All News PipeLine  Published May 27, 2020 · Updated May 27, 2020

There appears to be a “great reassessment,” happening to those that live in what is being dubbed the “vanishing” city of New York and surrounding areas. A city that bustled with activity, where everyone was scurrying like rats get where they were going, where rents could reach $4,000-plus on average (a month!!!), where neighbors very rarely even knew each others’ name and where many residents have learned during the COVID-19 pandemic that perhaps, just maybe, city life isn’t exactly what they want anymore. Apparently rural living or at least being away from the hustle and bustle of large cities is becoming much more popular! Who would have thunk it? THE EXODUS HAS BEGUN Granted, there have been cases of COVID-19 that have made their way into the suburbs and rural areas, but as has been reported previously the very nature of smaller cities, towns, villages and counties, where less person-to-person contact buffers the spread, means smaller towns and cities have fared far better than large cities. We, along with others in the Independent Media, like Steve Quayle, have often said, the place you do not want to be during a crisis is where everyone else is. Triple that sentiment when the crisis is a deadly pandemic where the very nature of big, busy cities increases the risk of exposure exponentially. Apparently many living in New York, and other larger jam-packed cities, have discovered this mindset. Mostly because they are being inconvenienced and somehow when a lot of people go unemployed, they finally start realizing that tremendous rents, for small, tiny apartments and spaces, along with everything being more expensive, isn’t really a sustainable lifestyle in a crisis situation. The hour.com recently published a piece first published by Washington Post that manages to capture the desolation, the pandemic lessons, as well as the sense of entitlement by some living in New York who are trying to decide if “city living” is really what they want anymore. Some direct quotes caught my eye, which is rare for a Washington Post piece. The first one is the person Wapo begins the piece with, which shows a sense of entitlement by someone that frankly small towns probably wouldn’t want, because life is much simpler in rural areas. Setting the scene: The woman described had just lost her roommate because she lost her job.

• Shell was so financially strapped that she began inquiring about various night-life gigs, only to see covid-19 close all the bars and clubs. (“So that’s another job you can’t do in a pandemic.”) Still, her situation might have been bearable if the nearest laundromat wasn’t four blocks away. Stopping here for a moment because I have to wonder, did her roomamte’s leaving or the COVID-19 pandemic somehow move the laundromat further from her apartment than when she first moved in? Why is she blaming her current circumstances for the inconvenience of it’s location when she knew where it was before moving in? At least she should have.

• “I just want to be able to do laundry without having to drag it up and down a four-story walk-up or pay someone $40 or $50 to do it for me…..” Once again…. did she just realize her apartment was four stories up? What really got caught my eye about this example is how very differently city slickers think than those that live in rural areas.

• “Everyone deserves space and basic amenities,” she said, lamenting how, in New York, many landlords deem a washing machine a “luxury” item. “It’s just insulting to come at us and be like, ‘We’re going to charge you an extra thousand dollars a month for this standard appliance that’s been in American households since the 1970s.’ ” “It’s enough to make her contemplate leaving, for good.”

Not being handed a washing machine for free is enough to make her leave? I am old enough to remember that my Grandmother certainly considered a washing machine, dryer and dishwasher to be “luxuries” and not a “basic amenities.” You get what you pay for. Moving along……….

Even with all the chaos, filth and struggle, nostalgics have long mourned every change in what they called the “vanishing” city. But calls to the city’s mental health hotlines have surged. Whether they have left, or whether they have no option to leave, New Yorkers are having to ask themselves whether the city they love is really still livable. Who in their right minds mourns the loss of “chaos, filth and struggle?” I will tell you who…. people like the next guy quoted who says “I’m a born-and-raised, do-or-die New Yorker because it was always a party, but the party is over.” He’s heading to an unincorporated mountain town in Nevada. “I’m not getting my city back,” he said. “So I’m leaving before it gets to the point that I can’t get my mind back.” Does he think he is going to find his “party” in the unincorporated mountain town in Nevada?

Continue Reading / Video / All News Pipeline >>>

:: 5-27-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

George Floyd Protests Spread: 1000s Block LA Freeway, Minneapolis Ablaze Amid Looting

by Tyler Durden Wed, 05/27/2020 - 20:03

Update (2225ET): Tear gas is flowing in Minneapolis as night 2 of the George Floyd protests begin: Update (22:00ET): The protests that started yesterday in Minneapolis over the death of George Floyd, and escalated today including the looting of at least one Target store, have sparked a violent anti-police protest in LA with thousands blocking the 101 Freeway and attacking cop cars. And not only are they refusing to obey Governor Newsom's social distancing rules, hardly anyone is wearing a mask! FOX 9 Minneapolis-St. Paul's Karen Scullin is documenting the breaking story: Watch Live: Protests continue in South Minneapolis in response to the death of George Floyd Live at riot in Minneapolis Minnesota On Tuesday night, during the protests in Minneapolis, Biden tweeted: "George Floyd deserved better and his family deserves justice. His life mattered. I'm grateful for the swift action in Minneapolis to fire the officers involved — they must be held responsible for their egregious actions. The FBI should conduct a thorough investigation." Biden was heard on a virtual meeting with Pennsylvania Gov. Tom Wolf Wednesday morning, where he addressed the death of George Floyd.

Axios provides a breakdown of what was said (Biden referenced the 2014 death of Eric Garner, an unarmed black man who died after a New York police officer used an illegal chokehold on him during an arrest): "Watching his life be taken in the same manner, echoing nearly the same words as Eric Garner more than five years ago — “I can’t breathe” — is a tragic reminder that this was not an isolated incident, but part of an ingrained systemic cycle that exists in this country," Biden said.

"It cuts at the very heart of our sacred belief that all Americans are equal in rights and in dignity."

"And it sends a very clear message to the black community and black lives that are under threat every day." High unemployment, crashed economy, and now social unrest rears its ugly head as America descends into chaos ahead of the summer months.

Across social media, pictures and videos coming from the streets of Minneapolis on Tuesday evening are absolutely stunning. Protests broke out following the death of George Floyd, a black man who died in police custody a day earlier. This reminds us of the 2014 Ferguson Riots and 2015 Baltimore Riots, in both incidents, the trigger for unrest was a young black man killed while in police custody. Unlike 2014/15, the economy has now plunged into a depression and tens of millions of people are unemployed, as some have to resort to food banks because they've fallen into instant poverty, which all suggests tensions are already running high as warmer weather entices people to step outside. With no work, why not riot? Shown below, police fired rubber bullets, tear gas, and stun grenades at protesters. The initial demonstrations started peacefully than quickly got out of hand. Some hurled blunt objects at law enforcement while damaging police cars. The early hours of the protest were peaceful, hundreds, and maybe even more than a thousand people, were seen marching across 38th Street. Some carried signs that read "Justice for George Floyd," "I can't breathe," and "Black Lives Matter." The size of the demonstration quickly increased in the late evening. Protesters destroying police cars

Protest in Minneapolis for justice George Floyd.#JusticeForGeorgeFloyd #BlackLivesMatter#AllLivesMatter pic.twitter.com/WAiRu3gEKh

— Mohammad javad omidali (@JavadOmidali) May 27, 2020

"It's real ugly. The police have to understand that this is the climate they have created," a protester told WCCO-TV.

U.S. Rep. Ilhan Omar, D-Minnesota, tweeted: "Shooting rubber bullets and tear gas at unarmed protesters when there are children present should never be tolerated. Ever. What is happening tonight in our city is shameful. Police need to exercise restraint, and our community needs space to heal."

In late March, we described how "social bomb" could flare-up in the Western world, and even reported that President Trump signed an executive order that allows for the call-up of up to a million troops. Why so many soldiers? Well, we're not entirely sure, it could be due to threats of social unrest that are usually seen in economic downturns. Now here's a big risk: If unrest spreads to other cities, like Baltimore, where tensions against police are already high, then it appears the Trump administration has a major problem on their hands ahead of the election.

Scribe note: There are multiple video's and twitter messages on the site. Click on the link below

:: 5-28-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pestilence Rising

By Hal Lindsey

When it comes to the coronavirus, we have more questions than answers. But one thing we know for certain — health officials around the world are very much afraid. China normally downplays these kinds of events. But Chinese President Xi Jinping calls this outbreak a “grave situation.” For many Americans, it seemed to hit home when the Shanghai Disneyland closed. The original Disneyland in California has had only two unplanned all-day closures — after the assassination of John Kennedy and after 9-11. Not only did Disney in China close, but so did other regional tourist attractions. Even MacDonald’s and Starbucks closed along with other well-known restaurant chains. As of this writing, there have been 4,100 confirmed cases in China, with at least 106 deaths. 56 million people in China have had their travel restricted. This adds a great deal to people’s fear and anxiety. Residents have said they feel trapped — locked in with a dangerous virus. In much of China, trains are either unoccupied or not running at all. Train and bus terminals are eerily empty. The US State Department is evacuating its personnel from the city of Wuhan. But another thousand Americans live in that city, and they have been told that the United States cannot get them all out of the hot zone. The State Department has issued a travel warning to Americans considering a trip to China. Despite the flight restrictions and intense passenger screening, confirmed cases of the virus have popped up in 13 countries so far. That includes, as of this writing, five confirmed cases in the United States. Five Americans out 327 million may not seem like much. But the point is, it’s here! Then we learned why the passenger screening process has not always been effective. According to China’s health minister, people with the virus may be contagious before they show symptoms. Testing people for fever doesn’t help if they are contagious before they get a fever. Dr. William Schaffner, an adviser to the US Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, said this would mean “the infection is much more contagious than we originally thought.”  Yes, health officials are afraid. They know that this virus has the potential of becoming a global pandemic. But we’ve heard that before. Do you remember the SARS and MERS viruses? They, too, were coronaviruses and had the potential to ravage the earth. We still don’t have vaccinations against them, but they have largely disappeared. That’s what happens with these kinds of diseases. Even without human intervention, they rise and then they lose strength. The current outbreak may turn out to be even less destructive than SARS or MERS. Or it could be worse. The question is how much damage the disease will do while it is most active. The Spanish flu pandemic of 1918 and 1919 infected one-third of the world’s population. It killed more Americans than World War I, World War II, Korea, and Viet Nam combined. Jesus said that the last days would be marked by pestilences. Revelation tells about specific pestilences that will arise during the tribulation period. As we get closer to the beginning of the tribulation, the world seems to be primed for a series of massive global pandemics. The ease and speed of global travel is one of the big factors here. The other great danger is the rise of superbugs. Over the last hundred years or so, we humans have been inadvertently developing bacteria, viruses, and fungi that are stronger than anything in history. We call them superbugs because they are resistant to antibiotics, antivirals, and antifungal medications. By the extensive use of such drugs, we have made it so that only the strongest of each species survives. And the strong bugs are increasingly difficult to kill. This is what the UK’s Chief Medical Officer, Dame Sally Davies, was talking about when she warned of a coming “superbug apocalypse.” Here’s the amazing thing. The Bible predicted this almost two thousand years ago. It’s just another example of something that should be crucially important to everyone. The Bible is true! We can trust it. We can trust its warnings and its promises. Even bleak news like this should remind us that our faith in God and heaven is built on a firm foundation.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-28-2020/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Matthew 24:3 And as he sat upon the mount of Olives, the disciples came unto him privately, saying, Tell us, when shall these things be? and what shall be the sign of thy coming, and of the end of the world?
Verse 7 For nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom: and there shall be famines, and pestilences, and earthquakes, in divers places. (KJV)

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]
Luke 21:7 And they asked him, saying, Master, but when shall these things be? and what sign will there be when these things shall come to pass?
Luke 21:10 Then said he unto them, Nation shall rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom:
11 And great earthquakes shall be in divers places, and famines, and pestilences; and fearful sights and great signs shall there be from heaven. (KJV)

:: 5-27-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Power When You Need It Most

By Hal Lindsey

For a long time now, my name has been associated with events of the end times and the expectation of Christ’s soon return. For years, I have warned about a coming era of plagues and pestilence. I’ve talked about a rising tide of totalitarianism that would manifest itself in the time shortly before Jesus comes back. Now, as we live through the times we knew were coming, let me encourage you. We’re watching a massive plague cover the world. We see the globalists acting fast to use the emergency to their own ends. Many of the things we knew were coming have begun to arrive — though not yet with the intensity the world will see later. So, what’s encouraging about that? First, it tells us about something amazing just on the horizon — the return of Jesus! Signs pointing to the Lord’s return should not make us cower, but lift our heads! The other encouraging thing is this. God has not changed. He does not change. His promises remain true — regardless of the trouble in the world. Jesus was very specific. In Matthew 6:2526, He said, “Do not be anxious for your life, as to what you shall eat, or what you shall drink; nor for your body, as to what you shall put on. Is not life more than food, and the body than clothing? Look at the birds of the air, that they do not sow, neither do they reap, nor gather into barns, and yet your heavenly Father feeds them. Are you not worth much more than they?” In Isaiah 41:10, God spoke specifically to the people of Israel. But the wording makes it clear that it also applies to those who have been made righteous in Jesus Christ. God said, “Do not fear, for I am with you; Do not anxiously look about you, for I am your God. I will strengthen you, surely I will help you, Surely I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.” Sadly, there are Christians around the world right now who feel frightened, guilty, and powerless. For them it seems impossible to refrain from fear or from anxiously looking about them. They want to believe that He is their God, but they’re not completely sure of their standing with Him. And it’s all because they don’t understand the last clause of that verse.

“Surely I will uphold you with My righteous right hand.” They think the upholding of their relationship with God depends on their own righteousness. But in fact, it depends on the strength of His righteous right hand. He does the upholding. Our righteous standing before Him depends on the strength of His righteousness. Verse 13 of that same chapter says, “For I am the Lord your God, who upholds your right hand, Who says to you, ‘Do not fear, I will help you.’” Is the message clear? Do not fear. Who upholds us? He does. Who will help us? He will. Then verse 14 says something fascinating. It says, “‘Do not fear, you worm Jacob, you men of Israel; I will help you,’ declares the Lord, ‘and your Redeemer is the Holy One of Israel.’” He actually refers to Israel as a “worm.” There are several reasons for that designation, but the main one is this. It’s not their righteousness that He’s talking about. He is the Holy One, and it is His holiness that redeems them — and us. So here we stand in the middle of a terrible mess. We hear fearful news on every channel. It’s good to be aware of what’s going on the world, but mostly we need to tune in to God’s channel. Listen to Him. Read His word. Be strong in His strength. Live in His grace!

And as you do that, it becomes easier to obey His command, “Do not fear.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-5-13-2020/ 

:: 5-27-20 Israel Hayom :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu can finally fire back

Anyone who didn't want to hear Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu speak on the opening day of his trial on Sunday shouldn't have started the campaign of character assassination against him that is unparalleled in any democracy.

By Amnon Lord Published on 05-25-2020 13:12 Last modified: 05-25-2020 13:12

On Sunday, we saw what Israeli politics is like at the end of the second decade of the 21st century. In the space of two weeks, two major public events took place in the courts, with political leaders in starring roles. The fateful political struggles can barely be contained within the halls of Jewish sovereignty, the Knesset, and are spilling over to the Supreme Court, and as of Sunday, into the Jerusalem District Court. The politicians, the lawyers, the journalists, and the furious masses are all involved. Some offer comfort by saying there is an arena outside the court and there is the legal arena as it exists in the courtroom, where there are rules and laws and which is detached from the masses outside waving black flags or supporting the prime minister, whose fate is in the hands of the judges. Clearly, there is no detachment. This is not democracy in action, it is democracy that is being shredded. The moment that political life falls into hands that don't know how to make compromises and only know rulings, the public's frustration and outrage bubbles over. Journalists and broadcasters are making the same low-blow mistake of accusing the public of violence that could target the judges, and this is a repeat of what happened during the disengagement from Gaza. Then, too, the big newspapers and TV channels joined hands with certain elements in the security forces, and invented stories about settlers in Kfar Darom and Homesh, saying they had weapons and were prepared to use them, and that the personnel carrying out the evacuations would not hesitate to "neutralize" them. All this came after a solid year of a violent campaign against the settlers in the Gaza Strip and northern Samaria, a campaign that ended with a painful uprooting. The same thing is happening with Prime Minister Netanyahu. For 25 years, a campaign of character assassination has been waged against him, the like of which has never been seen in any democracy, and that campaign has turned especially brutal in the last four years. It isn't one particular speech or another, but rather daily and weekly leaks designed to shape public opinion and awaken hatred until it boils over. This isn't about the public's right to know, but rather the technique that is being exposed in the US right now after the (not final) exoneration of Gen. Michael Flynn. In the US there are checks and balances, and in the end, there is oversight and transparency and it is possible to follow how the leaders of the Obama administration, along with the FBI and the famous columnists, stitched up a respected general and ruined his life, to the point where he admitted to acts he didn't commit. So now Netanyahu is in a position to return fire. Anyone who didn't want to listen to his speech at the entrance to the court on Sunday shouldn't have started staging this production in the first place. Right now, the only way out of this political-legal tangle is for the prime minister to show faith in the judges and do his best, along with his lawyers, to prove that the accusations against him do not comprise criminal acts.

https://www.israelhayom.com/opinions/netanyahu-can-finally-fire-back/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

:: 5-27-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US ends sanctions waivers for nations in Iran nuclear deal

Pompeo announces he will be ending the sanctions waiver for projects related to the Iranian nuclear agreement, effective in 60 days.

Elad Benari , 27/05/20 23:34

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/280988 

:: 5-27-20 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hezbollah's Nasrallah warns of 'great war' on all fronts with Israel

Nasrallah warned that any Israeli air strike on Lebanon would 'not pass without a response,' adding that the terror group has 'military capabilities that did not exist before 2006.'

By TZVI JOFFRE MAY 27, 2020 14:52

Marking 20 years since Israel's withdrawal from Lebanon, Hezbollah Secretary-General Hassan Nasrallah warned Israel of "the great war that will open all fronts at once," saying that it would be "the end of Israel." The Hezbollah leader stressed, however, that there are "no indications that Israel intends to launch a war against Lebanon."

Nasrallah also discussed domestic issues, stressing that corruption must be addressed by the judiciary and warning that sectarian divides in the country must also be addressed.

Anna Ahronheim contributed to this report.

:: 5--20 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Special Report: U.S. takes aim at the power behind Venezuela's Maduro - his first lady

Angus Berwick, Matt Spetalnick

25 Min Read

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-venezuela-politics-flores-specialrepo-idUSKBN2332JO 

[:: 12-20-09 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

:: 5-18-20 Counter Punch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Coming Nuclear Menace: Hypersonic Missiles

by Karl Grossman  May 18, 2020

The United States is seeking to acquire “volumes of hundreds or even thousands” of nuclear-capable hypersonic missiles that are “stealthy” and can fly undetected at 3,600 miles per hour, five times faster than the speed of sound. Why so many? A Pentagon official is quoted in the current issue of Aviation Week & Space Technology as saying “we have to be careful we’re not building boutique weapons. If we build boutique weapons, we won’t—we’ll be very reluctant to—use them.”

The article in the aerospace industry trade journal is headlined: “Hypersonic Mass Production.” A subhead reads: “Pentagon Forms Hypersonic Industry ‘War Room.’”

On March 19, 2020, the U.S. conducted its first hypersonic missile test from its Pacific Missile Range Facility on Kauai, Hawaii. “Fast and Furiously Accurate” is the title of an article about hypersonic missiles written by a U.S. Navy officer which appeared last year on a U.S. Naval Institute website. The piece declares that by “specifically integrating hypersonic weapons with U.S. Navy submarines, the United States may gain an edge in developing the fastest, most precise weapons the world has ever seen.” “Hypersonic weapons,” explains the article by U.S. Navy Lieutenant Andrea Howard, “travel faster than Mach 5—at least five times the speed of sound, around 3,600 mph, or one mile per second….They are similar to but faster than existing missiles, such as the subsonic U.S. Tomahawk missile, which maxes out around 550 mph.” “While hypersonic weapons can carry conventional or nuclear warheads, they differ from existing technologies in three critical ways,” writes Howard. “First…a one-kilogram object delivered precisely and traveling multiples of the speed of sound can be more destructive than one kilogram of TNT. Second, the low-altitude path helps mask HCMs [Hypersonic Cruise Missiles] when coupled with the curvature of the Earth” and so “they are mostly invisible to early warning radars. And third…they can maneuver during flight; in contrast with the predictable ballistic-missile descend, they are more difficult to intercept, if even detected.” “By offering the precision of near-zero-miss weapons, the speed of ballistic missiles, and the maneuverability of cruise missiles, hypersonic weapons are a disruptive technology capable of striking anywhere on the globe in less than an hour,” declares the Navy officer. The article also notes that Russian “President Vladimir Putin unveiled six new” what he called “invincible” hypersonic missiles as part of a March 2018 “state of the nation” speech. “Russia has successfully tested the air-to-ground hypersonic missile” named Kinzhal for dagger, “multiple times using the MIG-31 fighter.” It’s “mounting the Kinzhal on its Tu-22M3 strategic bomber.” The article also says “China, too, is working on hypersonic technologies.”

The piece concludes: “As the tradition of arms control weakens with the breakdown of the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces (INF) agreement, it would be naïve to anticipate anything other than full-fledged weapon development by Russia and China in the coming decades….The bottom line is that hypersonic weapons will determine who precisely is ‘prompt’ enough in 21st century conflict.”  The U.S. under President Trump withdrew last year from the INF treaty, a landmark agreement which had banned all land-based ballistic and cruise missiles with ranges of from 310 to 3,420 miles. It had been signed in 1987 by President Reagan and Soviet General Secretary Mikhail Gorbachev. The treaty “marked the first time the superpowers had agreed to reduce their nuclear arsenals, eliminate an entire category of nuclear weapons, and employ extensive on-site inspections for verification,” notes the Arms Control Association. “Hypersonic missiles may be unstoppable. Is society ready?” was the headline of an article in March in The Christian Science Monitor. This piece notes: “Hypersonic missiles are not just very fast, they are maneuverable and stealthy. This combination of speed and furtiveness means they can surprise an adversary in ways that conventional missiles cannot, while also evading radar detection. And they have injected an additional level of risk and ambiguity into what was already an accelerating arms race between nuclear-armed rivals.” The article raises the issue of the speed of hypersonic missiles miring military decisions. “For an incoming conventional missile, military commanders may have 30 minutes to detect and respond; a hypersonic missile could arrive at that same destination in 10 minutes.” Thus “artificial intelligence” or “AI” would be utilized. The Christian Science Monitor article quotes Patrick Lin, a professor of philosophy at California Polytechnic State University in San Luis Obispo, as noting: “Technology will always fail. That is the nature of technology.” And, says the article: “Dr. Lin argues that the benefits of hypersonic weapons compared to the risk they create are ‘widely unclear,’ as well as the benefits of the AI systems that inform them.” It quotes Dr. Lin as saying, wisely: “I think it’s important to remember that diplomacy works and policy solutions work…I think another tool in our toolbox isn’t just to invest in more weapons, but it’s also to invest in diplomacy to develop community.” The Aviation Week & Space Technology article begins: “As the U.S. hypersonic weapons strategy tilts toward valuing a quantity approach, the new focus for top defense planners—even as a four-year battery of flight testing begins—is to create an industrial base that can produce missiles affordably enough that the high-speed weapons can be purchased in volumes of hundreds or even thousands.” It continues: “To pave the way for an affordable production strategy, the Pentagon’s Research and Engineering division has teamed up with the Acquisition and Sustainment branch to create a ‘war room’ for the hypersonic industrial base, says Mark Lewis, director of research and engineering the modernization.” The piece then quotes Lewis as saying: “At the end of the day, we have to be careful we’re not building boutique weapons. If we build boutique weapons, we won’t—we’ll be very reluctant to—use them. And that again factors into our plans for delivering hypersonics at scale.” The article says that “Air Force and defense officials have been promoting concepts for operating air-launched hypersonic missiles in swarm attacks. The B-1B [bomber], for example, will be modified to carry” six hypersonic missiles. “I think it’s a poorly posed question to ask about affordability per unit,” the piece quoted Lewis as saying. “We have to think of it in terms of the affordability of the capability that we’re providing. By that I mean: If I’ve got a hypersonic system that costs twice as much as its subsonic counterpart but is five times more effective, well, clearly, that’s an advantageous cost scenario.” The hypersonic missiles will indeed likely be “invincible.” And they would be at the ready because of the withdrawal by the Trump administration of the INF treaty and other international arms control agreements, one after another. With the vast numbers of hypersonic nuclear-capable missiles being sought, the world will have fully returned to the madness in the depths the Cold War—as presented in the 1964 film Dr. Strangelove or: How I Learned to Stop Worrying and Love the Bomb. Apocalypse will be highly likely. Artificial intelligence is not going to save us. These weapons need to be outlawed, not produced and purchased en masse. And we must, indeed, “invest in diplomacy to develop community”—a global community at peace, not a world of horrific and unstoppable war. Join the debate on Facebook More articles by:Karl Grossman

Karl Grossman, professor of journalism at State University of New York/College at Old Westbury, and is the author of the book, The Wrong Stuff: The Space’s Program’s Nuclear Threat to Our Planet. Grossman is an associate of the media watch group Fairness and Accuracy in Reporting (FAIR). He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion.

:: 5--20 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Survival Dan 101 Discover The Art Of Survival

SELCO: Types Of Real Survivalists —The Slaves And Servants Were The Most Common

In the following article, Selco of SHTF Schooldelves even further, detailing real-life scenarios, training tactics, and other key information that will undoubtedly help save your life should the streets of America turn into a war zone. Pay attention because this no idealized collapse scenario – it’s reality. Selco is from the Balkan region, where from 92 to 95 the Bosnian War destroyed everything and for 1 whole year he lived and survived in a city without electricity, fuel, running water, real food distribution, or distribution of any goods, or any kind of organized law or government. Drug dealers, prostitutes, thieves, addicts, homeless, family people, believers… good people, bad people… we like to call people names in order to judge them and live our life easier. Most of the time we judge them so easily and form our opinion about them „as we go“ without too many thoughts. It is easier like that. We see people doing something and think they do it because of how they are. We often do not consider all the things that make them do what they do. We see something, give that a name and that’s it. Sometimes there is much more to what we actually can see. Someone who is bad might just have had circumstances in life and being like that is the only thing that made sense for that person. Yes, their whole way of thinking might be “wrong” or he might not act badly because he is a bad person, but because their kids are dying. People simply judge too fast. More from our blog: Post SHTF: Who Do You Let In And Who Gets The Boot? Post SHTF: What Will You Do When They Come? How Much Can You Give Away Before Putting Your Own Family In Danger? Not to mention that when SHTF it is dangerous to call people and sort them on the easy and fast way, it can lead us to form the wrong opinion, which can lead to a lot of bad things. I learned to not judge people right away. A future friend might behave terribly the first time and a future enemy might be very nice to you. I had to say this before continuing with this article. You will encounter slaves or servants in a long-term survival situation and even if they go on a very different path from a brave fighter… they are real survivalists and just make things work. Many lone fighters died and many servants suffered but survived. Yes, it’s not like in a movie. A Lady who was my colleague before SHTF lived with her husband and two kids, she was in her 30ies, very nice and easy person to work with. She was my friend and we shared a lot of the great moments at the job. I never see or heard anything bad about her. I knew her husband, I knew her kids… When SHTF I lost contact with her in all that chaos, and to be honest I completely forget about her, I had a lot more important things to worry about. A few months later, on my trip that almost killed me out of town over the mountains to obtain some stuff that we needed I had the opportunity to meet her again. We already passed the most dangerous parts of the trip, mines, mountains, woods, and no man’s land and arrived into a small part of a territory controlled by one of the numerous militias, loosely tied to bigger (again numerous) fractions. These guys did not give us any problems, other than a very short checking about who we are and where we are going. We already paid for the passage to „guy who knows a guy“ so everything went smoothly. We made a short rest in one of the shacks and drink hot „tea“. The actually exact description would be „hot dirty melted snow, with added alcohol“. Then I saw her, my ex-colleague. If I learned anything since SHTF that was the fact that you need to hide your feelings and body language until you figure out what is actually really going on. So I did not say anything to her, and I acted like I do not know her, even if I wanted very hard to jump, hug her and ask about anything, about her, her family, etc.

They survived, we can now judge them and talk about what every one of us could do in their situation but we should not. This is could also be a lesson for normal times. I work in emergency service (for a long time) and see daily people living at borders of normal society or even far from that borders in a different, very dark and nasty world. It’s not that all of them are bad, but sometimes, in life, you have to do whatever it takes even if it makes sense only for you at that moment. It is not an excuse but it helps to remember that when your existence is under threat you might do very different things too. I’m sure only very few (maybe sexually very open people) really plan on going that way when SHTF. Remember, no planning and preparing while the weather is calm, will have serious consequences when the storm will unleash. Most of the people fail to see the ”big picture”, they are ”sleeping’ comfortably and when the world as they know it will end, (and it will end sooner rather than later) if they are lucky enough will end up as slaves or servants. What role do you see yourself in? What role do you plan for?

https://www.survivaldan101.com/real-survivalists-slaves-servants/ 

:: 5-17-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IT’S ALIVE! SCIENTISTS ARE PRINTING LIVING “XENOBOTS” OUT OF BIOLOGICAL CELLS

May 17, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

Computer scientists and biologists have teamed up to create a new kind of living robot. Grown from the stem cells of the frog Xenopus laevis, these so-called xenobots represent a new fusion of biological life and robotics that defies any sort of conventional definition, The New York Times reports. They only live for about a week and are far simpler — biologically speaking — than other organisms, but the lab-grown, pre-programmed life forms represent a major step forward in the pursuit of living machinery… (READ MORE) 

Scientists Are Printing Living “Xenobots” out of Biological Cells It’s Alive!

Computer scientists and biologists have teamed up to create a new kind of living robot. Grown from the stem cells of the frog Xenopus laevis, these so-called xenobots represent a new fusion of biological life and robotics that defies any sort of conventional definition, The New York Times reports. They only live for about a week and are far simpler — biologically speaking — than other organisms, but the lab-grown, pre-programmed life forms represent a major step forward in the pursuit of living machinery.

Designer Babies Xenobots, which were first brought to life back in January, can’t reproduce. Instead, computer scientists program them in a virtual environment and then 3D print their creations out of embryonic cells. “We are witnessing almost the birth of a new discipline of synthetic organisms,” Columbia University roboticist Hod Lipson, who was not part of the research team, told the NYT. “I don’t know if that’s robotics, or zoology or something else. Form, Function For now, xenobots are extremely limited: they don’t have nervous systems or much else in the way of complex biology, and their behavior is determined by their physical shape. For instance, the NYT describes a snowplow-shaped one that can sweep up stray particles in its petri dish. But even if they’re simple now, the xenobots are an extraordinary accomplishment — and represent a new scientific field to keep an eye on.

:: 5-19-20 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America’s Economy Sabotaged By Totalitarian Dictators

By Kelleigh Nelson|May 19th, 2020

It also gives us a very special, secret pleasure to see how unaware the people around us are of what is really happening to them. —Adolf Hitler

The people want wholesome dread. They want to fear something. They want someone to frighten them and make them shudderingly submissive. —Ernst Rohm, Hitler’s chief of the SA (Storm Trooper)

The more we do to you, the less you seem to believe we are doing it. —Joseph Mengele, MD, “Angel of Death” at Auschwitz

Experience hath shewn, that even under the best forms of government those entrusted with power have, in time, and by slow operations, perverted it into tyranny. —Thomas Jefferson

How quickly we forget that in January President Trump restricted traffic from China, and Dr. Fauci was not pleased. Fauci opposed eliminating flights from China. He disagreed and then ultimately, he agreed. That’s newsworthy. Fauci also doesn’t believe the virus came from the Wuhan lab, despite the fact that the National Institutes of Health (NIH) “expert” shelled out a total of $7.4 million to the Wuhan biolab for this research. Fauci and other medical experts on the White House coronavirus task force are “Hillary Clinton sympathizers” with a vendetta against President Donald Trump and his supporters. Time has proven that locking down the entire country for a virus that kills and hospitalizes less than seasonal flu has been a huge mistake promoted by VP Mike Pence and his unvetted Task Force globalists. Both Fauci and Birx are tightly bound to WHO Director Tedros, a Marxist-Leninist apologist for China. Funds for their activities come from the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation which wants to vaccinate us all, just as they did in Africa with devastating results. President Trump agrees to restore partial funding to WHO, run by a Marxist-Leninist. Why? Gates is a population reduction aficionado as are Anthony Fauci and George Soros. Gates’ goal is not life, but death and the reduction of world population. Inflating Statistics A week ago, Dr. Birx said, “There is nothing from the (Center for Disease Control) CDC I can trust.” She has expressed doubts about the CDC Control statistics’ reports and believes the CDC has dramatically inflated the numbers by at least 25 percent. Birx and others reportedly feared that the CDC Control and Prevention’s data-tracking system was inflating coronavirus death rates and case numbers statistics. Falsified death records are common. Physicians throughout America have complained about being forced to falsely label the cause of death as Covid-19. Dr. Scott Jensen, Republican member of the Minnesota Senate spoke to Laura Ingraham about the actual infection rates. Birx is still claiming that the “shelter-in-place” directive was saving lives, but now we know that’s not true either. Over 36 million, or nearly 22 percent of Americans are without work; the economy continues going down the drain and many people have lost everything. New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo came forth and acknowledged that new hospitalizations caused by COVID-19 are from individuals who did, in fact, stay home. Fox News confirmed that the percentage of new coronavirus patients who listened to the government and stayed home is at 66%.

What Michael Smith of Wells, Maine wrote in the WSJ is absolutely true, “We have torched the house to rid it of spiders.” He went on to say that the governments’ response will kill us if the virus doesn’t. If unemployment hits 32 percent, some 77,000 Americans are likely to die from suicide and drug overdoses as a result of layoffs. Deaths of despair. Vaccines We can’t open now, says Chinese mouthpiece Dr. Tedros for the World Health Organization, not for five years. “It could take up to five years before the coronavirus pandemic is under control.” And WHO friend, Dr. Fauci, is not going to authorize reopening if the virus is not under control. First, we had to flatten the curve, then we had to follow the data of gigantically flawed models, and now we need more testing, which only shows you how many more people have gotten this virus. It’s not enough. Now we need antibody testing. That doesn’t mean anything anymore. Now we need a vaccine. Flu vaccines rarely cover the exact type of seasonal flu, and in any given year, a flu shot is only about 40-60 percent effective. The CDC reported that the 2020 flu vaccine was 45% effective against type B and 37% effective against type A. It’s doubtful a Covid-19 vaccine would be any better, and we certainly don’t want it mandated. President Trump said in an interview last week that he is gung-ho to distribute a coronavirus vaccine as soon as it is developed. “Our military is now being mobilized so at the end of the year we’re going to be able to give it to a lot of people very, very rapidly,” the president said in an interview with Fox Business host Maria Bartiromo. If a flu vaccine is only 40 – 60 percent effective, why would a Covid-19 vaccine be any better. No one has ever come up with a vaccine for the common cold virus or even for HIV-AIDS. No thanks, I don’t want the speedily made vaccine that will inject my body with foreign elements that could well make me sick or shorten my life. Oh, those lovely vaccines! The 1960s polio vaccine that gave everyone soft tissue cancer was grown on monkey kidneys. The cancer-causing SV-40 monkey virus is genetically passed to your descendants. And guess what? The Daily Post is reporting that Bill Gates offered Nigeria’s House of Representatives $10 million if they passed a compulsory vaccine bill.

A Digital “Snapshot” for Every Injection On May 12th, PRNewswire reported that ApiJect Systems America, Inc., a public benefit corporation based in Stamford, CT, announced that it has been awarded an HHS-DOD Title 3, Data Processing Agreement (DPA) contract valued up to $138 million to accelerate the building of a new U.S.-based, high-speed, population-scale emergency drug injection capability with prefilled syringes from its subsidiary RAPID USA Inc. RAPID USA’s emergency program, “Project Jumpstart” is being initiated to supply 500 million prefilled syringes by year-end. Jumpstart will develop the capability to manufacture a minimum of 30 million prefilled syringes per month once therapeutic drugs and vaccines become available. If coronavirus vaccines were planned to be optional – respecting the vaccine choices of individuals, not more than 100 million doses would be needed. The fact that 500 million doses are being manufactured is an admission that the DoD and HHS plan to make Covid-19 vaccines mandatory. The DoD awarded a $238 million contract enabling prefilled syringes for the future Covid-19 vaccine. The ApiJect syringes come with an optional RFID device enabling health care workers to track the GPS location of the syringes and record the identity of those being injected according to the company’s website. Before giving an injection, the healthcare worker will be able to launch a free mobile app and “tap” the prefilled syringe on their phone, capturing the Near Field Communication (NFC) tag’s unique serial number, GPS location and date/time. The app then uploads the data to a government-selected cloud database. Aggregated injection data provides health administrators an evolving real-time “injection-map.” No thanks big brother!

Remdesivir v. Hydroxychloroquine Dr. Fauci has never backed the very cheap 60-year-old drug, hydroxychloroquine. In fact, he has criticized its usage. Yet around the world, including within the U.S., this cheap drug has had excellent results, especially when given early in a Covid-19 diagnosis. There is little money to be made with this drug and the accompanying antibiotic, Azithromycin.

Dr. Stephen Smith called hydroxychloroquine a “game changer” in the fight against Covid-19. He had been treating his Covid patients with hydroxychloroquine with a 100% cure rate. He believed that the fight against the virus was over, but he underestimated the nefarious forces in the medical establishment and how much money was to be made. Ivette Lozano is a Dallas doctor who is treating her coronavirus patients with hydroxychloroquine and the recovery success rate of her patients is 100%. In the following video she explains how Texas has passed a bill that disallows prescribing hydroxychloroquine and azithromycin without giving a diagnosis to the pharmacist. They’ve eliminated the privacy of the HIPPA law because this drug is successful and cheap and obviously, they don’t want it used. A recent Gateway Pundit article, brilliantly researched by Joe Hoft, exposed the connections with remdesivir. The very first case of Covid-19 was in Washington state and the clinic where the patient was treated for declining health happened to have samples of the drug to give him intravenously. He recovered. By mid-February a Chinese company was mass producing remdesivir, despite studies showing a lack of benefit. The drug is from Gilead Sciences and the clinical trials are being done by Dr. Fauci’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), part of the National Institutes of Health. Dr. Fauci is behind the promotion of Gilead’s remdesivir and has worked with Gilead for years. Gilead is partnered with Wuxi AppTec, an international pharmaceutical, biopharmaceutical and medical device company located in China and owned in part by George Soros.

Gilead has endorsed and is engaged with a drug purchasing group, Unitaid which is an outgrowth of the United Nations, Millennium Declaration of 2000, which is now the U.N. Global Compact (sustainability via UN Agenda 2030). Despotic States Governor Wolf of Pennsylvania, (GOP Rep. Scott Perry called out Governor Wolf for killing elderly Pennsylvanians in nursing homes.) Governor Cuomo of New York and other states had ordered nursing homes to take Covid-19 patients resulting in thousands of fatalities to elderly and immune compromised patients within these facilities. Long Island is now calling for a federal probe into more than 5,000 nursing home deaths. If you thought the drones were bad telling us to keep our distance from each other, how about the Darpa Robot enlisted by police to enforce distancing. The robots are able to scan anyone walking on the sidewalks, record license plates, use infrared vision, and one of the scariest uses of this technology is the capability to detect cellphone serial numbers within a designated patrolling area.  According to CBS, the devices are actively being used and can be seen in 16 states including New York at the Lefrak City Apartments in Queens and LaGuardia Airport. In Kentucky, now run by Democratic Governor Andy Beshear rather than Republican Governor Bevin, authorities have ordered Louisville residents who have been exposed to the flu virus, but won’t self-quarantine, to wear a tracking device to ensure they don’t leave the house. In Tennessee, a 39-year-old homeless person who tested positive for the virus and was incarcerated at the local Nashville fair grounds, escaped and fled. He was stopped and arrested by Metro Nashville Parks police two miles from where he had been quarantined. Metro Parks has charged the man with a single count of escape from a penal institution, a class A misdemeanor. The statute that defines this crime makes no mention of it being used to enforce quarantine orders. And our Governor Bill Lee claims to be a constitutional conservative. Senate hopeful Bill Hagerty’s stint as Tennessee’s Department of Economic & Community Development Commissioner ended with the Volunteer State becoming the “most dependent state in America for trade with China.” He was appointed by ‘Never Trumper’ Republican Gov. Bill Haslam in 2011. Haslam proudly stated he did not vote for Trump. At the expense of American workers, Hagerty’s first-choice candidate in the 2016 Republican primary was Jeb Bush. And even after Jeb’s candidacy flamed out, he shifted to supporting pro-amnesty Marco Rubio. In Ventura County California, Dr. Robert Levin, director of Ventura County Public Health spoke before the board of supervisors about a plan to hire up to 50 new “contact tracing investigators” to “find people who have COVID-19 and immediately isolate them, find every one of their contacts, make sure they stay quarantined and check in with them every day.” He said they would be physically removed from their homes and isolated. He had to walk it back! The despotic Mayor of Providence, Rhode Island has told people to “social shame” those who refuse to wear masks. Those with compromised immune systems should wear protection, but for healthy people, wearing masks actually can make them more susceptible to the virus. And Amtrak now requires masks for all passengers. Open Economy Had we sheltered the compromised and elderly and allowed the economy to remain open, we may have had a higher number of deaths, but the immunity would have spread throughout the nation saving us from the debacle of debt, inflation, job loss, suicides, alcoholism, drug addiction, and domestic violence which has outnumbered the deaths from this virus. We’ve been sold another lie; dumbed down Americans don their masks to go out into public. I’m ashamed of my fellow citizens and how easily they were brainwashed with lies and propaganda. Republican Governor Brian Kemp of Georgia celebrated the state’s lowest number of hospitalized coronavirus patients and the fewest number of COVID-19 patients on ventilators on Saturday, 15 days since he loosened lockdown restrictions in the face of persistent attacks from the mainstream media and the public disapproval of President Trump.  Currently, 995 people out of a population of 10.62 million, have died from Covid-19 in Georgia, according to the model, and it projects that number could climb to 4,691 by August 4. But it hasn’t. Republican Governor Ron DeSantis of Florida ripped into the media for their failing, dire predictions of his coronavirus response. He said to mainstream media, “You were all wrong about my state, we’re in better shape without draconian lockdown.  ”He’s right. Dr. Scott Atlas’ recent article in The Hill gives five facts as to why we need to reopen our economy, stop the panic and end the total isolation. Resistance A Seattle police officer sacrificed his job to speak the truth on the abuse of power by the government. Greg Anderson is married with children, but he could not continue to follow orders he knew were against the Constitution and Bill of Rights. A federal judge blocked Governor Beshear’s (D-KY) temporary ban on mass gatherings amid the coronavirus pandemic from applying to religious services. The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) halted a coronavirus testing program promoted by billionaire Bill Gates and Seattle health officials pending reviews. The Texas Supreme Court halts expansion of mail-in voting during pandemic. The Hill reports that legal challenges to the stay-at-home orders are gaining momentum. The Wisconsin Supreme Court invalidated the state’s coronavirus health order, a decision that’s already generating momentum behind similar challenges across the country. Atwater, California has declared itself a sanctuary city for businesses!

Michigan’s Governor Gretchen Whitmer lost a fight to force a 77-year-old barber out of business. Despite moving to sustain his livelihood and remain economically afloat, the Michigan governor pulled strings and issued a cease-and-desist order against Manke. Ultimately, a Michigan judge ruled for Manke when the state’s Attorney General failed to make the bogus case that Manke posed “imminent danger to public health.” The repressive fascistic Governor plans to keep the state closed until a vaccine is available. And Michigan protesters plan “Operation Haircut” demonstration to push back against state’s ‘tyrannical’ stay-at-home order by Whitmer. Democrat Gov. Whitmer listed abortion as a non-elective procedure during Covid’s lockdown. She even decided to categorize it as “life-sustaining.” This woman is a murderer in so many ways…unborn babies, her constituents, and the survival of Michigan businesses. She is the epitome of evil. Conclusion Are Americans waking up to the attack on our country? They better, or these power-hungry neo-Nazi autocrats will strengthen the control over their constituents and we can kiss freedom good-bye.

https://newswithviews.com/americas-economy-sabotaged-by-totalitarian-dictators/ 

:: 5--20 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Absurd (and Sometimes Creepy) Ways Businesses Are Enforcing Social Distancing

by Daisy Luther

“We’re all craving to gather and see other people right now,” O’Connell said. “They don’t all necessarily need to be real people.” (source) I hate to be mean because I know the intentions are good. But sitting amongst a room full of mannequins sounds more like that episode of Bates Motel when Norman had dinner with the taxidermied corpse of his mother than like a comforting return to normalcy to me. This isn’t a one-off, either. Next on “Dining with Dummies,” Australian restaurant-goers can sit in a cafe with cardboard people, lulled by the buzz of taped conversations on the speakers. At Five Dock Dining, cardboard cutouts will keep you company while you dine. In Sydney, Australia, the restaurant is adapting to a post-coronavirus normal by adding cardboard cutouts to dining tables. The restaurant also plans to play guest “chatter” on the speakers… …The limit on guests presented a challenge to Frank Angeletta, the owner of the restaurant. Five Dock Dining has a large dining space, and he was worried the area would feel empty. (source) I applaud the effort and the creativity, I really do. But is it just me or are these efforts to put fake humans in restaurants kind of creepy? I would much rather sit in a nearly empty restaurant than be surrounded by fake humans. If you’ll pardon the pop culture reference, anyone who has ever watched the show Supernatural knows what’s likely to happen next. Then there are the sporting events. A professional soccer league in South Korea made the befuddling choice to stud the bleachers with blow-up dolls holding up signs to cheer their teams along. The club FC Seoul apologized on Monday after what it believed were ordinary mannequins — quickly recognized by many fans as sex dolls — were placed in the stands for a match against Gwangju FC. Some on social media noted the telltale signs, like the business logos for sex toy marketers on the dolls’ clothing, or their strikingly buxom physiques. Of the roughly two dozen dolls in the stands, nearly all were women. “We had tried to add some fun in the no-spectator match,” FC Seoul said in a statement. “But we have not checked all the details, and that is clearly our fault.” (source) In Taiwan, a baseball game was played before a full stadium. The thing is, the stadium was full of cardboard cutouts and plastic mannequins holding signs. Oh, and a band of robot drummers. On a balmy Saturday evening inside one of Taiwan’s largest baseball stadiums, the floodlights flickered to life and the players took their positions. Cheerleaders began their rah-rah routines. Organ music blared through the speakers. But as the first batter stepped up to the plate and the pitcher took a deep breath, the only fans inside the 20,000-seat stadium in the northern city of Taoyuan were cardboard cutouts and plastic mannequins. Some wore hot-pink wigs and surgical masks. Others held signs with this cheery message: “We will always be with you!” A five-member band of robots played drums from the stands — a substitute for the usual cacophony of live music. (source) I’m just going to present this without further commentary. Then there are these ways to keep humans apart. Bizarre social distancing methods don’t stop with the use of fake humans. Read on for the undignified methods other restaurants are keeping humans apart. A restaurant in Ocean City, Maryland is putting patrons in individual “bumper boat” tables. “It’s like a bumper boat, but it’s actually a table,” owner Shawn Harmon said of the design, which was developed by Revolution Event Design and Production in Baltimore. A customer will stand in the center of the circular table surrounded by a rubber barrier that keeps them safely separated from other patrons in accordance with social distancing guidelines. The tables sit on wheels that allow them to stay mobile. (source) Oh good. You can walk around with your big, awkward bumper boat table. And who doesn’t want to stand the entire time they eat dinner or have a beer? Heaven help you if there was some kind of attack or emergency and you needed to move quickly. I have a horrible mental image of a bunch of people in innertubes all trying to squeeze out of the exit at once. If standing in a giant innertube for dinner isn’t your idea of fun, don’t despair. There are numerous other bizarre methods to have a socially distant dinner. A restaurant in Schwerin, Germany is handing out pool noodle hats for their customers to don. That sentence just confused my editing software so much it had no suggestions for improving the clarity. Café Rothe in the city of Schwerin along with German TV channel RTL, celebrated its reopening by handing out social distance-enforcing pool noodle hats to patrons as a gimmick. “In these difficult times it’s a pleasure to make others smile,” restaurant owner Jacqueline Rothe told Insider. (source) But what if you don’t want to sit with fake humans, stand in an innertube, or wear a funny hat? Does that mean you can no longer go out to dinner? Don’t despair. A restaurant in Thailand has a cuddly approach to social distancing. Maison Saigon is using stuffed toys to keep diners company while they eat. “Earlier we had only one chair for the tables where the customer came alone. But for me, it felt strange, so I thought I’d give them some company,” said Natthwut Rodchanapanthkul, the owner of Maison Saigon, a Vietnamese restaurant in Bangkok. Sitting opposite one of the panda dolls, diner Sawit Chaiphuek said he was happy to have some company as he stepped out to eat for the first time in months. “The doll makes me feel less lonely eating by myself,” said Sawit, 25. (source) Although this seems like a good way to keep the kiddos happy, apparently, some adults also feel better when they have something…anything…at the table with them in a restaurant. And here I’ve just been taking a book with me for times like this. Is this the “new normal?” I know that I wrote before that we’d never get “back to normal” but this really isn’t what I meant. Never in the past ten years of creating content have I written an article with so many potential times to use the word “flabbergasted.” We are witnessing the death of human dignity. The end of an Empire. The collective loss of all rational coping mechanisms. It just can’t be mentally healthy to be surrounded by fake people all the time. My mind is boggled that there are hebetudinous people who prefer sitting with stuffed animals or mannequins to just sitting at a table in a partially empty restaurant. Will we be doing this for six months? A year? Forever?

It was one thing when Tom Hanks’ character on Castaway had a deep friendship with a volleyball named Wilson. He was legitimately isolated. But we are not. We don’t have to have inanimate “friends.” What does this say about people? About our future as a society? It’s an absolute dumpster fire. People are so worried about being “safe” that they’re embracing the bizarre and extreme, instead of pushing forward and getting on with their lives. While I do take the virus seriously, I’m not fearful. Just imagine the level of fear that an adult must be feeling when dining in public with a stuffed toy makes them feel better. It’s difficult to fathom such a breathtakingly aberrant world, filled with imaginary friends and actual, physical, personal space bubbles. Imagine if this continues, the damage done to children who grow up knowing nothing else. How will they develop empathy and healthy human relationships? This is an environment that fosters fear and mistrust of others, just like the horrifying back-to-school scenario that had kids marching in 5-feet-apart formation for “recess.” It’s like some kind of bizarre, humiliating social experiment to see how far people are willing to be pushed when they’re afraid.

This takes the “divide” part of “divide and conquer” to an unimaginable new level.

About Daisy Daisy Luther writes about current events, preparedness, frugality, voluntaryism, and the pursuit of liberty on her website, The Organic Prepper. She is widely republished across alternative media and she curates all the most important news links on her aggregate site, PreppersDailyNews.com. Daisy is the best-selling author of 4 books and runs a small digital publishing company. You can find her on Facebook, Pinterest, and Twitter.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/bizarre-creepy-social-distancing/ 

:: 5--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

On Viral Attacks by Benevolent Benefactors

By Doug “Uncola” Lynn via TheBurningPlatform.com

What catches us by surprise hurts us double. – Seneca

Of all tyrannies, a tyranny sincerely exercised for the good of its victims may be the most oppressive. It would be better to live under robber barons than under omnipotent moral busybodies. The robber baron’s cruelty may sometimes sleep, his cupidity may at some point be satiated; but those who torment us for our own good will torment us without end for they do so with the approval of their own conscience. They may be more likely to go to Heaven yet at the same time likelier to make a Hell of earth. This very kindness stings with intolerable insult. To be “cured” against one’s will and cured of states which we may not regard as disease is to be put on a level of those who have not yet reached the age of reason or those who never will; to be classed with infants, imbeciles, and domestic animals. I remember once in college we had a class discussion on how ancient Rome expanded primarily out of fear of being conquered. In other words, the Romans believed their best defense was a strong offense: they engaged in the hostile takeovers of their enemies to avoid being conquered themselves. This calls to mind the interaction between the emotion of fear and how it relates to the survival instinct. Undeniably, these will often supersede the loftier considerations of ethics and law; and they apply equally to individuals, gangs, groups, corporations, cults, and governments. The desire for control is rooted in fear and perhaps greed. In many cases, these may even be rooted in pride. There are also physical, and perhaps spiritual, aspects to these principles having to do, ultimately, with domains; or realms. Therefore, it becomes like the animal kingdom whereby the strong prey on the weak and when carnivorous beasts battle over territory. The Giant Vampire Squid Cult has been consolidating global power for decades. It knows it’s outnumbered and the only way it can survive is through deception and by spinning narratives designed to trick those who threaten them (i.e. you) into granting them the permission to rule. Upon gaining control of the entertainment, business, and political realms, The Cult has advanced only those who have demonstrated their allegiance. Those who don’t obey are shunned, banished, or imprisoned like former Trump advisors Paul Manafort and Roger Stone; while others who stray off the reservation are “expired” (think Seth Rich). The reason daily events are so dire at present is because The Cult has consolidated power, through technology, to the extent they don’t believe they need our permission any longer. It’s why their “noose” is now tightening around our necks in the form of societal restrictions. Or as musician Frank Zappa once stated: The illusion of freedom will continue as long as it’s profitable to continue the illusion. At the point where the illusion becomes too expensive to maintain, they will just take down the scenery, they will pull back the curtains, they will move the tables and chairs out of the way and you will see the brick wall at the back of the theater. The COVID-19® deception was brilliant in that it accomplished multiple evil objectives all at once. The Coronavirus® pinprick collapsed the Economic Everything Bubble and deflected blame away from the bankers who blew it up. At the same time, it turned martial law into self-quarantine and abolished the First Amendment rights of American citizens including the free exercise religion, the freedom of speech, and the right peaceably assemble… all under the arbitrary mandates of Social Distancing®. Additionally, cash has been transitioned into a viral threat – thus paving the way to a new digital world order; and the end of privacy. But what was especially sinister about the COVID-19® deception is how it activated the fear and survival instincts of people in order to turn on each other. In an article I posted early last month entitled: “April Fools: In the New Age of Deception, Coronavirus has : “April Fools: In the New Age of Deception, Coronavirus has Hastened the Old Collectivism”, I discussed how a friend had hysterically berated me via text because he learned I hosted a meeting with five other people on private property. My “friend” said I was endangering others. In that article, posted on April Fool’s Day, I concluded with these final words: In a few months, if not weeks, this guy will be begging for Government As God to save him, and, in so doing, I have no doubt he’d sell me out to any governing authority for any reason. We’re about to enter into a real Walking Dead scenario and the Dark Powers will be getting years of mileage out of COVID-19 in every aspect of post-American life. Truly, the new age will be delivered by concentrically tightening circles of control – like a noose. The Powers That Be have successfully divided and dispersed what they have deemed a threat: the American people. All that remains now is the conquering, and it will come in waves, or seasonal cycles. t long after that piece was posted, a video went viral of a caucasian woman yelling at some caucasian kids for enjoying their lives instead of acting like submissive quaranteenagers. In the post, the woman was dubbed a “Karen”. I thought that was kind of funny because, in my head, I heard “Karen” the same way Ray Liotta’s character yelled at his wife (played by Lorraine Bracco) toward the end of the movie “Goodfellas”. xt, I read an article entitled: “The Difference Between a ‘Karen’ and a ‘Becky,’ Explained” which defined a “Karen” as a white woman who purposely “weaponizes” her “privilege”.

So I’ve since learned the label of “Karen” began as a means to advance identity politics and was later reassigned to sarcastically disparage the New American Stasi for squealing on their neighbor’s COVID-19 Social Distancing® infractions. A few examples include “The Babylon Bee” satire website reapportioning “KAREN” into Knowledgeable Actors Reporting Edict Noncompliance and jokingly imagining a Facebook button that would allow Karen’s to brand on social media any postings of potentially Coronavirus-infected children playing too close together outdoors. And, like Pepe the Frog during the 2016 Presidential Election, it is humorous how online memes are battling back against the various “thought-control” mechanisms that have been propagated under the “virtue signaling” guises of political correctness, identity politics, and, most recently, the COVID-19 mandates. at is NOT funny, however, are the extreme measures currently being undertaken by those with whom the Karen’s collude. In an American Thinker article entitled: “Police State Dry Run a Huge Success”, the author has collated over 100 linked examples of government authoritarians using COVID-19 to override the constitutional rights of U.S. citizens. These infractions have occurred under the guise of protecting Americans from getting sick and/or sickening others: We’ve been physically and verbally harassed, threatened, fined, detained, arrested, jailed, and/or placed in forced quarantine. Business licenses have been revoked. Going to work without the permission of the government is now a crime. So is going to the park or a beach. Children playing together is also in defiance of the government. So is placing flags on the graves of veterans. The list of infractions goes on and on and on and on. Examples read like the manifesto of a demented madman… y student of history can understand what is happening currently because it’s happened before. And for those readers who want to gain some additional insights on how seemingly good people can pave the road to hell on earth via their good intentions, please read a previous article I wrote entitled “The “Experimenter”: Understanding Why Shit Happens . These were the final words from that piece: To understand the future we must look to the past. History repeats, thus, ignorance is no excuse. Multiple illustrations over the last century demonstrate how it often became fashionable for people to blindly submit to authority, or conform to group influence, instead of accepting the evidence of their own minds. This is, after all, how shit happens.

– Doyle, “The Sign of the Four”, ch. 6 (1890), Doubleday p. 111

When, then, does coincidence become conspiracy and predictions prove planning? ask this because another recent headline has again revealed why 2012 was a prophetic year – and, obviously, not only for the Mayans: It has been revealed that a “strange comic book” was “commissioned for publication by the European Union in 2012” and it “eerily predicted almost exactly what has unfolded with the Covid-19 global pandemic”: The comic book, titled ‘Infected’, was a production of the European Commission’s international cooperation and development arm. It was not intended for widespread public consumption, but instead to be distributed inside EU institutions…

…The graphic novel depicts scientists inside a lab in China experimenting with deadly pathogens…

…The story features the transmission of a novel virus from animals to humans in a crowded wet market…

^{[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]}

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

:: 5--20 Health Nut News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CBS: Fairgrounds Around U.S. Being Converted Into Detention Centers, One Arrested for Trying to Escape Cities around the US are converting their fairgrounds into make-shift quarantine/detention centers to house homeless coronavirus patients.

https://www.healthnutnews.com/ 

:: 5-18-20 USSA NEWS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thanks to Shutdowns, Many Will Learn That Public Schooling Isn’t All That Essential After All

May 18, 2020

While some of America’s most demagogic politicians try to exploit the COVID-19 outbreak, some Americans are trying to make the most of their de facto state of house arrest. Government-imposed lockdowns have resulted in the shutdown of a number of schools across the nation. During this period some schools have gone online, while others have closed up indefinitely. Society is conditioned to believe that children cannot possibly be able to receive an education under such circumstances. After all, education can only take place in a classroom, at least in the social planners’ view. However, some families are daring to do the unthinkable by experimenting with homeschooling. Counter to the opportunistic political class, which views every crisis as a moment to undermine people’s liberties, a number of homeschooling proponents have flipped the script to promote homeschooling. What better time to do so, when most families are stuck at home and don’t even know when schools will open up again. Even in times of uncertainty, people have repeatedly demonstrated a willingness to experiment and try different methods without the tutelage of central planners. Unfortunately, we live in a political culture in which voluntary alternatives to state-dominated institutions never show up on the chattering class’s radar. Public education happens to be one of the rituals in the American civic religion that one dares not question lest one is burned at the stake of public opinion. When people start experimenting outside educational norms, ivory-tower elites feel almost obliged to nudge their disobedient subjects back to the government schooling plantation. Harvard Magazine had to make sure that the rubes did not stumble upon the benefits of homeschooling by publishing a piece skeptical of the practice. The article put particular emphasis on Elizabeth Bartholet’s perspective, the faculty director of Harvard Law School’s Child Advocacy Program, and her call for “a presumptive ban on the practice” in the Arizona Law Review. Bartholet invoked some of the most egregious forms of newspeak by suggesting that homeschooling is “essentially authoritarian control over their children from ages zero to 18.” In her ever so enlightened view, the very thought of homeschooling is “dangerous.” There’s a lot to break down in Bartholet’s antihomeschooling screed, but let’s focus on her assertion that homeschooling is “authoritarian.” This notion is risible. Such claims don’t even pass a laugh test when considering that the majority of the curriculum in contemporary public schools puts forward progovernment narratives when it comes to taxation, social welfare programs, war, and every other pillar of the modern-day managerial state. Parents voluntarily making educational arrangements in their children’s best interests is the polar opposite of authoritarianism, unless the definition of the word changed in our sleep. Also, what does Bartholet have to say about the current public education system taking children away from their parents and subjecting them to more than fifteen thousand hours of school time over their K–12 careers? Some politicians don’t even think this amount of time locked up in school is enough. For example, California senator Kamala Harris proposed extending the school day to ten hours. Curious minds would like to know what Bartholet thinks about Harris’s idea. I, for one, would not hold my breath at this point. For the high priests of public education, more time interacting with the state represents virtuous behavior, whereas unplugging from the public education grid is tantamount to heresy in the managerial priesthood’s view. Academics such as Bartholet should spare us the sanctimonious hand wringing over the dangers of homeschooling. Bartholet is concerned that homeschooling is an impediment to a child’s right to a “meaningful education” and their right to “be protected from potential child abuse.” Education reformer John Taylor Gatto has demonstrated in his life’s work that public schooling is anything but education. In fact, he has a book titled Weapons of Mass Instruction in which he eloquently makes the case that public schooling is designed to create malleable cogs in the machine and discourage any form of independent thinking. As far as child abuse goes, I’d invite Bartholet to take a look at what’s taking place in America’s allegedly “safe” government schools. During the 2017–18 school year, approximately 962,300 violent incidents took place across the nation according to a study from the Institute of Education Studies. In this report, violent incidents consist of rape, other forms of sexual assault, robbery, physical attacks, and threats of physical attack. Similarly, the Associated Press found approximately seventeen thousand cases of sexual assault committed by students from 2011–15. Moreover, the number observed in that period does not portray the full extent of the problem, because a significant number of sexual assaults are unreported. For example, some states don’t even track the stats, and those that do record have different standards for how they categorize sexual violence. Although public schools may be “safe spaces” for politically correct curricula, they do not guarantee safe environments for students’ physical and mental health. According to a study from the US Department of Health and Human Services, 49 percent of school children in grades 4–12 reported being subjected to bullying by other students on a monthly basis, while 30.8 percent reported that they themselves engaged in bullying. How’s that for constructive socialization? Allow me to come down somewhere in the middle: some children will require traditional schooling models, albeit in a privatized setting. On the other hand, other students will thrive in homeschooling environments. Markets serve to satisfy the demands of diverse sets of consumers, not the political desires of central planners. For the political left, who claim to be “pro-choice” and “diverse,” they sure love sticking to one-dimensional models for education. The idea of nonstate education is not a radical proposition.

Throughout American history, countless Americans have built parallel educational institutions without the central direction of the state. Americans have always found ways to get around government-imposed obstacles and will continue to do so despite the draconian measures that state governments have taken during the current pandemic. American homeschooling has increased considerably in the last two decades despite the government barriers in place and the social pressure that naysayers exert to make sure America’s youth don’t veer away from the government schooling conveyor belt. According to the National Center for Education Statistics, the number of homeschooled students doubled from 850,000 in 1999 to 1,800,000 in 2012. Such numbers will likely grow as more families begin experimenting with education at home. I tip my hat to the homeschoolers. They’re the ones who are engaging in revolutionary acts by categorically rejecting the public school industrial complex. Hopefully, more Americans learn about the benefits of homeschooling while government shutdowns continue and millions of Americans are kept under house arrest. As for Bartholet, she can continue decrying homeschooling all she wants. The good news is that markets don’t care about the opinions of ivory-tower elites. Regular people are the ones in charge, and they determine how services will be provided. As long as Bartholet’s idea of homeschooling prohibition does not become a political reality, she can continue yammering on about the supposed authoritarianism of homeschooling in the confines of her Ivy League pedestal for all I care. Millions of homeschoolers and other Americans who opt for nonstate education programs will go on with their lives without having to worry about what some Harvard elite has to say about their educational choices. Once the pandemic subsides, we should start focusing more of our time on a different public health problem. That is government schooling. I’ll gladly support a permanent lockdown of government schools; that way, we can prevent the statist mind virus from spreading even further. Visit the USSA News store!

Click this link for the original source of this article. Author:

:: 5-17-20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Silver Lining

Robert Gore Posted on May 17, 2020Categories Economy, Politics, Social Issues

Who will fight for your rights?

Guest post by Robert Gore at Straight Line Logic

…we are fast approaching the stage of the ultimate inversion: the stage where the government is free to do anything it pleases, while the citizens may act only by permission; which is the stage of the darkest periods of human history, the stage of rule by brute force.

Ayn Rand, Capitalism, The Unknown Ideal, Appendix, “The Nature of Government,” 1967

We are no longer fast approaching the stage of the ultimate inversion, we’ve arrived. It is the stage of which every would-be dictator dreams, where his whims are absolute, and everything everyone else says, does, or thinks must comport with those whims, even—impossible though it would be—when they are contradictory. Science is anti-whim. Nature, as Francis Bacon observed, to be commanded must be obeyed. Nothing illustrates the ultimate inversion of the official coronavirus response better than its leaders’ assault on science in the name of their “science.” Doctors have been discouraged or prohibited from administering hydroxychloroquine, by itself or in conjunction with other medications, vitamins, and zinc compounds, to treat Covid-19. They have observed and documented the effectiveness of such remedies—mitigation or elimination of the disease’s symptoms—but their observation and documentation are dismissed. Only the validation procedure mandated by the medical bureaucracy—the expensive and complex multistage tests required of new drugs to establish their efficacy and safety—will suffice for official permission. It’s what their “science” demands of a cheap and seemingly effective remedy that’s been on the market for years as a treatment for lupus, rheumatoid arthritis, and malaria. So where were the tests and control-group studies for the pandemic models, lockdowns, social distancing, masks, flattening the curve, closing businesses, and contact tracing that have been the official coronavirus responses? Projections are hypotheses, but only one class of hypothesis was officially accepted—disaster scenarios that fed panic and paved the way for further expansion of governments’ power. The doomsday models have been discredited; cases and deaths have been orders of magnitude less than projected.

Countries that haven’t instituted lockdowns have fared no worse than countries that have. Andrew Cuomo, governor of hard-hit New York, recently expressed surprise that two-thirds of hospitalized coronavirus patients had been sheltering in place. As if locking people down—often families under close quarters—in apartment buildings that can’t control cockroaches would somehow protect dwellers against a microscopic, easily spread, fast replicating, and virtually infinite virus. No science at all supports social distancing; six-feet is an arbitrary construct (i.e., whim) of some medical would-be dictator. Masks force the rebreathing of your own respiratory waste, weakening your immune system for the dubious benefit of that all-powerful totem: public health. The health you’re supposedly protecting is certainly not your own. It’s like eating your own feces or drinking your own urine for a purported public benefit. Flattening the curve to ensure adequate hospital space for the wave of coronavirus patients that hasn’t happened has flattened the hospitals, leading to empty rooms and wards and layoffs for medical workers. Bankruptcies will follow. Lost jobs and shuttered businesses are just collateral damage for our would-be emperors, who have waged senseless wars and inflicted grievous collateral damage on other countries for decades. Now the devastation and misery they’ve left in their wake have come home. Americans who’ve never asked themselves how it felt to be a victim of their government’s senseless wars are now victims of their government’s senseless war on a germ. After an unsustainable debt-propelled respite, the Greater Depression has resumed (it started in 2008) and will last for years. Its poverty and devastation will sicken and kill multiples of the people who will ultimately be afflicted by the coronavirus. All this supposedly guided by “science,” yet its proponents commit the most unscientific offense—they corrupt their own data. By their own admission the tests they use give both false negatives and false positives. By their own admission they’re corrupting the death count. Doctors have been instructed to list Covid-19 as a cause of death if the deceased had any of the symptoms associated with Covid-19, even though those symptoms characterize a number of other diseases that singly or in combination kill people, especially people with compromised immune systems. Hospitals have a financial incentive to perpetuate this fraud. They receive $13,000 from Medicare for each Covid-19 patient and $39,000 for each patient put on a ventilator (Links here and here). The coronavirus tyranny has nothing to do with science, medicine, or health, and everything to do with establishing that ultimate inversion: the government is free to do anything it pleases, while the citizens may act only by permission. These past few weeks we’ve seen how our rulers attempted to discard the last fig leaf—democracy—covering their creeping, now galloping, totalitarianism and complete lack of legitimacy. A camarilla within the nation’s intelligence services, the Department of Justice, and members of the previous administration, including Barack Obama, attempted to depose the democratically elected president of the United States. Such coups are the province of two-bit plotters in banana republics that make no pretense of observing or protecting rights, where might alone makes right. The United States has gone full banana—the stage of rule by brute force. Democracy is tyranny of the majority, a system that inevitably destroys individual rights. For the history-challenged, individual rights were the still revolutionary concept on which the idea—although not always the reality—of the United States was established. The logical consequence of the full protection of individual rights is the freedom to live your life as you see fit, as long as you don’t abridge the rights of others. Society or any other group of people has no rights apart from the rights of the individuals that comprise it. Governments have no rights, only the duty to protect the rights of individuals to live peaceably and freely. Government must be the servant, not the master, of its citizens. (See the Ayn Rand Appendix cited above, “The Nature of Government,” for a more detailed exposition of the proper role of government.) We’re light years from that ideal. Individuals must receive permission to, among other things, leave their homes, hold a job, assemble with other individuals, attend houses of worship, visit parks and beaches, or patronize businesses. The governor of my state, Michelle Lujan Grisham, just decreed that masks must be worn by everyone outside of their own dwellings (I wrote STOP MLG’S TYRANNY on mine). Breathing fresh air is now at the sufferance of our overlords. Civilly disobedient soul that I am, I have yet to don my mask. Don’t think sheep don’t get angry—I get murderous looks from mask-wearers. With every decree issued since this repression began, those who advocate for their individual rights or actually exercise them by violating the decree are denounced, shamed, censored, and in some cases arrested. Anyone who disagrees by word or deed is “selfish,” unwilling to sacrifice for the common good. What do they mean by selfish? Is it selfish to fight for your rights? Is it selfish to want to work and produce? Is it selfish to be more concerned with your own welfare and the welfare of your family and friends than with the welfare of strangers, the public, or the government that supposedly represents that public? Is your desire for freedom selfish? There are those who will tie themselves in intellectual knots answering those questions in the negative, but nevertheless asserting that individual rights and their exercise—free expression, free inquiry, free production, and free exchange—can all be justified as conferring the greatest public good. They then wonder why they never win arguments with those pushing collectivized notions of the public good. When might makes right, the public good is whatever the collective’s masters say it is—argument over. Fighting for one’s freedom and all that flows from it is selfish, profoundly so. If you don’t fight for that which is yours—the individual rights that are the essential condition of your existence—who’s going to do it for you? Anthony Fauci? Bill Gates? Nancy Pelosi? President Trump? Joe Biden? George Soros? Jerome Powell? Adam Schiff? Mark Zuckerberg? Eric Schmidt? Santa Claus? The Tooth Fairy? When was the last time you even heard the term “individual rights” in polite, mainstream discourse? When individual rights are mentioned at all, they’re treated as a quaint anachronism. And what do they mean by sacrifice? They mean that instead of selfishly fighting for your rights and freedom, you are to unselfishly place them on the sacrificial altar known as the public good. You’re selfish for resisting the sacrifice of that which is rightfully yours, but those collecting what is not rightfully theirs are selfless saints. If you voluntarily board that cattle car, you’ll secure your spot in the Unselfish Hall of Fame, along with millions of others who have lost their property, happiness, freedom, and lives without selfish protest or resistance. You might even be designated a Hero of the Public Good, posthumously of course. If you find the world’s descent into evil unfathomable, it’s time to rethink the premises that the selfless is the good and the selfish is evil. Collectivist butchers, including the ones pushing the coronavirus hoax, always demand fealty to some cause greater than one’s self. Fall for that one and you’ve already lost two important parts of yourself—your self-respect and your ability to reason. The precautionary principle—that no risks can be assumed if someone or something somewhere might be harmed—is anti-mind and anti-life, absurdly evil on its face. That philosophical abomination now excuses wholesale violation of individual rights and deadly economic devastation based on projections, bureaucratic whim, and political expediency. The precautionary principle would, if consistency applied, bring human progress to a halt, eventually rendering the human race extinct. Nothing is as unsafe as an insistence on absolute safety.

Risk is what makes life worth living—it’s the driver of human knowledge and progress. Imagine the choices that confronted early humans as they made their first choices. If we build a fire, will it warm us and cook our meat…or consume us? If we eat oysters, will they nourish or kill us? Will the canoe we’ve built float or sink? The forward steps of both our individual and humanity’s journeys have always involved unanswered questions, hypotheses, risk, experimentation, trial and error, tragedy, and triumph. It takes no imagination at all to envision potential risks. Make fear and safety paramount and none of those steps could have or will be taken. To believe that risks can be eliminated by arbitrary edicts is delusional; to enforce those edicts tyrannical; to comply with them suicidal. Wars are always fought and tyrannies always established in the name of somebody’s safety. The betrayal of individual conscience and surrender of individual rights to a collective for safety’s sake never produces safety, only misery, destruction, despair, terror and death. That’s a lesson we’re set to relearn as we proceed through one of those darkest periods of human history. There is a silver lining in all this: the curtain has been lifted, we now know exactly what we confront. Present governments and their many bootlickers and minions do not recognize—much less protect or hold themselves subordinate to the protection of—individual rights. Nor should we expect that they will do so within our lifetimes. Absent their replacement via revolution or abandonment via secession, we will continue to live in a political order where they are free to do as they please while we may act only by permission. If we want our rights, our freedom, and our lives, we’re going to have to fight for them with word and deed. It has ever been so; it will ever be so. Those who choose to fight will have one important ally: rule by brute force is the agent of its own collapse. It has always failed, it always will. Whether we have the virtue and wisdom to replace it with it’s antitheses—freedom and individual rights protected rather than destroyed by government—remains to be seen. Stay sane.

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2020/05/17/a-silver-lining-2/ 

:: 5-19-20 Jon's Place blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Another One Bites The Dust – First Wisconsin, Now Oregon Judge Renders Lockdown Orders “Null And Void” As Flurry Of Lawsuits Against Tyrannical Dem Governors Grow

Uncategorized May 19, 2020 By Susan Duclos – All News PipeLine

Fox News reported: Bailey, on the other hand, said in a post on his website that Pritzker’s stay-at-home order oversimplified the coronavirus problem and didn’t take into account the fact it spreads more slowly in places where the population isn’t as dense. “The message is clear, we are not Chicago and we already distance ourselves just by our rural life styles. Why should we be punished with the loss of jobs and closing our businesses when the coronavirus emergency isn’t the same for us?” Bailey asked in a statement last week. “This one-size-fits-all mentality needs to be reviewed and take into account our diversity from urban to rural areas of the state.” Interestingly, the numbers do back up Bailey’s argument. On Monday the Wall Street Journal reported on the red state versus blue state numbers, stating “Two-thirds of confirmed coronavirus cases are in states with Democratic governors. When states are measured by the sheer number of coronavirus cases, six of the top seven have Democratic governors. Together, those six blue states have about half of the nation’s cases, though only about a third of its population. The piece goes on to reveal that “Coronavirus deaths tell a similar story. Eight of the nine states with the most deaths due to the virus are states with Democratic governors. When measured by deaths per capita, eight of the top nine states also have Democratic governors.” No the virus doesn’t “target” liberals and Democrats, but the manner to which the preventative measures are implemented, along with the density of the population in those areas, naturally makes the virus spread faster in some geographical locations than others.

More from Fox News on the flurry of lawsuits against Democrat Governors: Meanwhile, California alone is facing at least a dozen lawsuits that include claims that the state has unjustly closed down gun shops and religious services. Michigan Gov. Gretchen Whitmer is up against a lawsuit from Republicans in her state’s House and Senate over her extension of an already-strict emergency order that has regulated residents’ movement and closed businesses. And Kentucky protesters sued officials including Gov. Andy Beshear, also a Democrat, for allegedly violating the First Amendment by banning mass protests. A group of Ohio gyms sued Republican Gov. Mike DeWine over his reopening order excluding them from those businesses allowed to operate, but it was subsequently announced that they will be allowed to reopen after all. SILVER LININGS While no one wants a pandemic, there are a couple silver linings to what we have seen from state elected leaders, in their overreach.

• We now know which elected leaders will immediately gravitate to tyranny if given the opportunity. Citizens would do well to remember come election day.

• We also note that that the majority of lawsuits filed against these tyrannical Governors, are seeing the legal system side with “we the people,” which is making it clear that Governors do have limits to their power over “we the people.”

• We see that despite the trite assertion by many that “both parties are the same,” there are some very real differences in the moral makeup between Democrats and Republicans, as it is Republicans lawmakers initiating these lawsuits and demanding the rights of the citizens be honored.

• On another note, yet another silver lining here is that up to “40 percent of families are more likely to choose to homeschool their children or engage in virtual learning once the coronavirus pandemic subsides.”

:: 5-17-20 The Economic Collaspe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

10 Numbers That Show The U.S. Has Fallen Into A Horrifying Economic Depression

May 17, 2020 by Michael Snyder

The last recession was really, really bad, but it was never like this. It is time for us to face reality, and that means admitting that the U.S. economy has plunged into a depression. This is already the worst economic downturn that America has experienced since the Great Depression of the 1930s, and we are right in the middle of the largest spike in unemployment in all of U.S. history by a very wide margin. Of course it was fear of COVID-19 that burst our economic bubble, and fear of this virus is going to be with us for a very long time to come. So we need to brace ourselves for an extended economic crisis, and at this point even Time Magazine is openly referring to this new downturn as an “economic depression”. Needless to say, there will be a tremendous amount of debate about how deep it will eventually become, but everyone should be able to agree that our nation hasn’t seen anything like this since before World War II. In order to prove my point, let me share the following 10 numbers with you…

#1 According to a study that was just released by the National Bureau of Economic Research, more than 100,000 U.S. businesses have already permanently shut down during this pandemic, and that represents millions of jobs that are never coming back.

#2 The Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta is now projecting that U.S. GDP will shrink by 42.8 percent during the second quarter…

A new GDP forecast from the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta for the three months through June estimates an unprecedented drop of 42.8 percent. The bank describes the data as a “nowcast” or real-time, compared with the official government report of GDP, which is dated. The first-quarter preliminary data, which showed a 4.8 percent dip, included a limited period of impact from COVID-19.

#3 On Friday we learned that U.S. retail sales were down 16.4 percent during the month of April, and that is a new all-time record.

#4 U.S. factory output was down 13.7 percent last month, and that was the worst number ever recorded for that category.

#5 U.S. industrial production fell 11.2 percent last month, and that represented the worst number in 101 years.

#6 On Thursday, we learned that the number of Americans that have filed initial claims for unemployment benefits during this pandemic has risen by another 2.9 million, and that brings the grand total for this entire crisis to 36.5 million. To put that number in perspective, at the lowest point of the Great Depression of the 1930s only about 15 million Americans were unemployed.

#7 According to the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, the real rate of unemployment in the U.S. is now 30.7 percent.

#8 According to a survey Fed officials just conducted, almost 40 percent of Americans with a household income of less than $40,000 a year say that they have lost a job during this crisis.

#9 One study has concluded that 42 percent of the job losses during this pandemic will end up being permanent.

#10 According to a professor of economics at Columbia University, the U.S. homeless population could rise by up to 45 percent by the end of this calendar year.

We have never seen economic numbers this horrifying, and more awful economic numbers are coming in the months ahead. At this point, things are so bad that even Fed Chair Jerome Powell is openly admitting that he doesn’t really know how long this new economic downturn will last…

“This economy will recover…We’ll get through this. It may take a while. It may take a period of time. It could stretch through the end of next year,” Powell said during a rare televised interview that aired on “60 Minutes” Sunday night. “We really don’t know. We hope that it will be shorter than that, but no one really knows.” In the months ahead, there are a few sectors that you will want to keep a particularly close eye on, and one of them is the commercial real estate market. The following comes from Zero Hedge… Fast forward to today, coronavirus outbreak, and the ensuing lockdown, has essentially frozen the commercial real estate market. Buildings that were once used for restaurants, offices, hotels, spas, and or anything else that is classified non-essential have seen soaring vacancies. This is single handily sending the commercial property market into chaos. As vacancies soar, tremendous downward pressure is being put on almost every asset class tied to commercial real estate. The latest TREPP remittance data compiled by Morgan Stanley showed a quarter of all commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS) could be on the verge of default. I am personally convinced that we are on the precipice of the greatest commercial real estate implosion in American history. As the dominoes tumble, it is going to send wave after wave of devastation through the financial industry, and it is going to make the subprime mortgage meltdown of 2008 look like child’s play. But at least bankruptcy lawyers will have plenty of work. Last week we learned that J.C. Penney filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection, and of course the bankruptcies that we have seen so far will just be the tip of the iceberg.

About the Author: I am a voice crying out for change in a society that generally seems content to stay asleep. My name is Michael Snyder and I am the publisher of The Economic Collapse Blog, End Of The American Dream and The Most Important News, and the articles that I publish on those sites are republished on dozens of other prominent websites all over the globe. I have written four books that are available on Amazon.com including The Beginning Of The End, Get Prepared Now, and Living A Life That Really Matters. (#CommissionsEarned) By purchasing those books you help to support my work. I always freely and happily allow others to republish my articles on their own websites, but due to government regulations I need those that republish my articles to include this “About the Author” section with each article. In order to comply with those government regulations, I need to tell you that the controversial opinions in this article are mine alone and do not necessarily reflect the views of the websites where my work is republished. The material contained in this article is for general information purposes only, and readers should consult licensed professionals before making any legal, business, financial or health decisions. Those responding to this article by making comments are solely responsible for their viewpoints, and those viewpoints do not necessarily represent the viewpoints of Michael Snyder or the operators of the websites where my work is republished. I encourage you to follow me on social media on Facebook and Twitter, and any way that you can share these articles with others is a great help. During these very challenging times, people will need hope more than ever before, and it is our goal to share the gospel of Jesus Christ with all many people as we possibly can.

:: 5-17-20 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SCIENTISTS: Reaching Technological Singularity And GIVING BIRTH TO THE IMAGE OF THE BEAST THIS YEAR (IN 2020) Is In Sight; May Be Humanity’s Greatest… And LAST Accomplishment

May 17, 2020 by SkyWatch Editor

While futurist Ray Kurzweil predicted 15 years ago that the singularity—the time when the abilities of a computer overtake the abilities of the human brain—will occur in about 2045, Gale and his co-authors believe this event may be much more imminent, especially with the advent of quantum computing. If we look at the calculating capacity of computers and compare it to the number of neurons in the human brain, the singularity could be reached as soon as the early 2020s… The authors don’t know when the singularity will come, but come it will. When this occurs, the end of the human race might very well be upon us, they say, citing a 2014 prediction by the late Stephen Hawking. According to Kurzweil, humans may then be fully replaced by AI, or by some [NEPHILIM] hybrid of humans and machines… (READ MORE)

:: 5-19-20 Home Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WITH THE FORCE OF 10 PLAGUES

Posted by Mark J. Dalton May 19, 2020

WRITTEN BY CLYDE LEWIS FROM groundzeromedia.org

One of the age old arguments that fuels most conspiracy talk is that science and religion are both wrong in some respects. The reason is that everyone argues over religion and science based on his or her own beliefs. Inconvenient data is often ignored, suppressed, discredited or explained in some pre-digested sound bite that is often forgotten. People who claim that they have awakened or have seen the light are very much aware that all things are in an intermediate state between extremes. In the fundamental sense the extremes are birth and death. All that is in between is intermediate. You can divide it all up and break it all down into an eternal state of extremes and realize that everything that you believe and read is what is fashionable for the time and not necessarily the truth. However, that does not mean that buried in all of it isn’t a little pinch of reality. What is reality anyway? Can it be questioned? Yes, of course it can and that is the fundamental building block for scientific inquiry.

Scientific inquiry is a process of developing an explanation of a question in the natural world (or universe) by testing, investigating and collecting data that will either support or refute your original idea of what’s going on. Of course, many of us take for granted that science gives us facts, and so we do not question the programming of those so called “facts.” However, a healthy mind willing to question doesn’t mind getting into all of the messy scientific methods to prove the facts for themselves the process of testing ideas by collecting evidence. Unfortunately, those who wish to disassemble the scientific explanations already provided by some nebulous authorities are now being frowned upon and are now being called anti-science. The very scientific method used to question data provided by scientists is now being called anti-science, a label that should have every one of us worried. There are some people who see themselves as critical thinkers. They question some of the data that is being presented as “true” data by some nebulous body that are faceless scientists that give us their hypothesis on many of the most pressing matters that face us today, especially when they give us their doom models, and potential body counts with COVID-19. Even though we are vigilant in trying to stop the spread of the disease, what is most unfortunate is that even though it has been reported that we have flattened the curve – the technocrats now say that it is not enough. They have moved the goal post from flattening to decline. While the country as a whole has successfully flattened the curve, it has yet to show the extended period of decline necessary to declare ourselves out of the woods — a “squashing” of the curve. The same applies to most states. While a small number have sustained a long squashing period, most are still rising and falling day by day. They want us all to wait it out unto a vaccine is found. In the meantime, the first scary part our ordeal is over but there are those who are still willing to talk about things like relapse, continued social distancing and the idea that it will be with us forever. The flu and many other diseases have been with us forever, and they cause death but we have not stopped down or shut down normal life over it. It is not wise for scientists to keep telling people they are going to die when there are positive things happening. It is not wise to continue to push models that are not real time as if they are to discourage people into thinking that things will be normal. This is a psy-op and it will result in many people giving up and dying from despair and losing their will to live. Claude Davis assembled an essential list of “survival remedies” for those stuck at home with little to no access to healthcare. This is essential info for managing chronic health conditions in a “no doctor” situation. Before science fiction author Michael Crichton died, he was ostracized for a speech that he gave on the subject of Complexity Theory and Environmental management. Michael criticized environmental groups for failing to incorporate complexity theory in their doom mongering projections of the effects of global warming. Crichton boldly chastised those who inflated projected cataclysm from global warming and encouraged them to factor in the possibility that a complex system such as the ecosystem can and will be resilient. Crichton said that the psychological impact of fearing any predicted cataclysmic event can be far worse than the event itself. What got Crichton into trouble was his assessment of “Global Warming Fear Mongering.” He stated, “Authoritatively telling people they are going to die can in itself be fatal.” Junk science and doomsayer fear mongering has thrown out the aspects of complexity theory and its effects on the environment and even diseases and catastrophes. No one even brings up the idea of resilience of systems and how healing processes and even antidotes show promise and that the human body is surprisingly resilient even when it faces its own mortality. It is all in how the information we get is framed – it is all about context – it is delivered with an agenda and even though you are doing the right thing by being prudent and ethical there comes a point where you have to stop and ask yourself why people are reacting the way they do to the news. When we hear of all of the special words and Orwellian speak with regard to COVID-19 there are a few words that seem to be overused “Uncertain times” “Unprecedented” and sometimes but not often “Biblical in Scope.” In 1928, W.I. Thomas came up with a very interesting theory. He said that “If men define situations as real, they are real in their consequences.” This is what has eventually become known as Thomas Theorem. His idea was that an interpretation of a situation causes the action. This interpretation is not objective. Actions are affected by subjective perceptions of situations. Whether there even is an objectively correct interpretation is not important for the purposes of helping guide individuals’ behavior. If we are told, we live in uncertain times – then we most certainly we will second guess our decisions. If we are told that things are “unprecedented’ we are to assume that our situation has not happened before. Calling something “biblical” is the big one in my opinion because then you start thinking about prophecy, punishment and God’s wrath and whether or not it still exists like it did in the old testament. What it all boils down to is who delivers these magic words and how things are framed. Therefore, all prophecies, events and fulfillments must be declared fulfilled by an authority that most people can agree is objective. This also in my opinion means that we will never know a true fulfillment of prophecy. We will never be able to get an honest disclosure. There will always be the smirk and smug skeptic who will rule out anything that might even fulfill prophecy, declare a supernatural moment as valid and develop a faith based movement through time that allows for probabilities to manifest. There are things that people think and believe are in existence, but only because they have faith that it is true. Now if one has experienced an unexplainable event and they have no evidence of the strange event happening to them, does this mean it never happened to them? Is there a time where we can explain to people that absence of proof is not necessarily proof of absence? I have had a lot of listeners asking question about how COVID-19 seems to be a biblical punishment after I had commented about the scourge of cacodemons that are released during plagues. A listener called in to talk about Nergal, a lesser known Assyrian demon that many scholars have said had something to do with the 10 plagues of Egypt. In the late Babylonian astral-theological system Nergal is related to the planet Mars. As a fiery god of destruction and war, Nergal doubtless seemed an appropriate choice for the red planet, and he was equated by the Greeks to the war-god Aries. Nergal was depicted early on as either a rooster or a lion headed demon – but eventually was depicted as another bull horned demon. Again this demon or destroyer brings the image of the Exodus into the present as Aries is the Zodiac sign of the first born, which died in the 10th plague of Egypt. We have left Aries and are now in the sign of Taurus the Bull. Nergal and Taurus are in the image of the “bucranium” in the midst of the fire and smoke. The “bucranium” was an ancient symbol of the “beast.” The “beast” of course was a “horned god” associated with “Zeus,” “Aries” and “Taurus.” The Pleiades, is a seven-star cluster being part of the constellation of Taurus, the bull. The bull has always been symbolic of Baal, Baalim or Baalzebub. These deities were forbidden in both Old and New Testaments as objects of worship and identified as Satanic in nature and accompanied by plagues and death. Two of the horned icons of the zodiac are Taurus and Aries. It has been known throughout history that in the times of Taurus and Aries there is incredible loss of life and bloodshed. This can be recorded from the times of the Hebrew Passover, to the crucifixion to contemporary history. It was in this time the 10 plagues of Egypt were released and it is perhaps important in this time to point out that we are certainly witnessing a repeat performance on this planet – one that we can safely say is biblical in scope. 482 Year Old Secret To Surviving SHTF…

What if I told you that NASA rediscovered a superfood that’s been lost to history for the past 482 years? It’s packed with more nutrients than any other food out there and last even longer than pemmican. In fact, it’s so easy to store and cheap to make, you might never need another emergency food. If you read the Book of Exodus you may see some strange parallels to what is happening and unless someone takes the time to point this out – it can be lost in all of the projected death counts and urges to separate and hide from the destroyer virus. The first plague was water turning into blood. Hong Kong has seen 29 days with red tide sightings in the first three months of the year, more than any year in the same period over the last decade. While formations of algal blooms are indeed completely natural, scientists believe their frequency and persistence are anything but. Red tides are associated with the Pacific Northwest of where you have upwelling conditions that provide the nutrients to cause red tides. However, the frequency of waters turning to blood in other areas is an alarming trend.

https://redemtion.home.blog/2020/05/19/with-the-force-of-10-plagues/ 

:: 5-18-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Veterans Affairs Police Buy Riot Gear, Citing COVID-19 Pandemic

by Tyler Durden Mon, 05/18/2020 - 23:05

The federal government is ramping up new purchases of riot gear, citing the virus pandemic, comes at a time when the economy has plunged into recession, and high unemployment has led to increased anxieties across the country. The Intercept says a recent order made by the Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) shows "disposable cuffs, gas masks, ballistic helmets, and riot gloves, along with law enforcement protective equipment" were bought for federal police assigned to guard VA facilities. The order was quickly fulfilled under a special authorization "in response to the Covid-19 outbreak." The VA department operates 1,243 health care facilities, including 170 VA Medical Centers and 1,063 outpatient sites of care in the US, which serves millions of veterans. Redcon Solutions Group is the supplier of the latest contract. The Intercept says the firm received $1.6 in contracts to supply equipment for "Covid-19 screening security guard services." Other security firms have been awarded similar contracts, providing defensive equipment for federal police who guard VA buildings in San Francisco, Des Moines, and Fayetteville. The purchase order can be explained by the latest Inspector General (IG) report that said a shortage of VA workers and VA police created additional strain on the agency during lockdowns. The IG report said some VA facilities became the site of "COVID-19-related screenings," which meant the VA needed to beef up security. The Intercept notes federal police at VA facilities were not armed until after 2011, which was around the time the Pentagon started militarizing police forces across the country. "Between 2005 and 2014, VA police departments acquired millions of dollars' worth of body armor, chemical agents, night vision equipment, and other weapons and tactical gear," The Intercept said. Within the $2.2 trillion CARES Act, there was $850 million for the Coronavirus Emergency Supplemental Funding program, which is a federal grant program that injects new capital into the nation's police forces. It has been used to cover overtime, increase personal protective equipment, and cover additional expenses related to the virus. The militarization of America's police forces shown below: President Trump signed an executive order in 2017 allowing police forces to receive military weapons. More recently, President Trump signed an executive order that allows activating up to one million troops. As to why the VA police would need riot gear is beyond anyone's guess. However, the rapid militarization of police forces over the last decade shows the federal government could be preparing for social unrest.

:: 5-17-20 Pattern Is Prologue :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why is Microsoft (Bill Gates) helming the JEDI?

May 17, 2020Pattern Is Prologue

Joint Enterprise Defense Infrastructure – Wikipedia

Fact: Bill Gates in not a medical doctor. (Remarkably though, he has been (P)iled (h)igh and (D)eep, from no less than seven universities.

Fact: Bill Gates said, “… if we do a really good job on vaccines …” that will help with the population “problem” he deems as negative.

Fact: Vaccines can be used to sterilize the host.

Fact: Alleged satanist witch (you be the judge if you think she’s just a “performance” artist as she claims) Maria Abramovic was cast as a furturist spelling out an avant-garde art performance ad for Microsoft? Did I mention this coincided with Good Friday?

“Innovators are not a product of happenstance. Instead, they are a by-product of the compounding effect of a series of early childhood influences. We are witnessing Childhoods End with the rise of anti-human Technocracy. With the helm of the technocracy guided by deep-seated tech corporations, all with arguably compromised leadership who serve interests that do not align with a Constitutional Republic’s Rule of Law. Does anyone care that Microsoft is at* the helm of the Pentagon’s JEDI cloud project? Does anyone care that the Amazon almost had the JEDI cloud contract? You would be naive to think that Bill Gates recent departure from Microsoft, somehow negates the potential for Deep State incursion and subjugation into all things pro-human. Why are our tax dollars being used to fund, infiltrate, annihilate all things pro-human, while simultaneously enduring the corporate-crony-capitalist system that has flourished by way of bogus “philanthropist” tax-free shelters for the Deep State super-rich? The race to AI by the tax-funded/tax-free tech giants, whether it’s go-it-alone or through alliance, is the road to humanity’s destruction. These mere words are my humble attempt to slay one giant by way of a blackstone-crystal-pen (iPhone). May Providence guide my sling hurled by the very web of their making. Editor note: *Technically, Microsoft won the contract. But, the day before JEDI went live, the project was put on hold, for review, per the protest of Microsoft competitors.

Regardless of who wins the contract. The American people lose. The whole lot of the big tech companies involved in the JEDI product, are at their root, evil. Masquerading as what they are not. And their end game does not have a human-driven future as their foundation or motive. Rather, they are deceivers, “deceiving and being deceived” as a means to gain their end. Regardless of whether Microsoft is awarded the JEDI contract. Microsoft’s multi-billion dollar breadth-and-depth of unfettered access to our military is nothing less than shocking. We would be remiss to think that software back door access to the Microsoft realm was not built into the architecture from inception. Furthermore, undisputed reigning mapping software production giant — ESRI enjoys unparalleled access to Federal government. Take note, ubiquitous ArcGIS mapping software sits on Microsoft architecture.

Who is watching the watchers, as the whole system has been compartmentalized, and factionalized on a need-to-know basis (mirroring the architecture of the very secret societies that formed America’s “intelligence” services.?

https://patternisprologue.com/2020/05/17/321/ 

:: 5-18-20 News Target :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WHO inadvertently admits that vaccinations won’t work against coronavirus

05/18/2020 / By Ethan Huff

In trying to keep the pandemic going for as long as possible, it would seem, the World Health Organization (WHO) is insistent that developing natural immunity to the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) may not be possible, and that society’s only hope is a vaccine. But if natural immunity is out of the question, then why would vaccine-induced immunity be any better? With roughly 310,000 confirmed deaths worldwide, the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic continues to dominate news headlines, especially now that the Trump administration is getting the ball rolling on developing and releasing a fast-tracked vaccine. But nobody seems to be addressing the fact that if our own natural immune systems cannot fight the thing, then there is no way a vaccine will do anything other than needlessly cause adverse effects. In a recent announcement, the WHO stated that there is no solid proof to suggest that people who test positive for the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) and recover develop natural immunity. They could still get re-infected again, the United Nations (UN) body insists – even as it continues to ignore the fact that a strain-specific vaccine would theoretically provide even less protection than natural immunity, if this is the case. “There is currently no evidence that people who have recovered from #COVID19 and have antibodies are protected from a second infection,” the WHO wrote in a statement. It’s about making you obedient, not safe The reason why the WHO is making a point of emphasizing the questionable immunity that comes following a Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) infection is that the globalist entity does not want people refusing to following “safety guidelines” like mask-wearing and physical distancing. “People who assume that they are immune to a second infection because they have received a positive test result may ignore public health advice,” the WHO laments. Should a vaccine ever become available, UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres wants it to be distributed for “free” to everyone – meaning taxpayers will collectively foot the bill through their governments. This is great news for billionaire eugenicist Bill Gates, whose own vaccine development endeavors are almost guaranteed to reap windfall profits if “free” Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) vaccines eventually become a thing. The way that Gates, the WHO, and other pandemic extremists plan to keep the public strung along in anticipation of a magical “unicorn” vaccine is to continue fear-mongering about the threat of infection. One of the latest claims is that the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) will never go away, which is sure to scare enough people into demanding whatever “warp speed” drug, injectable or otherwise, is presented as the cure. “It is important to put this on the table: This virus may become just another endemic virus in our communities, and this virus may never go away,” stated Dr. Mike Ryan, the “emergencies director” of the WHO, during a recent virtual press conference. Ryan then went on to compare the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) to HIV, stating that “HIV has not gone away, but we have come to terms with the virus,” adding that he does not believe that “anyone can predict when this disease will disappear.” Unbelievably, there are some 100 potential vaccine candidates for the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) currently in development. But this means nothing in terms of the continued spread of the disease, assuming any of these vaccines even work, because there are already vaccines for other health conditions like the measles that have not been eradicated. More of the latest news about the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) is available at Pandemic.news. Sources for this article include: France24.com NaturalNews.com BBC.com

:: 5-18-20 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Listening to the Coronavirus ‘Experts’ Has Led to Death and Despair

Americans should pause and reflect on the lies they are being sold. Masks are just a form of psychological manipulation.

Adan Salazar | Infowars.com - May 18, 2020

On April 21st the Washington Post savaged Georgia governor Brian Kemp’s decision to begin opening his state after locking down for weeks. “Georgia leads the race to become America’s No. 1 Death Destination,” sneered the headline. The author, liberal pundit Dana Milbank, actually found the possibility of Georgians dying to be hilarious, suggesting that, “as a promotion, Georgia could offer ventilators to the first 100 hotel guests to register.” Milbank, who is obviously still getting paid while millions are out of work, sees his job as pushing the mainstream narrative that we must remain in fear and never question what “experts” like Dr. Fauci tell us.

Americans should pause and reflect on the lies they are being sold. Masks are just a form of psychological manipulation.

Adan Salazar | Infowars.com - May 18, 2020 9 Comments

Listening to the Coronavirus 'Experts' Has Led to Death and Despair

On April 21st the Washington Post savaged Georgia governor Brian Kemp’s decision to begin opening his state after locking down for weeks. “Georgia leads the race to become America’s No. 1 Death Destination,” sneered the headline. The author, liberal pundit Dana Milbank, actually found the possibility of Georgians dying to be hilarious, suggesting that, “as a promotion, Georgia could offer ventilators to the first 100 hotel guests to register.” Milbank, who is obviously still getting paid while millions are out of work, sees his job as pushing the mainstream narrative that we must remain in fear and never question what “experts” like Dr. Fauci tell us. Well it’s been three weeks since Milbank’s attack on Georgia and its governor, predicting widespread death which he found humorous. His predictions are about as worthless as his character. Not only has Georgia not seen “coronavirus…burn through Georgia like nothing has since William Tecumseh Sherman,” as Milbank laughed, but Covid cases, hospitalizations, and deaths have seen a steep decline since the governor began opening the state. Maybe getting out in the fresh air and sunshine should not have been prohibited in the first place! In fact, as we now have much more data, it is becoming increasingly clear that the US states and the countries that locked down the tightest also suffered the highest death rates. Ultra locked-down Italy suffered 495 Covid deaths per million while relatively non-locked down South Korea suffered only five deaths per million. The same is true in the US, where non lockdown states like South Dakota were relatively untouched by the virus while authoritarian-led Michigan, New York, and California have been hardest hit. In those hardest hit states, we are now seeing that most of the deaths occurred in senior care facilities – after the governors ordered patients sick with Covid to leave the hospitals and return to their facilities. There, they infected their fellow residents who were most likely to have the multiple co-morbidities and advanced age that turned the virus into a death sentence. Will these governors be made to answer for this callous disregard for life? Yesterday, Health and Human Services Secretary Alex Azar admitted the obvious: “We are seeing that in places that are opening, we’re not seeing this spike in cases.” So why not open everything? Because these petty tyrants cannot stand the idea of losing the ability to push people around. Shutting down the entire United States over a virus that looks to be less deadly than an average flu virus – particularly among those under 80 who are not already sick – has resulted in mass unemployment and economic destruction. More Americans may die from the wrong-headed efforts to fight the virus than from the virus itself.

Americans should pause and reflect on the lies they are being sold. Masks are just a form of psychological manipulation. Many reputable physicians and scientists have said they are worthless and potentially harmful. Lockdowns are meant to condition people to obey without question. A nation of people who just do what they are told by the “experts” without question is a nation ripe for a descent into total tyranny. This is no empty warning – it’s backed up by history. Time to stand up to all the petty tyrants from our hometowns to Washington DC. It is time to reclaim our freedom.

This article first appeared at RonPaulInstitute.org.

:: 5-17-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ANOTHER FDA RULING ON CV-19 TEST KITS WHILE FAUCI INVENTS FAKE ILLNESSES- WE HAVE NO IDEA HOW MANY ARE INFECTED!

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, May 17, 2020 - 11:31.

ANOTHER FDA RULING ON WHITE HOUSE CV-19 TEST KITS- WE HAVE NO IDEA HOW MANY ARE INFECTED

America has just had the biggest fraud perpetrated upon the American people in world history, not American Whether one is validating a treatment efficacy or providing a more "reliable" claim for diagnosis, one needs to establish the false positive rate in order to determine whether or not effective treatment or accurate diagnostics falls within acceptable limits. And of course, consistency is needed in the testing process and that is established through multiple studies in which consistent results are obtained. In health testing, a margin of error of less than 5% is acceptable. Anything greater than this calls into question the validity of the diagnostics. On April 18, 2020, the FDA High Commissioner issued the following information: Fraud #1-The FDA Invalidates the Test Kits At question in this report is the efficacy of the diagnostic procedures being utlized by federal and state health officials in determining the true infection rate in the United States which can be used as a guide to impose restrictions upon the people of this nation. Sometimes in investigative reporting, we can use the words of the investigated to convict them of wrongdoing. This is certainly the case here. From the FDA in an April Statement from the Commissioner of Food and Drugs -Food and Drug Administration Stephen M. Hahn MD., in which the FDA admits that they have no intention of validating the testing numbers for COVID-19. Instead, the FDA admits that they will let the test developers validate their own testing reliability and validity.

...Recognizing that more flexibility was needed during a pandemic of this scale and speed, and incorporating feedback from the medical community, states and test developers, we have also provided regulatory flexibility for serological tests in an effort to provide laboratories and health care providers with early access to these tests with the understanding that the FDA had not reviewed or authorized (or “approved”) them, at least not initially, and these tests should not be used for diagnosing or excluding active SARS-CoV-2 infection.

What the above paragraph is telling the reader is that the FDA has a history of not fully validating the accuracy of test kits before using them in the field and gathering data from these unvalidated tests in which policy decisions will be based! In laymen's terms, the FDA has been guilty of violating the standard tenets of science when it comes to validating tests for a long time. Practice makes perfect and this is why the FDA and its partner in crime, the CDC are so adept at fooling the public.

Here is more damning self-statements from the same FDA report on test kits:

Specifically, last month, as part of our broader strategy, the FDA issued a policy explaining that FDA does not intend to object when developers of serological tests market or use their tests without prior FDA review where: 1) the tests are validated by the developer to determine that they are accurate and reliable, 2) notification of the developer’s validation is provided to FDA, and 3) the tests are labeled appropriately, including that they are not to be used as a sole basis for diagnosis. Our policy does not apply to at-home specimen collection or at-home testing because of the added challenges in assuring test accuracy that these pose. The policy does apply to tests that can be performed in patient care settings. Laboratories could validate tests they receive from commercial manufacturers and determine if they should be used in their facilities. Some laboratories have already done so or have developed their own serological tests...

Test results are not going to be determined by the FDA, but instead are going to be validated by the developer of the tests? The open invitation to fraud is obvious to anyone who has eyes to see. Then the FDA tries to beg themselves out of responsibility by saying the Labs can validate the test. Why should labs engage in a validating practice because testing for validation would happen AFTER the purchase of the test kits by the labs? In other words America, there is no oversight on determining whether these tests are measuring what they claim to measuring. This is like looking under the hood of the car AFTER you purchase it! And yet, these test numbers are reportedly daily in the mainstream media and provide governors and mayors with the ability to lockdown their jurisdictions as these despots violate the Constitutional rights of their citizens and the whole process of based on fake numbers!

In the face of this obvious cesspool of fraud, it is easy to conclude the following: here is financial motive to increase the CV-19 rates as it will lead to the need for more testing and more profits for the manufacturer of the tests. Both the FDA and the CDC are well-known as being "never-Trumpers" and commonly operate outside the oversight of the President. These are largely Democratic Party affiliated institutions with major conflicts of interest which has been validated on multiplel sites resulting from multiple documents. By allowing a test that could very well be a hotbed for false positives, the fake numbers could be used as a phony excuse to continue to lockdown and ruin the nation's economy, thus weakening the nation for economic collapse and even military invasion since the country's ability to defend itself in the long-term would be greatly impacted.

This policy in which numbers can be exaggerated for political gain is already in evidence in the practice of the CDC. The CDC announced that before a local community could progress to Phase One of the return to normalcy, the flu-like symptoms and the COVID-19 numbers must decrease from the information obtained from testing. The confabulation efforts on the part of the CDC is painfully apparent. The purpose for the fraud and using a testing kit that has not been validated for accuracy is also painfully obvious. California Governor Newsom has said the lockdown will stay in effect until the mandatory vaccines are ready. It is a well-established fact that the COVID-19 team has multiple conflicts of financial interest involving the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation with the principal spokespeople for the COVID-19 group (eg Fauci and Birx).

Arizona Governor, Doug Ducey is did everything in his power to prolong his state's unconstitutional lockdown and he kept it up until his own party started to rebel.. Ducey sits on the Board of Directors for T-GEN which is partnering with the Gates people in the development a vaccine. A bad test, with multiple false positive will prove to be the impetus for not letting America out of its Big Pharma prison until the public accepts the mandatory vacccine. Further the testing kit fraud is consistent with CDC guidelines which allows doctors to engage in a totally unprofessional practice known as "presumptive diagnosis" in which the doctor simply presumes that the deceased expired because of COVID -19. This practice also inflates the numbers and provides local dictators the ability to win an election that they would be able to win without this greatly exaggerated crisis by making the public's lives miserable so they blame the existing President.

Fraud #2 -The CDC Invalidates the COVID-19 Test Kit for the White House

This past Friday, the FDA issued another press release and noted that many of the White House test kits are invalid and the previously reported numbers cannot be taken seriously in a case of the same song, second verse. Obviously, nobody knows what the CV-19 infection rate is, but these despots keep America locked down based on this self-admitted fraud and deceipt! Fauci, the leader of the "conflicts of interest" COVID-19 team, is finding news ways to thwart Trump's efforts to reopen the country.

As of yesterday, Fauci has created a new illness that he feels should keep the schools closed this next year. He says the illness is an off-shoot of COVID-19, but offers no proof. The CDC admits they do not have diagnostic criteria to define this illness. Nor is the illness listed on ICD which is an international coding system for all illnesses for diagnostic and insurance billing purposes. Yet, according to Fauci, this illness is enough to keep the country locked down and will keep the schools closed next year. Fauci Is Fabricating New Illnesses to Keep Schools Closed Until Bill Gates and Himself Release "the Vaccine" A smalll number of children have a rare and potentially deadly inflammatory condition that Fauci says is LIKELY linked to COVID-19. I cannot say if this illlness is a condition because as of today, it is not defined. However, one thing can be said with certainty, there is no proof of a link to CV-19

Just last week, this unknown and undefined condition was given a name. pediatric multisystem inflammatory syndrome, or PMIS, Nobody is denying that this is not a rare illness. However, it is not defined and does not meet the scientific conditions, as noted above, to receive any consideration with regard to public policy such as keeping schools closed. Yet, another fraud perpetrated on the American people which is wrecking our economy and will likely deny Trump a second term. Below, I comment on this absolute fraud. There is no ICD code for the illness which means it is nonexistent in the eyes of the internation medical community. Also, the CDC admits that they don't even have symptom list available. California is the Key to the Resistance Gavin Newsom has made a powerful enemy in Elon Musk. Musk has enough power and influence to make a difference in compliance rates of the population. I know for a fact that Musk has reached out to New California. He is looking for ways to oppose Newsom's lockdown. If California's lockdown were to end, the Deep State's control over this issue would crumble. Calfiornia is the key. Musk should travel to the White House and do a photo-op with the President. They should hold a joint news conference and tell the people of California to all go to the beaches on Memorial Day and open all businesses the day after. This overwhelming response would cripple Newsom and his minions ability to respond. Also, on June 1, 2020, Newsom loses the ability to pay the employees of California because he cannot account for hundreds of millions of dollars. Retirement accounts will go broke. There will be chaos in the street. Trump needs to order Barr to prosecute every Democratic mayor and Governor, and traitors like AZ Governor, Doug Ducey, under the 14th Amendment equal protection clause. Every blue state has Walmarts that are open and small businesses competitiors that are closed. This is a flagrant constitutional violation. The prosecutions need to be both criminal and civil. All Governors and mayors in lockdown states need to have their salaries frozen as well as the police that serve them. The money is sent to small business owners who are not open. A warning to Trump and any other entity that thinks that they are going to let loose with mandatory vaccines and create a second holocaust: Any attempt to deprive me of my constitutional rights to property, free travel and equal access to every part of American life because of my refusal to take a hastily prepared vaccine, from a despot, who paralyzed 300,000 kids in the third world, will be met with extreme prejudice and with maximum resistance on my part. Nobody, will dictate to this author what will be put into my body. I know I speak for tens of millions of Americans who will refuse to comply. I am now of Medicare age and have never been arrested or charged with a crime. I have not had a ticket since my early 20's. However, I will not comply and I will not accept any consequences for my refusal to participate in America's Second Holocaust.

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 5-19-20 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 19 May 2020

Tropical cyclone Amphan (Bay of Bengal) named a “Super Cyclonic Storm” could become one of the most intense Category 5 on record in the North Indian Ocean and is on track to hit denseley populated areas

Joint Typhoon Warning Centre Tropical cyclone Amphan (Bay of Bengal) could become one of the most intense Category 5 on record in the North Indian Ocean A “Super Cyclonic Storm” – the equivalent of a Category 5 hurricane on the Saffir Simpson scale is intensifying in the Bay of Bengal and is expected to smash into the coastal waters of Eastern India and Bangladesh tomorrow. Monster: NOAA Environmental Visualization Laboratory According to WMO, Tropical Cyclone Amphan (pronounced Um-Pun) is on track for densely populated areas at a time when restrictions due to the COVID-19 pandemic is complicating disaster management – and making it more necessary than ever before. The Indian Meteorological Department in New Delhi, which acts as WMO’s Regional Specialized Meteorological Centre for Tropical Cyclones, warned of a storm surge of about 4-5 meters above astronomical tide that is likely to inundate low-lying areas of West Bengal during landfall, and of about 3-4 meters for Bangladesh. It said Amphan would make landfall with a maximum sustained wind speed of 155-165 km/hour, gusting to 185 km/hour. Indian Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi chaired a high-level meeting to review the response preparedness and the evacuation plan presented by the National Disaster Response Force (NDRF). The tropical cyclone season in the Bay of Bengal and the Arabian Sea has two peaks, around May and around November and, in the past, the basin witnessed huge casualties. The deadliest tropical cyclone on record, the Great Bhola Cyclone in November 1970, killed at least 300,000 people in modern-day Bangladesh and led to the establishment in 1972, of a body in charge of the regional coordination mechanism for tropical cyclones, the WMO/ESCAP Panel on Tropical Cyclones Extensive and coordinated disaster risk reduction campaigns have, in recent years, limited casualties.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2020/05/tropical-cyclone-amphan-bay-of-bengal.html 

:: 5-17-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

End Times Events Unfolding: Apocalyptic Sandstorm and Biblical Locust Plague Turn Day Into Night in Egypt and Iran – Gigantic hail Slams Mexico

By Strange Sounds - May 17, 2020

On the same day, a gigantic swarm of locusts invaded southern Iran and a massive sandstorm engulfed Aswan, Egypt, blocking the sun and turning day into night. A few days before giant hail slammed General Terán, Nuevo León State, Mexico Apocalyptic and biblical events are becoming the new normal. Strong earthquakes, devastating volcanic eruptions, gigantic hail, massive sandstorms and apocalyptic locust plagues. But what’s going on? Biblical locust plague in southern Iran A locust storm is currently engulfing southern Iran. There are so many swarming insects that they are blocking the sun and changing blue sky into a ‘dirt’ sky: Officials have called military to help fight the locust plague, that is threatening crops and livelyhoods of millions of people. Eight provinces ranging from southwest to southeast and eastern Iran are reporting locus storms.

Exodus 10:12: And the LORD said unto Moses, Stretch out thine hand over the land of Egypt for the locusts, that they may come up upon the land of Egypt, and eat every herb of the land, [even] all that the hail hath left.

Apocalyptic hail slams General Terán, Mexico The major hailstorm occurred on May 13, 2020 in the municipality of General Teran, Nuevo Leon, north-eastern Mexico:

The large hail destroyed fruit trees and crops, damaged homes and cars and disrupted power supply. Isaiah 28:17 Judgment also will I lay to the line, and righteousness to the plummet: and the hail shall sweep away the refuge of lies, and the waters shall overflow the hiding place. The huge wall of sand engulfed the city of Aswan in souther Egypt on May 16, 2020. The sandstorm of biblical proportions changed day into night.

:: 5-19-20 Jon’s Place Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hypocritical Power-Hungry, Lock-Down Happy Democrats, Who Are Supporting The Violation Of Constitutional Rights, Are Now Worried About Possible Future Violations By The President

Uncategorized May 19, 2020 5 Minutes May 18, 2020

You Cannot Make This Stuff Up: Hypocritical Power-Hungry, Lock-Down Happy Democrats, Who Are Supporting The Violation Of Constitutional Rights, Are Now Worried About Possible Future Violations By The President

By Susan Duclos – All News PipeLine

Sometimes you see something so completely outrageous that you believe it just has to be a parody or satire, but then to your shock you see it is all too real and true. That has been happening a lot lately.

Let me explain. We are seeing Democrat politicians claiming they are worried about possible future overreach on the part of the President, while ignoring and even supporting the actual overreach and violations of constitutional rights shown by liberal governors during the forced stay-at-home or lockdown orders. We are also seeing stories like the one about the CNN reporter, known for attempting to grandstand and who had criticized President Trump for not wearing a mask, then after the WH press briefing, waits until she thinks the cameras are off, then rips her mask off before then getting closer to her colleagues to get to the exit. HYPOCRISY, THY NAME IS LIBERAL Politico reports “Democratic governors hit with flurry of legal challenges to coronavirus lockdowns,” which comes after a Wisconsin judge recently struck down the Democrat governor’s “unlawful” stay-at-home orders.

The judge’s questions and assertions in his order are something that should be mimicked from all judges hearing these challenges across the country. “My question for you is, where in the Constitution did the people of Wisconsin confer authority on a single, unelected cabinet secretary to compel almost 6 million people to stay at home and close their businesses and face imprisonment if they don’t comply, with no input from the Legislature, without the consent of the people?” Bradley asked state Assistant Attorney General Colin Roth. “Isn’t it the very definition of tyranny for one person to order people to be imprisoned for going to work, among other ordinarily lawful activities?” she asked. These unconstitutional forced lockdowns have driven some people nuts, as one Detroit realtor has just been charged for “credible” death threats against the tyrannical, dictatorial wannabe, Gretchen Whitmer (dubbed wHitler), and her equally hated Attoreny General, Dana Nessel. Now these stories and these lockdown or stay-at-home orders being challenged in court are supported by liberals and Democrats, including the politicians and the media, along with one RINO (Republican In Name Only), who with no sense of self-awareness, are busy complaining how they are concerned about Trump’s “emergency powers,” during a national emergency. King, seven Democrats and one Republican sent a letter late last month to acting national intelligence director Richard Grenell asking to be briefed on any existing PEADs. Sen. Patrick Leahy, D-Vt., wrote a similar letter to Attorney General William Barr and White House counsel Pat Cipollone “The concern is that there could be actions taken that would violate individual rights under the Constitution,” such as limiting due process, unreasonable search and seizure and holding individuals without cause, King said. King is an Independent that sides with Democrats on votes, but it is the very subjects that concern is expressed over, the same types of constitutional violations that Democrat governors across the nation have been guilty of for the last month-plus, yet we see nothing but support for them by these hypocrites.

Where was the due process for the woman being thrown face down and cuffed in front of her toddler because she was wearing a mask “improperly?” Where is the same concern about “individual rights” being respected as these governors shut down businesses by declaring they are the arbiter of what is and is not “essential,” costing millions of Americans their jobs? Where is the howling by Democrats about holding individuals without cause as law enforcement, on the orders of their elected leaders, arresting people just for going out to eat on Mother’s Day? They claim they are worried about possible future overreach and tyranny by president Trump while supporting the actual tyranny and overreach already being shown by Democrats and liberals. Hypocrisy, thy name is liberal.

(PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan & Susan.) WE MUST REMEMBER………. Now that states are starting to reopen, lifting restrictions, allowing businesses to open their doors again, as much because the protests have gotten stronger and bigger as anger builds and tensions grow, as to restart the economy, Americans need to remember how fast these governors were to crack down, put their boot to the necks of their constituents, while violating their guaranteed constitutional rights. No doubt if we see a resurgence of this virus, or even a new one hits, or pretty much any reason at all that liberals can use as an excuse to exercise their tyrannical muscles, they will. We must remember to not wait weeks or months to start protesting. Begin immediately, the day these corrupt and tyrannical politicians declare they have the right to violate our constitutional rights. We need to remember come November who deemed certain lives and jobs “non-essential.” Time to show them that they are now “non-essential.” We must remember that in 2020 the battles stopped being Republican versus Democrat and became a war of Freedom versus tyranny. We also absolutely must remember who those liberal snitches and “karens” are that think they should be ordering you around, calling 9-11 on you if you aren’t “social distancing” properly and basically proving once and for all that they really, really need to get a life. We must remember…………………………

Video below shows just how annoying those those freaks are. LANGUAGE WARNING: BOTTOM LINE – BE SMART BUT STAY FREE

We at ANP and other Independent Media websites were some of the first to encourage folks to get some masks, gloves, hand sanitizer, and other protective and preventative gear, and to voluntarily stay away from groups of people if possible in order to stay healthy. Key word again…. voluntarily.

It is our right to determine what is and is not right for our situation. No job that puts food on the table and keeps a roof over our heads should ever be deemed “non-essential,” especially by those that do not have to worry about those issues. No politician, no matter the party, should ever be given the power to violate our constitutional rights. Be smart but stay free.

:: 5-18-20 H News Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hell-On Earth, We Have Come To The End Of Reality Now It’s “Tribulation”

May 18, 2020/StevieRay Hansen/8 Comments

Featured Story HNewsWire Logo Bottom Menu

Over the last several decades, have we ever seen a year start as strangely as 2020 has? Global weather patterns have gone completely nuts, large earthquakes are popping off like firecrackers, it looks like the plague of locusts in Africa could soon develop into the worst in modern history, and a massive plague of bats is severely terrorizing parts of Australia. On top of all that, African Swine Fever is wiping out millions upon millions of pigs around the globe, the H1N1 Swine Flu is killing people in Taiwan, there have been H5N1 Bird Flu outbreaks in China and in India, and the H5N8 Bird Flu has made an appearance at a poultry facility in Saudi Arabia. Of course, the coronavirus outbreak which is causing people to literally drop dead in the streets in China is making more headlines than anything that I have mentioned so far, and it could potentially turn into a horrifying global Man-Made pandemic that kills millions of people… Fairview Developmental Center near Los Angeles, where US govt. tried to house up to 50 infected coronavirus patients, has zero isolation rooms, no viral containment facilities, and no training for BSL-4 biohazards… The Fairview Development Center in Costa Mesa, California, where the US government just tried to quietly house 35-50 infected coronavirus patients, is a state-run facility for the mentally disabled, with a “shadow staff” of 200 people but only six patients according to official records. Notably, the center has no biocontainment facilities, and no staff trained in level-4 biohazards. It’s actually described as a kind of “prison” by critics who also call it “shoddy” and “run down,” with the “odor” of jail (see source below). It begs the question: Why would the United States Air Force attempt to relocate up to 50 infected coronavirus patients to a facility with no biocontainment capabilities, right in the middle of a high-density population area near Los Angeles? Why wouldn’t the Air Force just keep the infected patients at the Travis Air Force Base where they have containment? This idea of “exporting” infected patients into a high-density city near Los Angeles seems incredibly unwise, if not criminally negligent. Finally: How can there be up to 50 infected patients trying to be moved by the Air Force when the CDC says there are only 35 infected people in the entire nation? That question, of course, almost answers itself.

According to the Fairview Developmental Center newsroom: The Department of Developmental Services provides services and supports to individuals with developmental disabilities through state-operated developmental centers and community facilities. Although nearly shut down today, the center still has 200 staffers on its payroll (source), and it’s not clear what those 200 people are doing since there are only six patients remaining. (Your own theories are welcomed…) The center has a history of mysterious deaths and sexual abuse of residents, yet has achieved a 100% vaccination rate among all its residents over the many years it has existed. According to public records, over 43% of patients there are given “hypnotic drugs” and similar pharmaceuticals. The Fairview facility has 396 beds and has housed hundreds of mentally disabled individuals with autism, Down’s Syndrome, cerebral palsy and other developmental disorders. In 2016, a plan was unveiled to close the facility, but it remains semi-operational. Gov. Newsom is looking into transforming the entire thing into a kind of homeless camp. Last week, the U.S. government tried to secretly export 35-50 infected patients out of Travis Air Force Base and deposit them in the Fairview facility. City officials of Costa Mesa got word and filed an emergency lawsuit with federal courts in California, achieving a temporary restraining order prohibiting the transfer of patients there. The Fairview facility is located just south of Los Angeles, near Huntington Beach / Newport Beach. In their lawsuit, Costa Mesa officials warned the facility was right in the middle of a county of three million people. Mysterious deaths and abuse of patients “Eight people suffering from schizophrenia, severe intellectual disabilities, and other debilitating conditions died at Fairview Developmental Center in Costa Mesa between 2002 and 2011, at least partly because of neglect or lack of supervision, newly released documents show.” OCregister.com: In 2002, a 30-year-old, intellectually disabled woman known to flail about in her sleep was found dead of asphyxiation, dangling from her bed. She had fallen through a gap between the mattress and a side rail, according to a report written by the California Department of Public Health.

The same year, a 34-year-old epileptic man with profound intellectual disabilities, ADHD, and a documented history of eating non-food items died after swallowing a 13-inch shoelace and a brown plastic bag. In 2007, a 25-year-old man plagued by seizures drowned in a bathtub. The reports also reveal dozens of cases of abuse, negligence, and lack of supervision that led to injuries, falls, escapes, and sexual abuse, including a Fairview employee in 2001 twice having sex with a 17-year-old girl with an intellectual disability. For that incident, the Department of Public Health fined Fairview $2,700.

Harvard epidemiology professor Marc Lipsitch says that the coronavirus will not be containable and that 40-70 of people worldwide will be infected. In an article entitled You’re Likely to Get the Coronavirus, the Atlantic explains how the coronavirus is particularly dangerous because it may cause no symptoms at all in many carriers of the infection. According to Harvard epidemiology professor Marc Lipsitch, this contributes to his prediction that coronavirus “will ultimately not be containable.” “Lipsitch predicts that, within the coming year, some 40 to 70 percent of people around the world will be infected with the virus that causes COVID-19,” reports the Atlantic. The professor clarifies that this doesn’t mean all of those victims will become seriously ill and that “many will have mild disease, or maybe asymptomatic.” Lipsitch’s “very, very rough” estimate (banking on “multiple assumptions piled on top of each other”) was that 100 or 200 people in the U.S. were infected. That’s all it would take to seed the disease widely… As The Atlantic noted, even if Lipsitch’s estimates were off by orders of magnitude, they wouldn’t likely change the overall prognosis. “Two hundred cases of flu-like illness during flu season – when you’re not testing for it – is very hard to detect,” Lipsitch said. “But it would be really good to know sooner rather than later whether that’s correct, or whether we’ve miscalculated something. The only way to do that is by testing.” However, given the increasingly stringent measures being taken outside of China to stop the spread of the virus, including in Italy where people are being prevented from leaving towns, one wonders how severe the panic will be if there is a massive global pandemic. As we highlighted earlier, with over 220 cases reported in Italy, store shelves in some areas of the country are already beginning to empty. Meanwhile, a World Health Organization adviser says that coronavirus could be the widely feared ‘Disease X’ that experts have been warning about for years. “Whether it will be contained or not, this outbreak is rapidly becoming the first true pandemic challenge that fits the Disease X category, listed to the WHO’s priority list of diseases for which we need to prepare in our current globalized society,” wrote Prof Marion Koopmans. Everything is right on schedule and, now, the time is come to remove one of the final obstacles standing in the way of a New World Order: The United States Constitution – even if, over the course of many decades, it has already been greatly diminished by the B.E.A.S.T. system; or, more specifically, Bullshit Emerging As Strategic Totalitarianism (B.E.A.S.T.). Source: HNewsWire ZeroHedge NewsTarget

StevieRay Hansen Editor, HNewsWire.com

Google, No More Electronic Prison: You will see many changes on HNewsWire, one of those changes will be to eliminate Google Ads, the other difference, HNewsWire will NOT post videos on YouTube, it is no longer a question about overreach by the un-godly big tech tyrants. There is no question Big Tech can and will persecute any opposing opinion, they will demoralize, sideline truth seekers and those that speak the truth. The People’s Blood is on big tech and mainstream media’s hands. Censorship has NOT worked for thousands of years, their evil tactics will not work now, history proves me right, so we watch the drama play out between good (GOD) and evil ( Big Tech MSM ), God has never failed his people, and God will not fail this time…

StevieRay Hansen The truth is that all of the warnings of alleged ‘conspiracy theorists’ have turned out to be correct The word translated “pestilence” is often translated as “plague” or “disaster” …

The Bible predicts the rise of this type of societal control within the frightening prophecies about the Antichrist, the final world empire called the Beast, and the final economic system using the Mark of the Beast. The electronic tyranny of technocracy that is now being developed and implemented throughout the world is in preparation for the Antichrist’s rise to power. As we see this final empire taking shape in our day, we can know for certain that the End Times is upon us and the Coming of Christ is drawing near. Now is the time to turn away from sin and evil and believe in Jesus before it is too late!

WASHINGTON: Wuhan coronavirus: Donald Trump says deadly outbreak ‘very well under control’ as WHO declares a global emergency. President Donald Trump regaled a friendly New Jersey campaign crowd with his thoughts about impeachment, the economy, the border wall, local politics, and much more. But he was conspicuously quiet on January 28 about one big issue keeping much of the globe on pins and needles: the spread of a deadly new type of coronavirus. It has killed more than 170 people in China, sickened thousands more there and led to a handful of confirmed cases in the US, including the first US case of person-to-person transmission reported on by health officials. The State Department on January 30 advised all US citizens against traveling to China. Trump, a self-described germaphobe, generally has discussed the virus in broad terms, but he offered some of his most extensive comments on the issue to date during an appearance on January 30 at a Michigan manufacturing plant. “Hopefully, it won’t be as bad as some people think it could be, but we’re working very closely with them (Chinese) and with a lot of other people and a lot of other countries, he said. “We think we have it very well under control.” The Birth Pains Are Growing Stronger….

One of the signs of ruling class collapse is when they can no longer enforce the rules that maintain them as a ruling class. When the Romans started making exceptions to republican governance, it was a matter of time before someone simply decided the rules no longer applied to them. Perhaps the robot historians will consider Obama our Marius or Sulla. Maybe that person is in the near future. Either way, the rule of law is over and what comes next is the rule of men. “Man will ultimately be governed by God or by tyrants.” as in Nancy Pelosi (D-San Fran-feces) Our government has been overthrown. As evidenced by Trump’s capitulation on the border, his recent servitude to the GMO industry, and his acquiescence to the warmongers, our President has been compromised. Our liberties are being eliminated one by one. Gun confiscation is next. The Constitution is gasping its last breaths. Our borders are destroyed and our culture has been turned upside down by every perversion known to man. The watchman does not confuse truth with consensus. The Watchman does not confuse God’s word with the word of those who happen to hold power at present, or with the opinion of the majority. This is because powerholders and the majority can fall victim to a lying spirit-and this means a power that actually seizes the majority of experts, the political leadership, and the public. Everything is right on schedule and, now, the time is come to remove one of the final obstacles standing in the way of a New World Order: The United States Constitution – even if, over the course of many decades, it has already been greatly diminished by the B.E.A.S.T. system; or, more specifically, Bullshit Emerging As Strategic Totalitarianism (B.E.A.S.T.). They are tolerant of everything except dissenting values and opinions — meaning, of course, they are tolerant of nothing that matters, only themselves.” The Watchman does not confuse truth with consensus. The watchman does not confuse God’s word with the word of those who happen to hold power at present, or with the opinion of the majority. This is because powerholders and the majority can fall victim to a lying spirit-and; this means a power that seizes the majority of experts, the political leadership, and the public.StevieRay Hansen

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 5-18-20 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google Erases the Existence of Those Who Speak Unwelcome Truths

For the tech giants, 1984 is an instruction manual.

Mon May 18, 2020 Robert Spencer

Daniel Greenfield, the peerless Shillman Fellow and FrontPage writer, tweeted the news on May 7: “Google just erased my Sultan Knish blog and Front Page Mag articles from the first pages of results for my name doubt very much this is accidental.” I did too, so I checked for myself, and sure enough: a Google search for “Robert Spencer” now does not bring up Jihad Watch, where most of my writing outside of books has been published for the last seventeen years, but it does give you defamatory and distorted attack pieces from the far-Left Southern Poverty Law Center and the Saudi-funded Bridge Initiative, and nothing that doesn’t portray me and my work in the most unfavorable possible light. This latest example of the tech giants’ determination to silence all dissenting voices reveals one often overlooked fact: they are desperately afraid. Google is so afraid of Jihad Watch, in fact, that it is going to great lengths to make you think that the site (which you can find here) doesn’t exist at all. Several years ago, under pressure from the Texas-based imam Omar Suleiman, Google changed the algorithm for its search results so as to bury anything critical of Islamic jihad violence or Sharia oppression of women. Jihad Watch, which for years had been the first result in a Google search for “jihad” (back when Google searches were based solely on relevance and the popularity of the site), fell off the front page of “jihad” searches. Now Google has gone even farther to make sure you don’t see Jihad Watch. Just this morning, I was looking for an old Jihad Watch article from a few years ago that I needed for a citation, and I entered an exact phrase from that article into the Google search bar. What came back were two sites where the article had been republished, but no indication that it had ever been at Jihad Watch at all. In George Orwell’s dystopian novel of a totalitarian society, 1984, to which far more people refer than have actually read the book, the dissenter Winston Smith’s job in the Ministry of Truth involves erasing from all historical records any mention of people who have been declared “nonpersons.” Foes of the regime aren’t just vilified. Their very existence is erased. Dissent is easy to control if all record of it ever having been enunciated is eradicated, and Google has apparently taken a page from Orwell’s book. Of course, Jihad Watch is one of the least of the concerns of Big Tech. They’re erasing all manner of people who dissent from the Leftist agenda. Greenfield notes that “Google controls 80% of search. That means it controls what the internet looks like. And it’s continuing to erase conservatives from the internet. I’m just the latest victim. Its censorship and creepy surveillance have reached new heights during the pandemic.” And help may be on the way: according to the Wall Street Journal, “Both the Justice Department and a group of state attorneys general are likely to file antitrust lawsuits against Alphabet Inc.’s Google—and are well into planning for litigation, according to people familiar with the matter. The Justice Department is moving toward bringing a case as soon as this summer, some of the people said. At least some state attorneys general—led by Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton, a Republican—are likely to file a case, probably in the fall, people familiar with the matter said.” Another illustration of how brazen the tech giants have become with their censorship came on early Saturday morning, when President Trump retweeted a Michelle Malkin video about tech censorship, with the comment: “The Radical Left is in total command & control of Facebook, Instagram, Twitter and Google. The Administration is working to remedy this illegal situation. Stay tuned, and send names & events. Thank you Michelle!” In a clumsy but sinister confirmation of the urgency of this problem, Twitter then deleted the Malkin video. Daniel Greenfield is right: “the future of free speech is at stake.” I’m honored that the multimillionaire millennials at Google are so afraid of me and my little website that they have erased all trace of me except for Emmanuel Goldstein-like denunciations, but ultimately the First Amendment will become a dead letter if the tech giants are allowed to get away with sending dissenters down the memory hole in this way. And that will mean a nightmare of authoritarianism descending upon the country. The Administration needs to act on this, and fast. If Biden or Hillary or Bernie or whichever septuagenarian totalitarian wins in November, there won’t be another chance to save America as a free society. Robert Spencer is the director of Jihad Watch and a Shillman Fellow at the David Horowitz Freedom Center. He is author of 19 books, including the New York Times bestsellers The Politically Incorrect Guide to Islam (and the Crusades) and The Truth About Muhammad. His latest book is The Palestinian Delusion: The Catastrophic History of the Middle East Peace Process. Follow him on Twitter here. Like him on Facebook here.

[:: 10-10-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

:: 5-16-20 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American believers see coronavirus as sign from God to change ways

By Vincent Barone May 16, 2020 | 3:00am

https://nypost.com/2020/05/16/american-believers-see-coronavirus-as-sign-from-god/ 

:: 5-17-20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Christen Limbaugh Bloom: God using coronavirus crisis to touch hearts of individuals, create revival in church

Christen Limbaugh Bloom By Christen Limbaugh Bloom | Fox News

My all-time favorite writer is C.S. Lewis. He wrote: “The more we let God take us over, the more truly ourselves we become – because He made us. He invented us. He invented all the different people that you and I were intended to be . . . It is when I turn to Christ, when I give up myself to His personality, that I first begin to have a real personality of my own.” I love this insight because it directly opposes the thought that God expects His followers to be “perfect” robot-like clones. Lewis points us to the fact that God is actually the inventor of individuality. He created each of us with unique personalities and gifts meant to be used to further His kingdom. Nice thought, but why does our individuality matter? What does God get out of it? In his book “You the Leader,” Pastor Phil Pringle highlights that all through the Bible and human history, God has used individuals to impart His godly vision throughout the world in order to create positive change. He referenced Moses leading the Israelites out of slavery and John the Baptist preparing the way for Jesus, stating, "When we follow great leaders, their vision becomes ours. We start to see what they see, and we begin to own a vision larger than ourselves." Pringle reminds us every great leader must first go through a period of trial.

The entire world is facing an intense trial right now as we try to mitigate the potential harm from an extremely contagious and invisible virus. We now have a heightened awareness of the power of unseen dangers – and my prayer is that this revelation will help people have a better understanding of another invisible enemy – one that has been attacking us much longer than the coronavirus. I’m referring to a spiritual enemy God has warned humans about since the beginning of time. The Apostle Paul said of this adversary: “For our struggle is not against flesh and blood, but against the rulers, against the authorities, against the powers of this dark world and against the spiritual forces of evil in the heavenly realms” (Ephesians 6:12). Paul was trying to explain we should not view people as our enemies, but instead recognize it is in fact a spiritual force of evil who creates disharmony and struggle between us. How does this happen? How does the evil one get a foothold in our lives? There are honestly countless tactics the enemy uses against us – but I believe one of the most successful methods is creating a spiritual “desert” in our hearts. This happens when we believe things like, “Living by God’s standard is outdated and impossible” or “God is too busy to worry about my problems.” It’s a sad reality that many people don’t even attempt to have a relationship with God because it seems too daunting. Far too often, people give up before they’ve even really begun their spiritual journeys, and they pretend God doesn’t exist – because that seems easier than answering to someone who they believe is constantly judging them. But the truth is, those feelings about God are actually lies spoken to us by our spiritual enemy who ruthlessly attempts to skew our vision of God’s loving nature.

Though this can feel discouraging, it’s important to remember God is constantly on a mission to correct people’s misconceptions about Him. Over the past month, I’ve heard many pastors say they believe God is specifically using this unique time in history to create a revival in the church by softening people’s hearts. I agree with them. Too many people are trapped in spiritual deserts; some believers even slip into this gray area of disbelief and loss of connection with Jesus. But I am confident although God didn’t cause this virus, He is using it to pour His living water into the hearts of countless individuals, creating streams in their spiritual deserts. And by doing this, God transforms these individuals into spiritual “springs” so to speak. Because when we accept Jesus for who He truly is, we are filled with His all-consuming and powerful love, and this love inevitably flows out from us to others from Jesus – the source.  By sprouting up new “springs,” God is creating more opportunities for others to come into contact with His living water of love and salvation. So you see, each individual person matters in God’s grand plan. And though we are all experiencing the same global crisis, I believe God is bringing unique revelations to every single human heart, leading them to a higher calling. “But whoever drinks the water I give them will never thirst. Indeed, the water I give them will become in them a spring of water welling up to eternal life” (John 4:14).

:: 5-18-20 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are Islamists Undermining the West?

By William DiPuccio May 17, 2020

Is it possible for Islam to undermine and replace the core values of Western civilization? By core values, I'm referring to deeply held principles such as inalienable rights, religious and personal freedom, equality of the sexes, free speech, and the separation of religion and state. According to some, even posing this question places you in the company of conspiracy theorists and "Islamophobes." Perhaps that accusation would be true if we assumed that all Muslims are engaged in an effort to bring North America and Europe under Muslim rule. But, Islam is not a monolithic faith and many Muslims who live in the West have internalized Western values. Some have even championed the cause of human rights within Islam. There is, however, a substantial minority of Muslims in our midst who adhere closely to the teachings of traditional Islam (albeit with some modern adaptations) and believe that every nation must submit to Allah's rule. They seek to do this by gradually implementing some form of sharia in society, one precept at a time, blurring the line between mosque and state. In their view, the only legitimate form of government is an Islamic theocracy ruled by a caliph- -that is, a successor to Muhammad. These Muslims are often referred to as "Islamists." Based on an analysis of surveys conducted by Pew Research, globally, over two-thirds of Muslims are Islamists. But, how many Islamists are there in North America, and do they really pose a threat? There are no direct polling numbers for measuring Islamism, but using responses to individual questions from different polls, we can approximate the number of Islamists. According to a 2017 poll by Pew Research, 31% of U.S. Muslims believe there is only one true way to interpret their religion and 38% believe that traditional understandings of Islam are all they need. A 2015 Canadian poll showed more dramatic results: 42% of Canadian Muslims said that Islam is "irreconcilable" with the West. Even more telling, is a 2012 poll by Wenzel Strategies.1 In that poll, 73% of American Muslims said that if the Constitution and sharia law conflict in any way, a Muslim should follow the Constitution (20% were not sure). But, when asked if sharia should be the supreme law of the land, 32% agreed. The Wentzel poll also revealed that, 58% of Muslim-Americans believe that criticism of Islam or Muhammad should not be permitted under the First Amendment, and 46% say that those who engage in such criticism should face criminal charges. Since specific questions relating to sharia and free speech are a more reliable gauge for identifying Islamist behavior than broad philosophical questions which are open to multiple interpretations, we can conclude, based on the re Wenzel poll, that 32% to 58% of American Muslims are Islamists (assuming this poll is reliable). This aligns with the 42% of Canadian Muslims who said that Islam is "irconcilable" with the West, and with the 38% of Muslims, identified in the Pew poll, who believe that traditional understandings of Islam are all they need. What this means is rendered academic: Take nearly any mosque, any Muslim neighborhood, or any Muslim demographic group, and it is virtually certain that a percentage of the sample population will work towards the implementation of sharia law in society and, in rare cases, even commit violent acts in the name of Islam. "But," someone will object, "there were only 3.45 million Muslims in the U.S. in 2017, comprising 1.1% of the population. Even if half of U.S. Muslims are Islamists, we are talking about a population group numbering less than 2 million out of 326 million. Such a small population of Muslims, no matter how determined, would have little chance of making headway against the prevailing culture." The mistaken assumption behind this objection is that a group's influence is proportional to its numbers. Yet, consider the dramatic, legal and social gains made by gays and lesbians who comprise, at most, 4.5% of the population. Same-sex marriage, unthinkable 20 years ago, is now the law of the land. Though transgenders, made up only 0.6% of the population in 2016, their cause is highlighted in the media everyday and their participation in society has garnered substantial popular and legal support in the last few years. The same is true for Islamists. Their small numbers belie their influence. In my book, Can Islam Transform the West?, I present several lines of evidence to support this, including the Islamist impact on free speech, their antisemitism, their propagation of hate, and their influence on Congress and American universities. In this article, we will consider only one of these elements: Free speech. Free speech is a right guaranteed under the First Amendment. Traditional Islam does not have such a right. In fact, Islamic blasphemy laws prescribe severe punishment and even execution for those who criticize Islam or Muhammad. A substantial number American Muslims have been influenced by these blasphemy laws. According to the 2012 Wentzel poll, mentioned above, though 90% of Muslims in America agree with the First Amendment, 58% also believe that criticism of Islam or Muhammad should not be permitted under the First Amendment, 46% agree that those who criticize or parody Islam in the U.S. should face criminal charges (17% not sure), and 12% agree that those who criticize or parody Islam should be put to death (9% not sure). The poll also revealed that 43% of Muslim-Americans believe that U.S. citizens do not have a right to evangelize Muslims (28% not sure).

Though most Muslims do not engage in terrorism, a number of terrorist threats and attacks on Western targets have been provoked by words or pictures which some Muslims found offensive. The most infamous of these confrontations is the Charlie Hebdo massacre of 2015 in which 12 staff members of the French magazine were gunned down in retaliation for publishing satirical images of the Prophet Muhammad. That same year, two terrorists were killed in an attempted attack at an exhibit in Garland, Texas which featured cartoon images of Muhammad. Islamists have come to realize that they don't need to change one jot or tittle of the U.S. Constitution or European human rights laws to suppress criticism of Islam, they only have to render those rights ineffective. Their plan is working. Following the Charlie Hebdo attack, 42% of the French people wanted the press to avoid publishing cartoons that would upset the Muslim community. Overall, the mainstream, Western media, both in Europe and the U.S., have responded to such attacks with fear and self-censorship. You will find little, if any, serious criticism of Muslims and Islamic beliefs in these sources, much less cartoons or satire about Muhammad. Unwittingly, nearly every major media outlet and publisher- -both electronic and print, both popular and academic- -are acting in dutiful compliance to traditional Islam's blasphemy laws. The impact of Islamism on free speech goes beyond the media. Islamists have aligned themselves with Progressives in Europe and America to suppress criticism of Islam by labeling nearly all criticism, even reasoned criticism, as "Islamophobic, racist, and bigoted." Forsaking the time-honored tradition of free speech in the West, hate speech laws in Europe and Canada, along with speech codes on social media, and in businesses and universities here in the U.S., have made it more difficult or virtually impossible to criticize Islam without incurring considerable social, financial, and even legal consequences (e.g., legal harassment, fines). Facebook and YouTube now routinely ban, financially punish, or suspend critics of Islamism including prominent ex-Muslims like Ayaan Hirsi Ali.

In our society there is a collective punishment for those who criticize Islam. Critics risk being defamed, labeled as bigots, boycotted, harassed, threatened, and even physically attacked. This is how Islamic blasphemy laws are entering the West through the back door. Free speech rights are suffering the death of a thousand cuts. To repeat the question I posed at the outset: Is it possible for Islam to eventually undermine and replace the core values of Western civilization? The answer, based on the evidence presented here, is that it is not only possible, but it is happening in plain sight. And, it will continue as long as we empower Islamists by our ignorance, indifference, and lack of courage.

William DiPuccio, Ph.D. is the author of Can Islam Transform the West? The Evidence Considered, Director of the Muslim Global Demographic Project, and the producer of What a Billion Muslims Believe. You can find his publications and videos at Science Et. Cetera.

:: 5-18-20 BBC NEWS :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Coronavirus: Brazil overtakes Spain and Italy as new cases grow

17 May 2020

Brazil has overtaken Spain and Italy to become the country with the fourth-largest number of confirmed coronavirus infections in the world. Officials on Saturday reported 14,919 new cases in the past 24 hours, taking the total to 233,142. Only the US, Russia and the UK have higher numbers. The death toll in Brazil over 24 hours was 816, bringing the total to 15,633 - the world's fifth-highest figure. Experts warn that the real figure may be far higher due to a lack of testing. The mayor of the country's most populous city, São Paulo, warned on Sunday that the city's health system could collapse. Bruno Covas said the public hospitals in the city reached 90% capacity for emergency beds, with demand still growing. Mr Covas said he was in crisis talks with the state governor over introducing a strict lockdown to try to slow contagion before hospitals ran out of space in an estimated two weeks' time.

Health experts in Brazil have warned that the real number of confirmed infections in the country may be far higher than the official records, due to a lack of testing. "Brazil is only testing people who end up in the hospital," Domingo Alves from the University of São Paulo Medical School told AFP news agency last week. "It's hard to know what's really happening based on the available data. We don't have a real policy to manage the outbreak," he said. Mr Alves is one of the authors of a study that estimated the real number of infections was 15 times higher than the official figure. Brazil's far-right president Jair Bolsonaro has been strongly criticised both at home and abroad for his handling of the country's escalating coronavirus crisis. Mr Bolsonaro continues to oppose lockdown measures. He has downplayed the virus as "a little flu" and has said the spread of Covid-19 is inevitable. In April, Mr Bolsonaro joined protesters demanding that lockdown restrictions be lifted. He says the restrictions are damaging the country's economy, bringing unemployment and hunger. Last week, Brazilian Health Minister Nelson Teich resigned after less than a month in the job. Mr Teich stepped down after he had publicly criticised a decree by Mr Bolsonaro allowing gyms and beauty parlours to reopen. Mr Teich's predecessor was sacked after disagreeing with Mr Bolsonaro. In the face of mixed messages, and with little government help at hand, not enough Brazilians are staying at home to slow the spread of the virus, the BBC's Americas editor Candace Piette says. What's the latest in the wider region?

Brazil, by far the largest country in Latin America, has for several weeks been at the centre of the coronavirus outbreak. Latin America and the Caribbean have recorded more than 500,000 infections, with Brazil accounting for nearly 50% of the cases.

Coronavirus: Disease meets deforestation at heart of Brazil's Amazon

Coronavirus pandemic: Tracking the global outbreak

Mexico has recently seen a spike in new infections, while Ecuador saw its health system collapse in April. The sharp rise in cases in Latin America has led the World Health Organization (WHO) to say the Americas are currently at the centre of the pandemic. In March, the WHO had labelled Europe the "epicentre of the pandemic" but the region is now slowly beginning to ease restrictions brought in to slow the spread of the virus.

https://www.bbc.com/news/world-latin-america-52699165 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

:: 5--20 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At least 620 Nigerian Christians killed so far in 2020 by Boko Haram, Fulani: NGO report

By Samuel Smith, CP Reporter

Follow Samuel Smith on Twitter: @IamSamSmith or Facebook: SamuelSmithCP

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 5--20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

India, Bangladesh order evacuation of millions ahead of cyclone

Cyclone Amphan with a wind speed of up to 200 kph expected to hit coastal areas of India and Bangladesh on Wednesday.

12 hours ago

India and Bangladesh have begun evacuating more than two million people as a cyclone barrelled towards their coasts, with officials racing to ready shelters amid fears of coronavirus contagion in cramped facilities. Indian forecasters said Cyclone Amphan had reached winds of up to 240 kilometres (145 miles) per hour (mph) with gusts of 265 kph (164 mph) over the Bay of Bengal late on Monday, ahead of the expected landfall on Wednesday. Amphan is expected to weaken before it hits India's eastern states and Bangladesh's south and southwestern coasts, but still pack winds of up to 200 kph (124 mph), said India's National Disaster Response Force (NDRF) chief SN Pradhan. "The landfall wind speed will be 195-200 kph (121-124 mph) in residential areas. It will cause severe damage to life and property," Pradhan said at a news conference, adding that low-lying areas were also bracing for tidal waves. The Indian Meteorological Department said in a bulletin that it could cross the coasts on Wednesday evening with sustained wind speeds of up to 175 kph (108 mph) and gusts of 195 kph (121 mph). Heavy rain and high-velocity winds Such wind speeds are equivalent in strength to a Category 2 or 3 hurricane, and would make Amphan one of the biggest storms to come off the Indian Ocean in recent years. The cyclone, expected to make landfall on Wednesday, comes as India eased the world's longest lockdown, imposed in April against the coronavirus which has infected more than 96,169 people and killed 3,029. Bangladesh officials also warned it could become the worst storm to hit the region since Cyclone Sidr in November 2007, which killed more than 3,000 people. Bangladesh disaster management secretary Shah Kamal said up to two million residents from low-lying areas would be evacuated from Tuesday, he said, adding that they had the capacity to shelter more than five million evacuees. A record 12,078 shelters, including 7,000 schools and colleges, were being readied to avoid crowding amid fears of the virus spreading, Kamal said. Evacuees would be required to wear masks and encouraged to wear gloves while in the shelters, he added. In India, more than 200,000 people in low-lying areas will be moved from their homes in West Bengal by Tuesday, state minister Manturam Phakira told AFP. The cyclone would bring "heavy rain and high-velocity winds" to coastal West Bengal and Odisha states, GK Das of the Regional Meteorological Centre in India's eastern city of Kolkata told AFP news agency. An official at Odisha's cyclone control room said shelters would be prepared for up to 1.1 million people, although the area is expected to escape the brunt of the storm and less than 10 percent of capacity would likely be used. Authorities at the port of Paradip in Odisha ordered ships to move out to sea to avoid damage. "Operations have been wound down," Rinkesh Roy, chairman of the Paradip Port Trust, told Reuters news agency. "We are clearing the port." Cyclone season Pradhan, the NDRF chief, said earlier on Monday that more than 1,500 disaster response personnel - 20 active and 17 standby teams - were being deployed in the two states to tackle the "double challenge" of the cyclone and the coronavirus. Bangladesh's low-lying coast, home to 30 million people and India's east are regularly battered by cyclones that have killed hundreds of thousands of people in recent decades. The cyclone season usually runs from April to December, with severe storms forcing the evacuations of tens of thousands, causing widespread death and damage to crops and property in India and neighbouring Bangladesh. In 1999, Odisha was hit by a super-cyclone that left nearly 10,000 dead. In 1991, the combination of a typhoon, tornadoes and flooding kill 139,000 people in Bangladesh. While the storms' frequency and intensity have increased - partly due to climate change - the death tolls have come down because of faster evacuations and the building of thousands of coastal shelters.

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 5-11-20 Thompson Reuters Foundation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ANALYSIS-As U.S. meat workers fall sick and supplies dwindle, exports to China soar

Exports to China set a record for the period from January to March, and shipments to all destinations in March set a record for any month, according to USDA. JBS, which produces pork, beef and chicken, told Reuters it reduced exports to focus on meeting U.S. demand during the pandemic. About 280 employees at a JBS beef plant in Greeley, Colorado, have been infected with the virus, and seven died, union officials said. "I think we need to take care of our country and our needs first," said Kim Cordova, president of the local United Food and Commercial Workers International Union that represents plant employees. Tyson Foods President Dean Banks said on a conference call last week that he expects China's demand for U.S. pork to remain strong as it recovers from a COVID-19 lockdown. Suppliers like Tyson have limited meat products for American retailers because of plant closures. Kroger Co and Costco Wholesale Corp, meanwhile, restricted shoppers' meat purchases. U.S. farmers, who struggled financially during the trade war with Beijing, say they still need importing countries, including China, to buy their pork. Prior the pandemic, they grappled with an oversupply of hogs. "There's enough meat for all channels if we could get these plants back up and rolling," said Brian Duncan, a hog farmer and vice president of the Illinois Farm Bureau.

(Additional reporting by Karl Plume in Chicago and Dominique Patton in Beijing; editing by Caroline Stauffer and Edward Tobin)

https://news.trust.org/item/20200511041857-rr6o7 

:: 5-11-20 Brown :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Chinese Communist Party Brought Down the US Economy is Sixty Days – Navarro

Sen. Cotton - Data Suggests Roads Closed Around Wuhan Lab in October

Navarro - CCP Downed Economy in 60 Days

State AG's Request Congressional Investigation into China's 'Deceit'

Trump; "This is worse than Pearl Harbor, this is worse than the World Trade Center. There's never been an attack like this.' Referring to the 'invisible enemy.'

By Nate Brown — @nbro21 — See Comments

Published: May 11, 2020 Updated: May 11, 2020 at 9:14 am EST

Peter Navarro, the White House Trade Advisor, said this week that Beijing, China, the Communist Party, ruined the United States’ economy in just sixty days. Also, Senator Tom Cotton issued an intriguing statement; ‘Reports emerged yesterday in the media that publicly available cell phone data suggests that roads around the lab in Wuhan were closed in the middle of October.’ Unemployment is currently at the highest level since The Great Depression, which was almost 100 years ago; also, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, non-farm payroll tumbled by twenty million. Our economy is in shambles, and there’s no question about it. The question, however, was this is in someway China’s intent? That question arises because of the Communist Party’s actions after the virus outbreak began. First, China lied and said that it is not transmittable from human-to-human, then they destroyed evidence of the origin, and now they are continuing to block other countries from investigating the source of the pandemic. Also, China has destroyed key samples that could help create a vaccine. “We know that patient zero in China was about mid-November. It was in Wuhan. We know that ground zero had the P4 weapons lab, where the Virus likely came from,” Navarro said. “For the next two months, we know that China hid the Virus from the world behind the shield of the World Health Organization. And as they did that, they sent gleaming passenger jets from China, not into the rest of China from Wuhan, but to places like New York and Milan, seeding the world with what would become a pandemic,” the economist and author explained. Navarro said that customs data showed that the CCP also “vacuumed up virtually all of the world’s personal protective equipment, including over 2 billion masks,” and that China is “sitting on that stockpile of what we call PPE,” and “selling it at profiteering prices to some,” while also putting pressure on some countries to “deny the virus came from China or to talk about Taiwan or to do other things.” “So that’s it in a nutshell. And what that means for us here is, this morning, Americans won’t go to church because of the China virus,” Navarro continued. “Sons and daughters of America won’t be taking their mothers to brunch. Tomorrow, 33 million Americans won’t be going to work, and millions of children in America will be home climbing the walls, instead of learning reading, writing, and arithmetic.” The White House trade adviser concluded: “President Trump built the most powerful and beautiful economy in the world in three years. The Chinese Communist Party took it down in 60 days.” However, that’s not the only piece to the puzzle. According to Senator Cotton, there is more investigation needed; “Reports emerged yesterday in the media that publicly available cell phone data suggests that roads around the lab in Wuhan was closed in the middle of October. Again, this information is publicly available. American media has used it to analyze mobility patterns in states to see if our people are practicing social distancing. So the reports indicate that on major roads around these labs, Wuhan, you obviously had thousands and thousands of cell phones pinging towers day in and day out. And then, all of a sudden, it stopped. And it remained stopped for several days. That would suggest, without any further information, that those roads were blocked for some reason. Now, we need to go confirm that. We need to look at the data carefully. We also need to try to use other means to verify if there were, in fact, shutdowns of roads around those labs in the middle of October. The Chinese Communist Party could obviously help us with that if they would open up and allow us to investigate what happened in Wuhan. But if it is confirmed that roads around that lab were shut down for a number of days in mid-October, it is highly coincidental that there was a major shutdown of those roads at about the time one might have expected this Virus to first get transmitted to humans, whatever the origins may have been. But this would be another piece of circumstantial evidence that there was some kind of accident or outbreak from those labs, not from the seafood market or anywhere else. That’s why it’s so important we get to the bottom of this data.

Remember, Wuhan is a city that is larger than New York City. So, obviously, its roads are highly trafficked and heavily congested. So to shut down roads around the lab would suggest that they had some good reason to disrupt traffic patterns so severely. So, again, first, we need to verify these reports, the cell phone data say what these media reports indicate, and then we need to use other sources to try to confirm what they suggest, which is, those roads were shut down. And if that’s the case, if roads were shut down around these laboratories for several days in mid-October, then we need to figure out exactly why, because it’s simply another piece of circumstantial evidence that would support the idea that this Virus originated from one of those labs.” China is not honest. Beijing is covering up evidence and destroying samples of the Coronavirus. According to Navarro, the Chinese Communist Party destroyed the U.S. economy in sixty days. According to Senator Tom Cotton, more investigation is needed into the origin of the Virus. President Trump, on the other hand, agrees that there is more to the story here. Speaking to reporters in the Oval Office of the White House on Wednesday, President Trump said: “We went through the worst attack we’ve ever had on our country, this is worst attack we’ve ever had. “This is worse than Pearl Harbor, this is worse than the World Trade Center. There’s never been an attack like this. “And it should have never happened. Could’ve been stopped at the source. Could’ve been stopped in China. It should’ve been stopped right at the source. And it wasn’t.” Asked later by a reporter if he saw the pandemic as an actual act of war; “I view the invisible enemy [coronavirus] as a war,” he said. “I don’t like how it got here, because it could have been stopped, but no, I view the invisible enemy like a war.” President Trump has suggested that China is at fault for the Coronavirus, and now State Attorney Generals are beginning to request that Congress investigate China’s ‘deceit’ in response to the Coronavirus. Attorneys general for 18 states have signed a letter asking bipartisan leaders in both the House and Senate to open hearings into China’s role in the spread of the Coronavirus, accusing the nation of “layers of deceit” in a coverup of the severity of the Virus while it “wreaked havoc” in the U.S. The letter, dated May 9, was led by South Carolina Attorney General Alan Wilson, who said that to get to the bottom of the truth, “we can’t rely solely on media to do the investigation. We have got to have truly, we have got to have congressional oversight. We have got to go deep into an investigation using the reaches of the federal government.” “Congressional hearings are critical to our nation’s understanding of the origins of COVID-19 and efforts by the communist Chinese government to deceive the international community,” the letter read. Indeed, with so many questions surrounding the origin of the Virus and the Communist Party’s inaction, it begs the question, what happens when we find the truth?

:: 5-4-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

#FoxBusiness #LouDobbs

Judicial Watch files lawsuit seeking Dr. Fauci, WHO records

1,898,224 views •May 4, 2020

Fox Business

1M subscribers

Judicial Watch president Tom Fitton explains to FOX Business’ Lou Dobbs why the organization filed a lawsuit on behalf of the Daily Caller seeking Dr. Anthony Fauci and the World Health Organization’s records as the coronavirus pandemic affected the U.S. #FoxBusiness #LouDobbs

Subscribe to Fox Business! https://bit.ly/2D9Cdse 

Watch more Fox Business Video: https://video.foxbusiness.com 

Watch Fox Business Network Live: http://www.foxnewsgo.com/ 

FOX Business Network (FBN) is a financial news channel delivering real-time information across all platforms that impact both Main Street and Wall Street. Headquartered in New York — the business capital of the world — FBN launched in October 2007 and is one of the leading business networks on television, having topped CNBC in Business Day viewers for the second consecutive year in 2018. The network is available in nearly 80 million homes in all markets across the United States. Owned by FOX Corporation, FBN is a unit of FOX News Media and has bureaus in Chicago, Los Angeles, and Washington, D.C.

Watch full episodes of FBN Primetime shows

Lou Dobbs Tonight: https://video.foxbusiness.com/playlis ...

Kennedy: https://video.foxbusiness.com/playlis ...

Follow Fox Business on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/FoxBusiness 

Follow Fox Business on Twitter: https://twitter.com/foxbusiness 

Follow Fox Business on Instagram: https://www.instagram.com/foxbusiness 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=sVdIlkjA3mY 

:: 5-9-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Your Every Move Will Be Watched": Post-COVID Offices To Resemble China's Social Credit System

by Tyler Durden Sat, 05/09/2020 - 23:35

We recently detailed how when America's white collar work force returns to their offices, business complexes, and sky scrapers, their experience in the post-COVID 'reopened' work space is likely to resemble something more like an airport security check zone, complete with invasive protocols like frequent temperature checks and 'social distancing' and health surviellance, as well as Plexiglass eclosed cubicles and HR-style enforcement monitors. If all that sounds like a hassle, the WSJ has since taken up the question of America's near-future office spaces, and the end result looks to be worse than expected. "Your every move will be watched," the report emphasizes: In Midtown Manhattan, thermal cameras will measure body temperatures as employees file into a 32-story office tower at Rockefeller Center. The building’s owner, RXR Realty, said it is also developing a mobile app for tenants to monitor — and score — how closely their workers are complying with social distancing.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP said it is preparing to launch this month a phone app for employers that traces contacts by analyzing workers’ interactions in the office. More than 50 clients have expressed interest, including some of the nation’s biggest banks, manufacturers and energy companies. It sounds like something very close to China's 'big brother' social credit scoring system which made world headlines last year, as it relies on cutting edge facial recognition software designed to permanently store a citizen profile while actively tracking individuals' public movements. There's already been reported instances of Chinese citizens being prevented from taking trains due to the system forecasting they might not be able to pay, or some other 'pre-crime' risks. And now this is getting closer to home, possibly coming to an office near you: Advertising giant Interpublic Group of Cos . is exploring dividing its 22,000 U.S. employees into three separate groups, according to perceived health risks, which could include age. Workers could be asked to disclose medical and other personal information about themselves and, in some cases, family members... “It is a reasonable approach, if you can get through the operational and some of the privacy and regulatory issues,” Dr. Ossmann said.

It's certainly alarming anytime it has to be admitted that "privacy issues" are merely a pesky little something to "get through". There's already talk of health tracking apps set up on a reward/punishment system of incentives sounding like something straight out of the dysoptian futuristic series Black Mirror.

This would further be integrated with controversial thermal imaging technology - some already set up at Amazon warehouses - capable of storing face recognition data (thought the company promises not to activate the storing software).

And it's complete with live "guinea pigs" — rather, currently returning office employees, as the WSJ writes of one real estate company:

RXR, the real-estate company, is testing new systems on its own employees. “We are using ourselves as the guinea pigs,” RXR’s Chief Executive Scott Rechler said.

The company aims to have its social-distancing app ready at the end of May. Workers’ movements are tracked through their smartphones — you get a higher score the more time in the office you are farther than 6 feet from another person. An individual would see his or her own score, and the employer would see aggregate data on how employees are complying with social distancing as a whole. And more on labeling broad groups of employees according to perceived COVID-19 risk factors:

A worker that tested positive for coronavirus antibodies, indicating they had the infection in the past, would be considered a “Level 1” employee — the lowest risk— and could return to work when states and cities lift work-from-home orders.

Those without antibodies but who are considered a low to moderate risk would count as “Level 2.” This group would include employees who are under 65 years old, don’t live with high-risk people and don’t have chronic diseases including diabetes or hypertension. This group could potentially return to work in a second wave.

Employees over 65, or those who are pregnant, smoke, have chronic diseases or health issues would be considered “Level 3.” These at-risk employees would have to wait the longest to return, Dr. Ossmann said.

We wonder when the initial discrimination lawsuits based on how identifying characteristics are interpreted and assigned would start rolling down hill.

But again, to see how all of this would actually play out, one need only watch episodes of the Black Mirror. What could go wrong?

:: 5-9-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Globalists Are Using A 'Double-Whammy Covid-19 5G Deception' To Usher In Their 'Brave New World Order'

- Never Before In History Have So Many Been Put In Grave Danger By Their Satanic, Hidden Schemes

By R. X. Kendrick for All News Pipeline  May 9, 2020

In a recent ANP.com article, Susan Duclos exposed many “new” developments with the COVID-19 virus. From a tragic murder-suicide of a researcher that was no suicide, to scientists saying a new “dominant strain” of the virus appears to be more contagious, to younger people suddenly developing a new symptom called “Covid-Toes.” Is this fake news? Covid-Toes? Could this be for real? Probably not, but the pictures look like swollen-red human toes? From her article: “What is alarming is the majority of people with this symptom never thought they were even exposed to the coronavirus.”

People who had “absolutely no symptoms of COVID at all,” it goes on to say. Were suddenly dealing with half-cooked toes? Do these “virus” symptoms make any sense at all? Yes, if something very strange is going on as many people are coming to realize. Because no one can figure out what the hell is really going on. Which is by design and coming from a specific source. There is a consortium of high-minded extremely wealthy people with exorbitant earthly power who jointly want to dictate terms to everybody else on earth and rule over all of the world’s populations. As if they are entitled to exercise power over all humanity. A hidden group behind the scenes we refer to most often as: “They”.

The nameless, faceless “They” are at it again. People talk about Them all the time. They want to rule the world. They want to kill us all. They commit all these fake murder-suicides and get away with it. They this, they that… They are coming for our guns. They are poisoning our skies. They have to be stopped!

But how does it help anything for us to always be “shadowboxing” at the wall? Jab, jab, jab, hook! Back up, keep your feet moving, come close to the wall again. Jab, jab, jab… Doesn’t seem like this is getting us anywhere, does it? Fighting the phantom “shadow people” THEY who actually do have real names and real facial recognition identities. One of them, we know is their favorite outspoken guru virus prophet: “BillyGoats” Billionaire Bill Gates! According to studies done since the 1940’s with many different versions published. We know a “general population” average of 87- to 90-per cent of the common populace make their decisions based on first-source information. The most recent quote I saw says only 7% of us these days look for a second source to corroborate the first source. And only 3% of us will routinely search out more than two sources to understand what’s really going on.

Guess what? “THEY” know this about us. They play to this weakness directly. It’s part of how They follow Their normal social engineering operating procedures, including “repeating the first official version” they publicize again and again. Even if They get exposed by the 3% and are busted by the conscientious few. They will stick to their guns and repeat stories like “Lee Harvey Oswald” assassinated John F. Kennedy by shooting him from a multi-story building in Dallas, Texas as a lone gunman. Because They know 87- to 90- per cent of the people will believe them. Everyone knows the lone assassin theory has been debunked a thousand times in a thousand ways now. How then is this over-repeated version of the assassination still being told to us? How is it seriously still in Wikipedia? They are still repeating the first story They told us. Still repeating the cover story lie 50-years later. There is nothing new about this. So we have to improve our comprehension of, not only “who” They are, but also “what” They are really doing to us in real time. The reason the people Susan referred to “had absolutely no symptoms of COVID at all,” is because they did not really have the COVID-19 virus. The reason people with the new symptom of the virus called Covid-Toes “never thought they were even exposed to the coronavirus,” is because they most likely were not exposed to the virus. (PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan & Susan.) Consider how microwave ovens cook things, from the USDA’s online page on this topic: “Microwave ovens cook unevenly and leave ‘cold spots,’ where harmful bacteria can survive.” Anybody who has used a microwave knows this. You get cold spots and hot spots when cooking in microwave ovens. You need the rotating bottom plate to cook more evenly. Could this dynamic be happening to people who keep coming down with symptoms that match 5G EMF radiation exposure more than a virus? Where they develop signs of being slow-cooked and there are hotter spots in-or-on their bodies where 5G microwave exposure is invisibly and unevenly roasting them inside-out? One of the first deaths in the US from the Covid-19 virus was reportedly determined to be a coronavirus “massive heart attack.” Say what? Another so-called virus death was reportedly from a coronavirus “major stroke” hemorrhage in the brain. Really? Good grief everybody, RUN FOR THE HILLS !!! What kind of virus is this? The wild fantasy TV/Movie version? Now we have Virus-Toes! And certainly with the MSM around everybody will start believing in Virus-Toes. Blatant deceptions with comical descriptions. I hope the virus doesn’t morph into Virus-Ears!! Or Virus-Eyes!!! People this stuff is so unbelievable it’s hard to believe you believe any of it! How stupid are 90% of us? All humans today need to wake up and understand that in late 2019 planet earth and mankind embarked into a whole new realm of life together. Never before in the history of the planet have people been put into such an invisible microwave oven of 5G electromagnetic frequency. Let that sink into your brains. NEVER BEFORE – EVER BEFORE IN HISTORY have large dense populations of people been put in such dangerous-to-our-health microwave grids. Never. Not for any period of time, much less an extended period of time. This just started the first of the year 2020. A dangerous military grade frequency that is not safe to human, animal or plant life is amongst us now. In many places people are getting cooked to death in sickening tragic intentional 5G EMF attacks.. World life health danger “5G Electromagnetic Frequencies” are also getting positioned to send-back-to-earth 5G from Space! With some of these satellite signals already reaching their owner Elon Musk, he has reported. And thousands more satellites planned to be deployed above us.

Hello! Anybody listening to this? Anybody putting the pieces of the puzzle together here? The opposite of what the MSM news sources are telling you is actually the truth. There is no scary morphing going on that is happening so fast nobody can keep up with the changing symptoms. The mutations that do happen are typically negative to the virus and do not make it stronger or more contagious. It would be highly “unusual” for a virus to become more severe or transmit more easily in a short time. We’re being lied to by an intentional disinformation campaign complete with faux science forces pushing mandatory vaccine and testing agendas. And exactly what is the test that is being used to identify the virus these days anyway? The testing is a total hoax. They aren’t testing for the virus! They can’t because the test doesn’t exist yet. It takes time to develop such a virus test, so what exactly are the tests testing for that MSM reporters keep telling us about? Symptoms. That’s right, the tests you hear about in the news are random non-uniform tests of all different kinds that can only identify symptoms, but not the actual virus itself. When a person “tests positive” for coronavirus that is actually not true. What really happens is they test positive for symptoms of coronavirus. Which symptoms could easily be from flu or many other illnesses and diseases? Nobody in the whole world has tested positive for coronavirus even one time since this outbreak began. Believe it or not, not even one person. How could they, if there’s no test for it yet? This is a preplanned premeditated psyop-scamdemic for real folks. Things like this do not happen in concert together in perfect timing by accident. Be realistic in your thinking. Is any cover story ever true? No. Then don’t believe the cover story you’re told that doesn’t add up or make sense. A deadly mass murder event is happening in real time and the weapon of choice being used to do most of the damage? Extremely harmful to human life 5G EMF radiation.

:: 5--20 Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What I Learned During the COVID Crisis

by Daisy Luther

Gardening and food preservation from a county extension office

A violence de-escalation course

Krav Maga

Marketing (never underestimate the power of using words to motivate others)

I learned to raise and butcher animals for food

Numerous firearms courses

Selco’s Urban Survival Course for Women in Croatia

A defensive knife course

I’ve taken online courses too, in particular, Selco’s SHTF Boot Camp and One Year in Hell.

About Daisy Daisy Luther writes about current events, preparedness, frugality, voluntaryism, and the pursuit of liberty on her website, The Organic Prepper. She is widely republished across alternative media and she curates all the most important news links on her aggregate site, PreppersDailyNews.com. Daisy is the best-selling author of 4 books and runs a small digital publishing company. You can find her on Facebook, Pinterest, and Twitter.

https://www.theorganicprepper.com/what-i-learned-during-the-covid-crisis/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

:: 5-7-20 Restoring Liberty :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DOJ Withdraws Gen. Flynn Charge; Trump Says Obama Officials Committed Treason, “Human Scum”

May 7, 2020/by News Editor

By Fox News. The Justice Department on Thursday moved to drop its case against former National Security Adviser Michael Flynn, in a stunning development that comes after internal memos were released raising serious questions about the nature of the investigation that led to Flynn’s late 2017 guilty plea of lying to the FBI. The announcement came in a court filing “after a considered review of all the facts and circumstances of this case, including newly discovered and disclosed information,” as the department put it. DOJ officials said they concluded that Flynn’s interview by the FBI was “untethered to, and unjustified by, the FBI’s counterintelligence investigation into Mr. Flynn” and that the interview was “conducted without any legitimate investigative basis.” . . . The federal judge overseeing the case would have to make the final determination to dismiss it. The retired Army lieutenant general for months has been trying to withdraw his plea, aided by a new attorney aggressively challenging the prosecution’s case and conduct. But, the case has been plodding through the court system with no resolution ever since his original plea, even amid speculation about whether President Trump himself could extend a pardon. . . President Trump reacted from the Oval Office just minutes after the DOJ filing surfaced. “He was an innocent man… Now, in my book, he’s an even greater warrior,” Trump said, while criticizing Obama administration officials. “They’re human scum. … It’s treason.” (Read more from “DOJ Withdraws Gen. Flynn Charge; Trump Says Complicit Obama Officials Committed Treason, “Human Scum” HERE) FBI, Comey Stalled Push to Notify Trump Camp of Michael Flynn Probe, Docs Show

By New York Post. Obama-era Deputy Attorney General Sally Yates pushed to notify the incoming Trump administration of the nature of Michael Flynn’s communications with Russia, but was slow-rolled by the FBI, according to bombshell documents filed Thursday. The behind-the-scenes revelation came to light in a memo of an interview with Yates, among a trove of documents released as the DOJ dropped its criminal case against Flynn, Trump’s former national security adviser. Yates first learned of the contacts between Flynn and then-Russian Ambassador Sergey Kislyak — in which Flynn asked that Russia refrain from retaliating to sanctions imposed over interference in the 2016 election — from President Obama himself, the FBI memo says. Obama told Yates during a January 2017 meeting in the Oval Office that he had “learned of the information about Flynn” and wanted to know how to proceed, according to the documents. (Read more from “FBI, Comey Stalled Push to Notify Trump Camp of Michael Flynn Probe, Docs Show” HERE) Follow Joe Miller on Twitter HERE and Facebook HERE

:: 5-10-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ancient Volcano Newly Discovered in the North Sea off The Netherlands

By Strange Sounds - May 10, 2020

An extinct volcano has been discovered accidentally about 100 kilometers off the coast of Texel in The Netherlands. The 150-million-year-old volcano was named ‘Mulciber’ after the Roman god of fire. The ancient formation was recognized by deviations in the seafloor’s structure, combined with measurements of the earth’s magnetic field. This new discovery marks an important turning point in the understanding of volcanism in the North Sea. “The North Sea and the geological deposits in it seem to me to be reading an exciting story. We think we know the big story now. But if as you reread it, characters and storylines become more and more apparent, so this discovery adds to the general knowledge about our living environment,” Van Der Meulen explained to public broadcaster NOS on Saturday. Extinct volcano He also explained in a separate statement about the discovery that the volcano will most likely never erupt again. “The chances of the Mulciber erupting are nearly zero. Geologists distinguish between dormant and extinct volcanoes. “Dormant means that it is now quiet but can become active again. This is possible after hundreds or even thousands of years of inactivity. But we can declare the Mulciber extinct.“ Second volcano in Dutch’s Waters Mulciber is the second volcano to be discovered in Dutch territorial waters. The first, the extinct Zuidwal Volcano, was discovered in 1970 during an oil search. It is located around 2 kilometers below the surface of the Wadden Sea, just off the coast of the Netherlands. Meanwhile, other scientific teams have confirmed that Mulciber is a volvano. “Substrate composition, deposits, age, seismic data: everything confirmed the presence of a volcano,” said researcher Geert-Jan Vis in a statement. In addition to Mulciber and the Zuidwal Volcano, there are two active volcanoes in Dutch overseas territories in the Carribean. One of which sits on the island of Saba, and the other on St. Eustatius. More volcano news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [NL Times]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/05/new-volcano-north-sea-netherlands-discovery.html 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 5--20 ABC 7 news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

4.5 magnitude quake rattles eastern San Diego County

A magnitude 4.5 earthquake struck in the Southern California desert in eastern San Diego County Sunday afternoon.

By ABC7.com staff

OCOTILLO WELLS, Calif. -- A magnitude 4.5 earthquake struck in the Southern California desert in eastern San Diego County Sunday afternoon. The quake struck at 3:07 p.m. about 10 miles southeast of Ocotillo Wells, at a depth of about 6 miles. That location is between the Salton Sea and Anza-Borrego Desert State Park. Some residents of the Inland Empire and Orange County reported feeling some shaking. There were no immediate reports of damage or injuries.

https://abc7news.com/earthquake-san-diego-quake-octotillo-wells-usgs/6170131/ 

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 5-10-20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Deploys B-1Bs, Warships In South China Sea As China Nationalists Call For Invasion Of Taiwan

By Tyler Durden Sun, 05/10/2020 - 21:18

While the global economy remains in a state of near ubiquitous lockdown due to the coronavirus pandemic, the US military has been busy. According to an update posted on the Pacific Air Forces website, a B-1B Lancer strategic bomber part of the 9th Expeditionary Bomb Squadron was one of two B-1s conducting a training mission in the South China Sea in support of Pacific Air Forces’ training efforts and "strategic deterrence missions to reinforce the rules-based international order in the Indo-Pacific region." The training missions follows what Stars and Stripes described on April 30 as a "show of force" by the U.S. military in the South China Sea "with a sortie over the contested waters on Thursday by two Air Force bombers." The B-1B Lancers from the 28th Bomb Wing at Ellsworth Air Force Base, S.D., flew a 32-hour round trip to conduct operations over the sea as part of a joint bomber task force by the U.S. Indo-Pacific Command and U.S. Strategic Command, the Air Force said in news release Thursday. The mission further demonstrated the service’s new “dynamic force employment model,” which is intended to make its global bomber presence less predictable, the Air Force said. Meanwhile, according to a Friday report from the USNI, the US Navy "sent a pair of ships to patrol in the vicinity of a mineral rights dispute between Malaysia and China in the South China Sea for the second time in a month." According to the report, the Littoral Combat Ship USS Montgomery (LCS-8) and replenishment ship USNS Cesar Chavez (T-AKE-14) conducted a presence operation in the South China Sea on Thursday near Panamanian-flagged drill ship West Capella, in what appears to have been a show of force/deterrence. The drill ship is under contract to conduct surveying operations in Malaysia’s exclusive economic zone for Malaysian state oil company Petronas. Chinese People Liberation Army Navy (PLAN) warships and China Coast Guard vessels have also operated near the Malaysian-contracted drilling ship, according to USNI. Separately, in late April, guided-missile cruiser USS Bunker Hill (CG-52) sailed with the Royal Australian Navy frigate HMAS Parramatta (FFG-154) before joining the amphibious assault ship USS America (LHA-6) and guided-missile destroyer USS Barry (DDG-52) to conduct combined exercises in the area where a Chinese government survey ship, Haiyang Dizhi 8, was said to be operating with an escort of several China Coast Guard ships. On Friday, U.S. Pacific Fleet commander Adm. John Aquilino issued a pointed statement addressing Chinese operations in the region: “We are committed to a rules-based order in the South China Sea, and we will continue to champion freedom of the seas and the rule of law,” Aquilino said in the release. "The Chinese Communist Party must end its pattern of bullying Southeast Asians out of offshore oil, gas, and fisheries." Bunker Hill conducted a freedom of navigation operation through the Spratly Island chain near Gaven Reef in the South China Sea on April 29. "Unlawful and sweeping maritime claims in the South China Sea pose a serious threat to the freedom of the seas, including the freedoms of navigation and overflight and the right of innocent passage of all ships," reads the statement from 7th Fleet.

* * *

In response to what may be prompting these increased "shows of force" by the US military in China contested waters, today the SCMP reported that "Beijing is trying to calm rising nationalist sentiment after a growing chorus of voices called for China to take advantage of the Covid-19 pandemic by invading Taiwan." A number of commentators on social media have called for the island to be reunified by force – something Beijing has never ruled out – but some analysts believe the authorities want to play a longer game and are now trying to cool the “nationalist fever According to the SCMP report, an article published earlier in the month in the magazine of the Central Party School, which trains senior officials, drew historical parallels with the Qing dynasty’s conquest of Taiwan in the 17th century to highlight the importance of patience and careful planning. The 5,000-word article in Study Times, written by historian Deng Tao, said the Qing had spent the next 20 years preparing for the invasion and conquest of the island and argued that they had also used political, diplomatic and economic measures to achieve their goal rather than just relying on force. The historian then went on to say that the Qing had managed to isolate the island’s rulers diplomatically and sent representatives to the island to court support among its Han Chinese residents by offering them incentives to return to the mainland and escape the heavy taxes imposed by their rulers. But in the meantime, the Kangxi emperor had been building up and training an invasion fleet that successfully took the island in 1683 and incorporated it into the Qing empire. Fast forward to today, when a number of commentators and retired military commanders have called for Beijing to retake control of the island, where the defeated Nationalist forces fled in 1949 following their defeat in the civil war. Additionally, some former military leaders have argued that the United States – which is bound by law to help the Taiwanese government defend itself – is presently unable to do so because all four of its aircraft carriers in the Pacific have been affected by the Covid-19 outbreak. Some legal commentators, including Tian Feilong, an associate professor at Beihang University, in Beijing, have gone so far to call on the government to consider the use of force and argued that an “anti-secession” law ratified in 2005 gives it the legal authority to do so. Tian argued in an article published on the news website guancha.cn that political and social developments on the island meant it was impossible to resolve the situation peacefully and said anti-government protests in Hong Kong showed that the “one country, two systems model” – which Beijing hoped to use as the basis for reunification with Taiwan – had failed. Qiao Liang, a retired air force major general who is seen as a hawkish voice on the mainland, argued in a separate article published on the social media platform WeChat that now was not the right time to take Taiwan by force. Liang warned it would be “too costly and risky” and said China should wait until it had the economic and military strength to challenge the US. A Beijing-based military source said the mainland authorities still hope the situation can be resolved peacefully and the majority of Taiwanese still want to maintain the status quo. “Maintaining the stability and prosperity of Taiwan before and after its unification is still the top priority for the mainland,” the source continued. Lee Chih-horng, who lectures in cross-strait relations at Nanyang Technological University in Singapore, said the articles by Deng and Qian indicated that the government wanted to stick to its own timetable for Taiwan unification. The Beijing leadership has now realised that they need to cool down the nationalist fever as calls to take Taiwan by force have become too emotional, with many on mainland social media stirring up the topic for attention,” Lee said. “As Qiao said, Beijing realises now is not a good time to take Taiwan back by force, but [President] Xi [Jinping] will come out up with the ultimate solution to solve the Taiwan issue.” Whether China's heightened nationalistic tendencies are behind the stepped up US "training missions" and "patrols" in the South China Sea remains unclear, but amid the heightened diplomatic tensions between the US and China over the source of the coronavirus pandemic, the rising military tensions will hardly facilitate the return of normal relations between the two superpowers.

:: 5-5-20 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man Who Predicted The Global Collapse Now Warns What Is In Front Of Us Is Truly Frightening

April 05, 2020

Today the man who predicted the global collapse just warned King World News that what is in front of us is truly frightening. The Frightening End Of The Biggest Financial Bubble In History

April 5 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: A Hyperinflationary Depression has always been the inevitable end to the biggest financial bubble in history. And this time it will be global. Hyperinflation will spread from country to country like Coronavirus. It could start anywhere but the most likely first countries are the US and the EU or ED (European Disunion) They will quickly be followed by many more like Japan and most developing countries. Like Coronavirus it will quickly jump from country to country with very few being spared. CURRENT INTEREST RATES ARE A FALSE INDICATOR

Ever since the last interest cycle peaked in 1981, there has been a 39 year downtrend in US and global rates from almost 20% to 0%. Since in a free market interest rates are a function of the demand for credit, this long downtrend points to a severe recession in the US and the rest of the world. The simple rules of supply and demand tell us that when the price of money is zero, nobody wants it. But instead debt has grown exponentially without putting any upside pressure on rates. The reason is simple, central and commercial banks have created limitless amounts of credit out of thin air. In a fractional banking system banks can lend the same money 10 to 50 times. And central banks can just print infinite amounts. Global debt in 1981 was $14 trillion. One would have assumed that with interest rates crashing there would not have been a major demand for debt. High demand would have led to high interest rates. But if we look at global debt in 2020, it is a staggering $265 trillion. So debt has gone up 19X in the last 39 years and cost of debt has gone from 20% to 0% – Hmmm! 

CORONAVIRUS IS THE CATALYST BUT NOT THE CAUSE The crisis that the world is now encountering has not been caused by the Coronavirus. As I have stressed in many articles recently, Coronavirus is just the catalyst, albeit the most vicious one which could have hit the world. The real cause of the Greatest Financial Crisis in history is the Central Banks. They have been pouring fuel on the fire for 50 years by continuously reducing the cost of money until it became free in 2008 when rates were reduced to ZERO. Since then we have also seen negative rates around the world. Negative rates are not just a total paradox but also absolute lunacy. Bankrupt sovereign nations around the world have been issuing debt at no cost or have even been paid for it. The whole purpose of interest is to be paid for the risk of lending money. As governments around the world have issued virtually unlimited debt which will never be repaid, the risk of lending to them has increased exponentially. But instead of much higher rates to reflect severely elevated risk plus massive increase in debt, central banks have gotten away with defying the laws of nature. 

FALSE MARKETS WITH NO REAL PRICES Money is a commodity and the price should be a direct function of risk plus supply and demand. But since we currently have a false financial system with fake money and false markets, there are no real prices. So through constant manipulation and intervention central banks together with a few accomplices can totally rig most markets and prices… Therefore, the cost of money today neither reflects the risk nor the demand. All it represents is malicious manipulation to serve governments and their masters the central bankers. But like all fake markets, also this one will end, not just badly but catastrophically.

THE SITUATION IS DESPERATE FOR BUSINESSES AND INDIVIDUALS

As I discussed in last week’s KWN article, we now have the perfect storm. Virtually every government in the world is now committing billions and even trillions of dollars, euros, etc, in fruitless attempts to save a collapsing world economy. In many countries, 50% or more of industry is shut. Most service industries are in a total lockdown and so is aviation, transport, and most small businesses. Unemployment is approaching rates not seen since the 1930s depression. All businesses need assistance, from major corporations to small firms. The majority of individuals haven’t got savings for more than a couple of weeks living, and for the ones who are now becoming unemployed, the situation is desperate. Many major US corporations need assistance from the government. Very few of these have put aside profits to reserves for a rainy day. Instead management has been too generously rewarded as well as the shareholders. Since 2009, S&P 500 companies have spent $5.4 trillion in share buybacks. Instead of asking government for assistance, management should pay back their bonuses and shareholders who have received major payouts should recapitalise the companies. But this will obviously not happen. Just like in 2006-9, profits are privatised and losses are socialised. Businesses are hemorrhaging cash and so are individuals. All that becomes a vicious circle with bills not being paid, including rents, mortgages and taxes. Estimates predict a 40-50% fall in second quarter GDP in the US. The problem is that this is not a temporary crisis. This means that GDP will see permanent erosion of a major magnitude in most countries.

SECULAR DOWNTURN LEADING TO HYPERINFLATIONARY DEPRESSION

So what we are experiencing is the start of a secular downturn which soon will become a hyperinflationary depression. This was always the inevitable end to this cycle as I have discussed in many articles for over 20 years. A crisis of this magnitude is always a debt crisis. Very soon we will see debt around the world come under enormous pressure as borrowers start defaulting. This will lead to bonds crashing and rates surging. Central banks will then lose control of interest rates as long rates first go up, and soon also pulling the shorter rates up. Rates can easily go to 15-20%. Many bonds will go to zero and rates to infinity. I have previously talked about paying 21% on my first mortgage in the UK in 1974, so I have personal experience of high inflation but never hyperinflation. Since the majority of the $1.5 quadrillion derivatives market is interest related, this market will also blow up. All of this will lead to unlimited money printing and currencies crashing fast to their intrinsic value of ZERO. At that point the entire financial system will be unrecognisable and parts of it nonexistent. All of this could happen very quickly, probably within the next 6-18 months. 2006-9 WAS A REHEARSAL

Could this Cassandra forecast be wrong? Yes, of course it could. But let’s be clear that the rehearsal of what I am predicting took place in 2006-9. Nothing was resolved at that point, just temporarily deferred. This is now the real thing and whatever money central banks print this time will have no effect. So I doubt very much that our banker friends can pull another rabbit out of the hat again because the only trick they know (to print more money) can never solve a debt problem.

MARKETS Stock markets, in their first leg down of the new secular bear market, reached a 40% loss in most countries in less than 4 weeks. We are now seeing a typical correction that can go a bit higher. But when that is finished, which could take 1-3 weeks, the next devastating downleg will start. Anyone trying to catch this falling knife will be slaughtered. Bond markets might hold up for a bit longer with massive central bank manipulation and money printing. Junk bonds will first start crashing and constant downgrades will turn a lot of debt to junk. Much of corporate debt will go the same way and within 6-12 months sovereign debt will come under attack. Property markets are a major bubble and are already starting to disintegrate. Industrial, commercial, retail and residential, no sector will be spared. There will be no buyers, no financing and many forced sellers — a perfect recipe for a collapse. Before the secular bear market has bottomed in these three markets, prices will be down 90-100% in real terms. And real terms means in constant purchasing power like gold. We must remember that markets will bottom long before the economy. The likely development is first a hyperinflationary depression that could come and go very quickly within the next couple of years. Thereafter we will most probably see a deflationary implosion of all assets and a collapse of most of the financial system. But we mustn’t believe that this is the end. It is just another phase in the world economy to correct excesses of the 100 or 300 years or even 2000 years. Once debt has imploded and all asset prices have come down from current fantasy valuations, a new system will emerge built on sound values and principles. And then the cycle starts all over again.

:: 5--20 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FOURTH TURNING ACCELERATING TOWARDS CLIMAX

Powell, Mnuchin and their buddies at Goldman, Blackrock, JP Morgan and the rest of the banking cabal looked back at what Bernanke, Paulson, Blankfein, and their cohorts pulled off in 2008/2009 and said hold my beer. The chutzpah of what they have done in two months is breathtaking to behold, as the greatest wealth transfer from the former working class to the champagne and caviar class in the history of mankind has been executed with precision and flawlessness by high tech criminals and their propaganda spewing corporate media compatriots. This global pandemic is the crisis they couldn’t let go to waste. There is a myriad of theories on where, how, and why this global pandemic began. The accidental release of the virus from a bio-weapons lab in Wuhan appears to be the most likely scenario, with the Chinese authorities covering up the nature and seriousness of the virus and allowing infected citizens to spread it throughout the world. This narrative will likely play into the bloody climax of this Fourth Turning. What we do know for sure is Trump was convinced by government bureaucrat medical “experts”, using seriously flawed models, that more than 2 million Americans would die unless he quarantined the entire nation. Extrapolating the disastrous NYC results across the entire U.S. and shutting down the entire economy will prove to be one of the most disastrous decisions ever made by a U.S. president. Instead of addressing a virus only marginally more lethal than the yearly flu in a rational fact-based manner, we allowed ourselves to be snowed by “experts” and authoritarian politicians who originally downplayed the threat, instructed everyone to not use face masks, and purposely put infected patients into nursing homes. Cuomo is hailed as a hero by his brother’s joke of a news network, when he should be scorned as an inept bungler who caused the deaths of thousands. Democrat politicians declared racism when Trump tried to shut the borders. Instead of protecting the most vulnerable in nursing homes (40% to 50% of all fatalities), closing the borders, encouraging the vulnerable to self- quarantine, encouraging people to wear masks, and letting those under 50 years old continue to work and keep the economy from crashing, we used the Chinese tyrannical method of total lockdown. We let the overbearing reach of government and the egomaniacal authoritarian governors, mayors and Karens lockdown an entire nation under the threat of incarceration. They had plenty of room in the prisons because they released pedophiles, rapists, and thieves for fear they might catch the virus. The government hammer saw everyone as a nail. And they have been hammering away for two months, with plans to keep hammering for many months to come. The corporate fascists have utilized the government-imposed shutdown to implement their plan to increase and consolidate their power, control and wealth. The first order of business was the Fed using the shutdown as its excuse to buy the toxic assets, junk bonds, and junk government treasuries in order to bail out hedge fund managers, Wall Street CEOs and government politicians dishing out $4 trillion of payoffs to constituents with the best lobbyists. The 32% drop in the stock market in March was unacceptable to Powell and his minions. They vowed to do whatever it took to restore the billions in wealth of the .1%. The bottom 99% be damned. Everyone knows you can’t catch coronavirus at Wal-Mart or Target among hundreds of shoppers, but can catch it alone on the beach or in your local hair salon with three people in the shop. So, Jerome and Neel decided to slash interest rates by 150 basis points, back to virtually 0%. So much for senior citizens getting 2% in their money market fund; Wall Street needed free money again. They’ve increased their balance sheet by $2.7 trillion in seven weeks, a 65% increase. Shockingly, the stock market has skyrocketed along with the Fed balance sheet, as 33 million non-essential workers have lost their jobs and we enter a 2nd Great Depression. The Fed pretends to care about wealth inequality even though they are solely responsible for the grand-canyon like divergence between the super-rich and the rest of us. Their vow to pump $6 trillion into the financial system will only benefit the Hamptons crowd. Lance Roberts describes what is happening: “To no one’s real surprise, the driver of the market is simply “The Fed.” As the Fed engages in “QE,” it increases the “excess reserves” of banks. Since banks are NOT lending to consumers or businesses, that excess liquidity flows into the stock market.” And there you have it. Bailing out Wall Street and screwing Main Street, again. Everything the Fed has done, or will do, does not benefit the 33 million who have lost their jobs and the millions of small businesses which are purposely being snuffed out by tyrannical government overlords, so the mega-corporations, with their patriotic “we’re in this together” bullshit Madison Avenue identical ad campaigns, will be left with 90% of the economic pie instead of the 75% they had before the plandemic. Even the worst employment figures since the Great Depression (last Fourth Turning) were spun by the government drones at the BLS to appear far better than they really are. The reported 14.7% unemployment rate is complete and utter bullshit fake news. But the mouthpieces for the oligarchs, the propaganda media outlets, had their spokesmodels and talking head “experts” report the gibberish as if it were true. Maybe these faux financial journalists should have examined the 42-page press release and found the BLS purposely fudged the number by 5%: If the workers who were recorded as employed but absent from work due to “other reasons” (over and above the number absent for other reasons in a typical April) had been classified as unemployed on temporary layoff, the overall unemployment rate would have been almost 5 percentage points higher than reported (on a not seasonally adjusted basis). So that means even the massaged and manipulated BLS number is 20%. One look at the data shows how ludicrously low they have manipulated the number. The BLS reported the labor force as 164.5 million in February and now says it is 156.5 million. Poof!!! – 8.3 million people willingly left the workforce because they felt like it – not because they were forced out of the workforce by the same government paying the BLS to spew this fake data. These people did not leave the workforce, they are unemployed by government mandate. The number of employed people is now back to 1999 levels and headed lower. And as if you didn’t already know, the job losses have been borne mostly by blue collar, retail and restaurant workers (heavily skewed towards women and young people), self-employed, and small businesses.

Wal-Mart, Target, Amazon, Wall Street banks and the rest of the mega-corporations are doing just fine – even better since they don’t have those pesky small businesses eating into their profits. At least the Fed was able to propel the stock market 455 points, back towards all-time highs, as 33 million people wonder where their next meal will come from. Winning!!! The plain simple fact is there are 260 million working age Americans and 127 million, or 49% are not working. Of the 133 million who are working, 23 million are part-time workers and 19 million are government workers. In another shocking development, while the number of workers in private industries dropped by 18%, the number of government workers only dropped by 8%. It seems our authoritarian rulers know what is good for us, but don’t feel the need to share the pain equally. But at least our beloved government heroes have time to stage daily parades with their fire engines and $70,000 police vehicles and do patriotic flyovers to keep the unemployed and mandatorily masked plebs entertained. Something has to make up for the lack of the normal bread and circuses of double bacon cheeseburgers and watching overpaid privileged athletes play games. I can’t wait to see more tik-tok dance videos from the hero nurses and doctors overwhelmed with coronavirus patients in their empty hospitals. If you don’t feel the mood of the country turning towards confrontation and civil chaos, you are either a lackey for the establishment, a government paid drone, or propagandized to such an extent you have chosen to be willfully ignorant of your surroundings. This Fourth Turning seemed somewhat dormant since 2012, but government, corporate, and consumer debt continued to balloon; the divide between left and right grew as the Deep State conducted a coup against a duly elected president; and global disorder accelerated in the Middle East, Europe, Asia and South America. The core elements of debt, civic decay, and global disorder are now coalescing into a perfect storm of consequences for a nation and world built upon a teetering edifice of unpayable debt, unfulfilled promises, the unbridled greed of a blood thirsty ruling class, and the unbelievable delusions of people who think a world built upon borrowing to consume is sustainable. The dichotomy between what is happening in the real world and what is happening in the world of the financiers will lead to violent upheaval on a timeline not anticipated by the ruling class. There is a good reason gun stores were overwhelmed with business at the outset of this over-hyped flu pandemic. As Strauss and Howe pointed out twenty three years ago, trust in the government, central bankers, the corporate media, and “experts” is disintegrating rapidly. The anger and disillusionment grows by the day and pockets of resistance are propagating throughout the country. The un-Constitutional destruction of rights and liberties by overbearing governors, mayors and Federal bureaucrats is pushing desperate citizens towards insurrection. The police who carry out the unlawful orders of their superiors for a paycheck should realize they live among those they are bullying and pushing around. There is blowback coming and they should act accordingly. When people have lost everything they had and any hope for the future, while witnessing the privileged continuing to reap the benefits of a rigged financial system, civil disobedience will increase and blood will begin to be shed. The bubble of abnormalcy will be popped. It is weirdly fascinating to watch a Fourth Turning unfold, while in the midst of it, and knowing we are entering the phase where people have died in numbers that put this pandemic fatality count to shame during the previous two American Crisis periods. From 1861 to 1865 almost 5% of the male population of the country were killed. That would equate to about 8 million today. From 1939 to 1945 an estimated 65 million people were killed. The 100,000 or so who will die in 2020 from this virus is just a prelude to the death and destruction to follow. The trigger for the climactic phase of this Fourth Turning is not a virus that will not kill 99.97% of the American population, but the economic consequences of the over-reaction and authoritarian response to the virus. I’ve lost respect for numerous bloggers who desperately try to paint Sweden’s response as disastrous in an effort to support their own narrative of doom.

[:: 5-10-20 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For of a truth this virus is my judgment on the church first and then on the world, 11 Chronicles chapter seven first verse, verse thirteen will clearly, clearly explain it to the doubters, it was for this time and this time only. etc

:: 5-5-20 Restoring Liberty :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

1,300 Test Positive in Tennessee Prison: 98% Asymptomatic

May 5, 2020/by Daniel Horowitz

Updated: After the publication of this article, it was reported that one inmate at the Trousdale prison in Tennessee has died of COVID-19. Six others have been hospitalized, and one of them is in serious condition. 1 out of 1,300 is a remarkably low fatality rate. The inmate who died was reportedly 67 years old. The original article is below. Lots of cases, very small number of deaths. That is how this virus works on all but the elderly and sick. The perfect case study? Prisons. The ACLU is demanding that all prisoners be released because they might catch the insanely deadly virus COVID-19 and all die. Well, in fact, the ACLU is more correct than they realize, so much so that they are completely wrong. It’s true that SARS-CoV-2 spreads like wildfire in a confined population, but that horse has already left the barn. It is likely that hundreds of thousands of prisoners have contracted the virus, most are asymptomatic, and only a decimal of a decimal die. Thus, the fact that it has spread far and wide actually demonstrates that this is not the bubonic plague many people think it is, so long as you shield the most vulnerable people. In what should be a national headline, the Trousdale Turner Correctional Center in Hartsville, Tennessee, tested every single inmate and found that out of 2,444 tests, 1,299 inmates tested positive. That is 53% of the inmates! Among the staff, it was 50 out of 281, with a few more pending results. Here’s the kicker: 98% were asymptomatic! It is, therefore, quite evident that this virus has been spreading for quite some time in this prison, and yet nobody has died: Not one person out of over 1,300 staff and inmates infected. Numerous serology study results have been extrapolated to show that when you account for the true number of people who have gotten this virus, the infection fatality rate drops to 0.1%-0.3%. And the deaths are very lopsided among the elderly and chronically ill, which indicates that younger and healthier people have an even lower risk of dying from COVID-19 – perhaps even 1 in 3,000, depending on the age or health status. This latest case study from Tennessee proves the point. Many media pseudo-academics have cast doubt on the accuracy of serology tests and using them to extrapolate for the broader population. But there is no better case study than a prison, where you can test the entirety of an isolated population and get exact percentages. We are seeing this across all state and federal prisons. It’s basic math. For example, we know that 70 percent of the roughly 2,700 federal inmates who got tested for COVID-19 were positive. There are 146,000 federal inmates in total. How many of those have the virus? We don’t know yet, but after the virus has been spreading for months in close confinement, that number has to be enormous. According to Rep. Fred Keller, 33 federal inmates have died from the virus. If 70 percent of this confined and defined universe had the virus, that would mean the fatality rate is a remarkable 0.03 percent. But even if we assume only 20 percent of the total federal prison population had the virus, which is roughly in line with the rate in other confined environments, such as the USS Theodore Roosevelt and the Diamond Princess cruise ship (and in line with the staff infection rate in the Tennessee prison), it would still be a fatality rate of just 0.1%, or 1 in 1,000. But it’s very likely the ratio of those infected is much higher. According to Reuters, a recent tally of 3,277 inmates in state prison systems in Arkansas, North Carolina, Ohio, and Virginia who had tested positive for the virus showed that 96 percent of those who tested positive were asymptomatic. Most federal prisoners are in their 20s, 30s, and 40s (80% are under 50), so it makes sense for their fatality rate to be under that of the macro numbers (0.1-0.3%) we are seeing from the serology tests. According to the Marshal Project, 187 prisoners have died from the virus in state prisons. There are roughly 1.2 million state prisoners across the country. Again, if just 20 percent of them have the virus, that would be a 0.08% fatality rate nationwide in state prisons. If we use the 53% infection rate in the Tennessee prison and extrapolate nationally, that would be an infection fatality rate of 0.03%. In one women’s prison in Louisiana, 75% tested positive. While the median age of state prisoners is roughly the same as the national median (38), there are significantly fewer seniors. Roughly 16% of the general population is over 65, while just 2.2% of state prisoners and 2.8% of federal prisoners are over that age. Just 10% of the state prison population is over 55, compared to 29% of the general population. Thus, if anything, the hard data from prisons seems to show that the fatality rate, extrapolated for the general population, is actually correct and that if you isolate the numbers for younger adults, the numbers are even lower. Similarly, not a single detainee in ICE detention facilities has died, despite the fact that 60 percent are testing positive. The government is doing everything it can to obscure the fatality rate and muddle the separation of risk levels so that we can’t better target and prioritize the quarantine. But by hook or by crook, we will find out the truth from an unlikely source, thanks to aggressive ACLU efforts to empty the prisons and ICE detention facilities. The mass hysteria over coronavirus for the entire population might just burn itself out as the truth hits the fan in the nation’s prisons. (For more the author of “1,300 Test Positive in Tennessee Prison: 98% Asymptomatic” HERE)

Follow Joe Miller on Twitter HERE and Facebook HERE

https://joemiller.us/2020/05/1300-test-positive-in-tennessee-prison-98-asymptomatic/ 

:: 5-10-20 Online Ministeries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Virus Panic and Skewing of Numbers: What is the Goal of Pushing Mass Hysteria and Lock Down?

May 10, 2020 by Jon Watkins

The Luciferians have an Agenda. Global Depopulation

This Event has been executed to, as they say, “Kill Two Birds With One Stone“!

John 8:44 “Ye are of your father the devil, and the lusts of your father ye will do. He was a murderer from the beginning, and abode not in the truth, because there is no truth in him. When he speaketh a lie, he speaketh of his own: for he is a liar, and the father of it.” Many of you know I like to say the “poop is starting to float”. Well, a massive sewer line has finally broken and the truth is spewing forth! But you Communists won’t listen or take heed, you will ride the flow straight to Hell with them, and so be it! What if all the mass panic and skewing the number of dead people is just a planned hoax? What if it is to get your attention diverted from what is happening to the Deep State Rats, to bring on more draconian measures, to set the stage for the appearance of the Anti-Christ? Why are we not hearing anything about the flu numbers? My granddaughter got very sick back in late February. My daughter freaked out thinking it was Covid-19. They went to the clinic and they tested her. They said she had the Flu, gave her a prescription for Tamiflu and all was well. Did they add her to the list of those who have Covid-19? I would bet they did, although the Gestapo did not come and quarantine her and the household! Birx says government is classifying all deaths of patients with Coronavirus as ‘COVID-19’ deaths, regardless of cause “Think of the press as a great keyboard on which the government can play.” Nazi Bastard Joseph Goebbels What if they, the Deep State, devised this, had it ready to go in case their other devious plans to bring down President Trump fell through? What starts out as “Conspiracy Theories”, ends up being “Conspiracy Facts”, as the truth comes out. Author of ‘2.2 million dead’ study bankrolled by Big Pharma Bill Gates Puppets Fascist Fauci and Bolshevik Birx Used Imperial College Model — NOW CONFIRMED AS A COMPLETE FRAUD — To Persuade President Trump to Lock Down Entire US Economy There is however a problem with the latter, the “Facts”. The Conspirators have a lot of time to instill the Fake News and Lies into the minds of really gullible stupid people. Facts do not matter when you are blinded by hatred. Call it Mind Control, Brain Washing, Gaslighting, whatever you chose. Those who do chose to be mentally assaulted daily and mesmerized by the Talking Heads, with Trump Derangement Disease, have now been captured like prey in a spiders web. It eventually develops into Stockholm Syndrome, and it is extremely hard to break the conditioning instilled by said Talking Heads.

Cuomo Admits Latest Coronavirus Cases Were People Obeying Stay at Home Orders

“If you tell a lie big enough and keep repeating it, people will eventually come to believe it. The lie can be maintained only for such time as the State can shield the people from the political, economic and/or military consequences of the lie. It thus becomes vitally important for the State to use all of its powers to repress dissent, for the truth is the mortal enemy of the lie, and thus by extension, the truth is the greatest enemy of the State.” Nazi Bastard Joseph Goebbels Here is a prime example of the Mind Control: Don Jr. Offers to Walk Woman Down the Aisle After Intolerant Liberal Parents Reject Her Over Her Conservative Fiancé

Donald Trump Jr. offered to walk a woman down the aisle on her wedding day after she posted a video explaining her “liberal” parents rejected her over her conservative fiancé, who she says they “hate.”

“So my parents hate my fiancé because he’s a conservative and they’re liberal and they refuse to go to our wedding,” the woman said, explaining they gave her an ultimatum of “choosing between him or them.”

“So, I chose myself in that I chose what would make me happiest in the long run. And my mother told me I was incapable of being loved or being in a relationship because I was assaulted when I was 17. So, I chose my fiancé, she said, announcing that, because of the rift with her parents, she will be walking herself down the aisle “So, if anyone has a dad that would like to walk me down the aisle, let me know,” she added. Read more at Breitbart News I can’t imagine hating someone that bad that you would shun your own flesh and blood! But all the Communist Democrats do is project hatred on to the mesmerized. It is like this current Plague. It is very contagious, seems to be party specific, and the only cure is a dose of the Holy Ghost will remove this Trump Derangement Disease! There is NO discernment in the Trump administration. Now you may take issue with that statement, but it happens to be true!

If he, or the Vice President, had discernment, they would realize that they are book-ended by wicked people in this Covid-19 task force! Maybe they do and are just scared of the demons in control of those disciples of Lucifer and are blinded! (2nd Corinthians 4:3-5)

Ephesians 6:12 “For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places.”

The invisible enemy President Trump talks about is not the virus per se. He is correct about it being Invisible and the Enemy, but it is NOT what he thinks it is! If the President, and those around him. had a bit of spiritual discernment, they would know EXACTLY who is the enemy! 1st Corinthians 2:14-16 “But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned.15 But he that is spiritual judgeth all things, yet he himself is judged of no man.16 For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct him? But we have the mind of Christ.” How does one acquire spiritual discernment? You must be Born Again as Jesus said you should be (John 3:1-8) Then the Holy Spirit comes in and helps you to discern spiritual truth. There is a Gift of Discernment that many us have been given. It provides us with a more critical understanding of things around us and the ability to detect deception immediately where it takes others longer to recognize. The gifts of the spirit the Apostle Paul is referring to in the following scripture is THE Holy Spirit, The Comforter, the one who leads us to ALL TRUTH ( John 14:16 – John 14:26 – John 15:26 – John 16:7) the third person in the Trinity! 1st Corinthians 12:4-11 “Now there are diversities of gifts, but the same Spirit. 5 And there are differences of administrations, but the same Lord. 6 And there are diversities of operations, but it is the same God which worketh all in all. 7 But the manifestation of the Spirit is given to every man to profit withal. 8 For to one is given by the Spirit the word of wisdom; to another the word of knowledge by the same Spirit; 9 To another faith by the same Spirit; to another the gifts of healing by the same Spirit; 10 To another the working of miracles; to another prophecy; to another discerning of spirits; to another divers kinds of tongues; to another the interpretation of tongues: 11 But all these worketh that one and the selfsame Spirit, dividing to every man severally as he will.” It is the Principalities, Powers, Rulers of Darkness and Spiritual Wickedness in High places, who are working through human beings to cause evil. Everything that happens in this world, happens first in the spirit, and if you could see into that spirit realm, you would see demons going to and fro! (Job 1:6-7) It amazes me that so many people are ignorant as to identity of the real enemy. Some perhaps are so afraid of him and his kingdom, that they will not come against it in warfare prayer! Every believer should “test the spirits” in ALL matters! We are living in a time when no one can afford to be ignorant of spiritual truth.

1st John 4:1-4 “Beloved, believe not every spirit, but try the spirits whether they are of God: because many false prophets are gone out into the world. 2 Hereby know ye the Spirit of God: Every spirit that confesseth that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is of God: 3 And every spirit that confesseth not that Jesus Christ is come in the flesh is not of God: and this is that spirit of antichrist, whereof ye have heard that it should come; and even now already is it in the world. 4 Ye are of God, little children, and have overcome them: because greater is he that is in you, than he that is in the world.“ CNN fakes news all time. You would not think so, but the Weather Channel does too! YouTube is Desperate to Censor ‘Plandemic’ Documentary Detailing a Chi-Com Virus Corruption Conspiracy YouTube, the streaming video service owned by Google, is desperate to remove an explosive documentary that exposes the key players behind the medical corruption that has fueled the coronavirus pandemic. The documentary centers around Dr. Judy Mikovits, PhD, and her work exposing corruption in the medical field. Mikovits wrote an explosive paper about the dangerous use of animal and human fetal tissues in scientific experiments that put her on the medical establishment’s hit list. Mikovits believes that the coronavirus pandemic is an example of what she was warning about decades ago.  “Plandemic” covers Mikovits’ career since she was railroaded by Big Pharma for presenting a dissident opinion regarding their fetal chop shop research. Mikovits said she was arrested, had evidence planted on her, and then was slapped with a gag order in order to prevent her truth from being heard. Read more here Something Very Strange Is Going On With New ‘Strains’ Of COVID-19 – Are What Globalists Consider to Be ‘Useless Eaters’ Being Culled?

Susan Duclos – All News PipeLine – We know that some people see the term “depopulation agenda,” and just wave it away as some type of “conspiracy theory.”

Yet from the Georgia Guidestones (image above) to the direct quotes from some very well known names, to Deagels’ projection showing that “by the year 2025 the US population will be down to 100 million people…with a loss of 237 million people or a 70% depopulation,” as Stefan Stanford recently reported, Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, along with the constant nags about the planet being “over-populated,” there is simply too much searchable and verifiable information to truly doubt there is a depopulation agenda.

Anyone that does doubt this agenda is being willfully ignorant as all they have to do is use any search engine and be capable of clicking links and reading to confirm.

THE ‘USELESS EATERS’

“Useless eaters” is a term often bandied about by conspiracy theorists.. It is also sometimes used by survivalists and wrongly attributed to Henry Kissinger. It is also commonly ascribed to Ted Turner, Adolf Hitler, Thomas Malthus, and Bertrand Russell. Apparently, the term originated in Nazi Germany during the Holocaust as “nutzlose Fresser,” translating to “useless eaters.” It was first used in reference to the T4 program which targeted the terminally ill, the disabled (both physical and mental), mentally ill, and elderly people for “euthanasia”..from rationalwiki.

Remember Obamacare, the “death panels,” and how the elderly were being encouraged to plan for their death (end of life care) rather than trying to extend their lives with medications?

Liberals, leftists and globalists consider the elderly to be “useless eaters.”

The terminally ill, many times given experimental drugs in an attempt to extend their lives and the quality of life, are also considered “useless eaters.” To the globalists it makes no sense to “waste” the medications, the time or the facilities on someone that isn’t producing.

Anyone that doesn’t conform to the globalists/socialist agenda is considered a “useless eater.” After all those pesky climate change deniers are just a waste of space in the minds of the furthest to the left, the communists and the socialists…. aka globalists. Read more here What is the goal of the Wicked Globalists? An enslaved gelded population!

What Will Schools Look Like After COVID? Prison Camps. They’ll Look Like Prison Camps!

(By Daisy Luther) If you’ve been wondering what it will look like when the kids go back to school, one school in Quebec has released their new guidelines and they’re shocking.

To minimize movement, we forecast assigning students to classes nearest the Berlin Street entrance (on all 3 floors if needed only);

Once assigned to a class, students will spend their entire day (including lunchtime) in their assigned seats;

Students must expect to be regrouped based on the number of students returning;

Students must not expect to return to their regular class with their classmates;

Your child may not be with the same teachers as before as several members of our staff will not be returning to school;

Teachers not returning to school will continue working and keeping close contact with students remotely from home as recommended by the government;

Activities completed while in school will not be evaluated or graded;

No physical materials will be transported back and forth between home & school;

Students must include a mini garbage and recycling bag with their lunch in order to collect their personal garbage and dispose of it at home;

All students must bring in their personal, labeled, and filled water bottle as water fountains won’t be available;

Sharing of ALL items (pencils, pens, sharpeners, wax crayons, rulers, toys) is not permitted;

When weather permits, recess breaks will be held outdoors and will entail of walking outside safely distanced from one another in a prearranged pattern;

Gatherings (groups of students together) will not be permitted;

Limited travel throughout the school by all during the day;

Bathroom visits will be monitored/escorted so that proper disinfection by our caretakers can follow before another student uses the facilities;

As per government recommendations, masks and gloves will not be provided;

Students are certainly welcomed to bring these items from home. They are also invited to carry their own personal disinfecting wipes with them if they wish;

Lockers will no longer be used. Students will place their spring/summer jackets behind the chair they will be using & their school bags under their assigned desks;

There will be no cafeteria service or Home & School pizza & frozen yogurt days.

There will be no physical activity taking place in the gym, no art classes (although art and craft projects can be promoted as home suggestions), no library periods, and no drama classes;

No fundraisers or after school activities will take place;

Parent volunteers will not be permitted in school;

We recommend your child brings a book or two of interest from home to read;

Students with fever or flu-like symptoms will be returned home. Read more here You have to wake up people and get your head screwed on straight or you will wake up one day and your God given rights will be stripped from you!

Why are they doing it? Now, here is why the media and all of the Communists are pushing the Numbers Hoax. The axe is starting to come down and I am afraid that since this Pandemic Hoax is failing, they may resort to something far worse!

The following is what it’s all about in a nutshell. They have finally been caught and the Swamp creatures are scared. There is nothing more dangerous than a cornered animal!

Devin Nunes: ‘Walls are Closing In’ on ‘Media Russia Hoax Rats’ – ‘Some Are Scurrying Off…Some are Squealing’ CNS – As the Trump-Russia narrative collapses and evidence mounts that the investigation into the Trump campaign was politically-motivated and baseless, the “Media Russia Hoax Rats” who pushed the narrative are panicking, Ranking Member of the House Intelligence Committee Rep. Devin Nunes (R-Calif.) says.

Lockdowns Are No Longer About COVID-19: The Goal Is Regime Change and the Introduction of a Reign of Terror for All Deplorables

We have all been awaiting the full implementation of Nazi-Gestapo tactics on the American people in order to keep America locked down and thereby, completing the task of destroying the American economy, beyond repair, after the release of the CHICOM bioweapon.

Obama Plotted Framing of Lt. General Michael Flynn With Dirty Cop James Comey, Sally Yates at White House Meeting in 2017

If you appreciate the what this Ministry is doing to fight the Fake Christians, Satanists, Witches, Communist/Socialist Democrats, RINO Republicans and the assault on our Conservative, True Christian values, please consider a small donation to help us continue and expand. This Ministry is not only under attack by the Secular Scum, we are now under attack from supposed Christians also. It is what Tom Horn calls 'Blood on the Altar"!

:: 5-10-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Happens When the People Fear the Government? Robert Griswold and Dave Hodges

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, May 10, 2020 - 21:35.

I recently interviewed Robert Griswold and we discussed a number of topics including:

The cowardly compliance of much of the American public to the illegitmate authority of the state who subsequently decided winners (Walmart) and losers (small businesses and churches) in the present so-called crisis.

The people acting out of fear in mindlessly obeying unconstitutional orders from the government.

The false flag coup even against Maduro designed to neuter Trump's anti-Red Dawn invasion efforts.

The coming election which will be filled with fraud.

Life under the Democrats

The state's villification of the Christian Church

The lack of courage displayed by most Pastors, sho do not come to emulating the spirit of the disciples, in the face of the lockdown.

How Trump is blowing his rel-election chances

Basic equipment and resources needed for survival.

Bob Griswold can be reached at Ready Made Resources Or simply call Bob at 1-800-627-3809

Bob is also one of the presenters at the GEN SIX Conference Please click here to register for this low-cost, life-changing event. Only a few days left to register!!!

:: 5-11-20 Light Has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Pandemic Is The “New 9/11” To Usher In The Globalists End Game

By MsSophie | May 11, 2020 | Comments 0 Comment

Ominous Signs This Pandemic Is The ‘New 9/11’ We’ve Long Been Warned Was Coming To America To Usher In The Globalists End Game

– Does Anyone Believe These Devils Wouldn’t Plan Something Like This Out For Their Gain?

By Stefan Stanford – All News Pipeline – Live Free Or Die

While on Saturday in this ANP story calling for the ‘re-opening of America’, US Navy Veteran John C. Velisek wrote covid-19 “could not have been foreseen”, as one ANP reader pointed out to us in a thought provoking email this morning, there were actually many signs that ‘they’ were planning for this ‘event’ for several years. With Congress wasting no time to turn this mess into an opportunity to create America’s new medical gestapo while re-opened US businesses and offices will look something like China’s ‘social credit systems’, where every move of US workers will be watched as the Wall Street Journal pointed out in this new story, as R.X. Kendrick pointed out in this May 9th ANP story, the globalists ‘brave new world’ is now coming into sharp, clear focus. As Susan Duclos had mentioned in this May 5th ANP story, there are so many oddities and bizarre things surrounding this ‘virus’ and with a seemingly endless list of symptoms that could make a person simply suffering a sneezing attack or a cough make themselves or those around them believe they had been struck by covid-19, millions of Americans are being transformed into hypochondriacs. So we’ll be taking a look within this ANP story at some of the latest ‘oddities’ surrounding this ‘pandemic’, including what may be a new disease outbreak happening now in Hong Kong where people are becoming ill with rat hepatitis for the 1st time ever and doctors have no idea how, but first, no one can argue that this pandemic ISN’T being used to bring in tyranny and a notched up ‘surveillance state’ to America. From this Wall Street Journal story titled “Welcome Back to the Office. Your Every Move Will Be Watched.” Many Americans heading back to the factory and the office as the coronavirus pandemic eases will soon begin to notice that their every move is being watched or recorded. In Midtown Manhattan, thermal cameras will measure body temperatures as employees file into a 32-story office tower at Rockefeller Center. The building’s owner, RXR Realty, said it is also developing a mobile app for tenants to monitor—and score—how closely their workers are complying with social distancing. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP said it is preparing to launch this month a phone app for employers that traces contacts by analyzing workers’ interactions in the office. More than 50 clients have expressed interest, including some of the nation’s biggest banks, manufacturers and energy companies. Many office workers have become used to widespread security cameras and keycards that register entries and exits. After the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks, buildings installed enhanced security measures, including logging in visitors and X-raying briefcases. The arrival of Covid-19 is taking surveillance to a higher level, with some employers planning to track movements and gather personal information like never before in Western democracies. It marks a new chapter in the debate over privacy, and the trade-offs people are willing to make for safety.

MORE HERE AND CONTINUE READING: Ominous Signs This Pandemic Is The ‘New 9/11’ We’ve Long Been Warned Was Coming To America To Usher In The Globalists End Game – Does Anyone Believe These Devils Wouldn’t Plan Something Like This Out For Their Gain?

:: 5-9-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Eternal Hallelujah

By Hal Lindsey

Jonathon Edwards said, “You contribute nothing to your salvation except the sin that made it necessary.” That’s a humbling statement, but true. It’s humbling because we like to pay our own way. But when it comes to salvation, we can’t. We don’t have the resources. So, Jesus paid the price for us. We can either accept that gift or reject it. But we need to know that it is a gift. Jonathon Edwards helps put that in perspective, too. He said, “If there be ground for you to trust, as you do, in your own righteousness, then all that Christ did to purchase salvation, and all that God did from the fall of man to prepare the way for it, is in vain.” Why would God go to all the trouble? Why would Jesus bother to die a horribly painful, cruel, and humiliating death on the cross if we could be good enough on our own? If we could pay our own way, why did He have to pay with His life? God is perfectly just. It is an essential part of His nature. As humans, we are only partly aware of the extent of evil in any sin. When we hear of child molesters, or terrorists beheading their innocent victims, we get but a glimpse of sin’s awfulness. God sees it fully. He sees all of it for what it is. And He has pronounced judgment on it. But God also loves us. Jesus, God the Son, came to earth as a human being, lived a perfect life, and then took the full weight of God’s judgment against sin onto Himself. That’s why John the Baptist introduced Jesus to the world with the words, “Behold the Lamb of God, which taketh away the sin of the world.” (John 1:29)

His audience should have understood from centuries of animal sacrifice the meaning of the words, “Lamb of God.” Jesus would cover our sin with His blood. The first verse of the Book of Revelation tells us its true title — “The Revelation of Jesus Christ.” The English word “revelation” is a translation of the Greek word, “apokalupsis.” That’s where we get the word, “apocalypse.” “Revelation” is a good translation. It means “unveiling” or “disclosure.” It is a revealing of Jesus. Here’s one of the things it reveals. Twenty-four times in the Book of Revelation alone, Jesus is referred to as “the Lamb.”

Revelation 19:1 says, “After these things I heard, as it were, a loud voice of a great multitude in heaven, saying, ‘Hallelujah! Salvation and glory and power belong to our God.’”

Salvation belongs to God. It does not belong to you. God wants you to be a good person. He wants you to be moral, ethical, kind, and loving. But those things are the result of His salvation, not the cause of it. Salvation belongs to God. It was purchased fully on the cross of Christ. It can be yours only as a gift.

Moments before Jesus took His last breath, He cried out from the cross, “It is finished!” (John 19:30) He used the Greek word, “tetelestai.” It means “Paid in full!” Jesus took our certificate of debt and wrote across it in His own blood, “Paid in full.” When we receive His pardon, we can never be tried for our sins again. It’s settled forever in heaven by the blood of the only begotten Son of God. The New Living Translation says it well in Colossians 2:14. “He canceled the record of the charges against us and took it away by nailing it to the cross.” All your sins and failings — past, present, and future — were nailed to the cross. Jesus paid the price forever. That’s why we sing “Hallelujah.” And that’s why we will sing it forever!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ 

:: 5-6-20 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

God’s Timeline

By Hal Lindsey

In all of history, only at the end of World War II did the world order change shape as rapidly as it is changing right now. And those changes were set up by a global war. Today’s changes have come, seemingly, out of the blue. Yet, every day the world looks more like the one described in the Bible as existing during the time of the tribulation. For decades, I have been teaching that these changes would come. But even for me, the pace and scope of change over the last few weeks has been stunning.

In Matthew 24 and 25, Jesus spoke extensively about His second coming. He included a list of signs. In chapter 24, verses 4-7, Jesus gave what have since become the most famous of those signs. He spoke of wars and rumors of wars, people groups rising up against other people groups, countries against countries, and of famines, pestilences, and earthquakes. Then, in verse 8, Jesus said, “All these things are merely the beginning of birth pangs.” That’s quoting the New American Standard Bible. In it, the word “merely” has been italicized. The translators weren’t trying to emphasize the word, but to let us know that they had added it. “Merely” is not in the original text. A better reading would be, “These things are the beginning of birth pangs.” As we suffer the present pestilence, we can see that there isn’t anything “mere” about it — except when compared to what’s coming. When Jesus used the expression “birth pangs,” He was comparing the end-times world to a woman in labor. “Birth pangs” are a series of contractions, waves of tightening and relaxing the uterine muscle. The process is called “cervical effacement and dilation.” Relative to the lives of mother and child, it is an extremely brief period. But it can feel like it will never end. It is the painful and difficult transition of the mother’s body that will allow her to give birth. Contractions are usually characterized by an increase in frequency and intensity. If the earth itself and all the people on it are beginning to experience “birth pangs,” it begs the question. What’s being born? And the answer is astounding. The thing being born is a new world. The signs will increase in frequency and intensity right up to the point when Jesus returns. Sounds terrible, right? That’s why the seven-year period leading to the return of Jesus is known as “the tribulation.” Jesus called the last three and a half of those years “great tribulation.” In Matthew 24:21, He said, “For then there will be a great tribulation, such as has not occurred since the beginning of the world until now, nor ever shall.” Though we’re beginning to feel the birth pangs, we are not in the tribulation period. Jesus will remove His people out harm’s way before the judgments of tribulation fall on the world. That event is usually called the rapture. After that, people will still come to Christ. For the sake of those post-rapture Christians, the tribulation will end before the destruction of everything. And it will end with suddenness and brilliance. “For just as the lightning comes from the east and flashes even to the west, so will the coming of the Son of Man be.” (Matthew 24:27) There are many extremely specific signs of the second coming, but no signs specific to the rapture. There can’t be. If there were, the event would not be imminent. “Imminent” does not mean it will happen in the next hour. Imminent means that it could happen in the next hour. James 5:8 says, “The coming of the Lord is at hand.” That was almost two thousand years ago, so how could he say, “is at hand”? In this case, “at hand” means imminent. The first part of the Lord’s coming — the rapture — could happen at any time. That means there cannot be any signs yet to be fulfilled before the rapture. Otherwise, it would not be “at hand.” In Luke 12:40, Jesus said, “Be ready; for the Son of Man is coming at an hour that you do not expect.” Jesus did not say, “Look for signs and when you see them, get ready.” He said, “Be ready.” If you expect to go in the rapture, you may wonder why signs should interest you. If we’re seeing signs of events that will take place after the rapture — and we are — we should be looking up, because it means the rapture must take place very soon!

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-4-29-2020/ 

:: 5-10-20 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What does it mean to rest on the Sabbath and keep it holy?

Friday, May 8, 2020 Alex McFarland - Guest Columnist

In our modern, materialistic world, sometimes our calendars are full … but our souls are empty. What is your theology when it comes to taking a weekly day of rest so you can reflect on God, worship Him, and count your blessings? As a Christian apologist, author, evangelist, religion and culture analyst, and advocate for biblical truth, Alex McFarland speaks worldwide. He has preached in over 2,000 churches throughout North America and numerous more internationally. He also speaks at Christian events, conferences, debates, and other venues to teach biblical truths and preach the gospel. This column is printed with permission. Opinions expressed in 'Perspectives' columns published by OneNewsNow.com are the sole responsibility of the article's author(s), or of the person(s) or organization(s) quoted therein, and do not necessarily represent those of the staff or management of, or advertisers who support the American Family News Network, OneNewsNow.com, our parent organization or its other affiliates.

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

:: 5-10-20 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PLO says cessation of payments to convicted terrorists is 'declaration of war' by Israel

Palestine Liberation Organization: Israel paints violent 'struggle' as terrorism, order to cease paying terrorists is 'declaration of war.'

Dalit Halevi , 09/05/20 23:54

Gaza

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/279940 

:: 5-10-20 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel aghast at Iran cyberattack on civilian water infrastructure — TV report

Hack last month said to be discussed at security cabinet meeting Thursday, with senior officials saying it crossed a red line: ‘This goes against all the codes of war’

By TOI staff 9 May 2020, 9:05 pm

:: 5-10-20 Y Net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel's fight with Iran knows no coronavirus crisis

Analysis: With war-torn Syria further weakened by the epidemic, Tehran scrambling to reassert regional power and Moscow struggling to justify its investment in Assad, Jerusalem sees now is the time for decisive action

Alex Fishman | Published: 05.08.20 , 23:05

https://www.ynetnews.com/article/SJRA2w6tL

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

:: 5-3-20 The Scoop :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WATCH: California Police Officers At Anti-Lockdown Protest Appear To STAND DOWN After Marine Vet With Megaphone Challenges Their Integrity

Posted 5.03.2020 by Steeve Strange

Wow. Let me just start out by saying that no matter what your individual views on the coronavirus lockdown orders are, this video is going to give you the chills. Protesters in several California cities, including San Francisco, Huntington Beach, and Sacramento rallied on Friday, May 1st, with huge protests against Democrat Governor Gavin Newsom’s hyper restrictive coronavirus stay-at-home order. In Sacramento, the state’s capital, a packed crowd of thousands of protesters faced off with lines of police officers in full riot gear. According to The Guardian, “The California Highway Patrol (CHP) had announced that it would be barring protests at the Sacramento state capitol because of a lack of social distancing by participants at a previous rally, but protesters gathered on the steps of the building regardless, chanting ‘Whose house? Our house!’” “Freedom! Freedom! Freedom!” chanted other Sacramento protesters, according to video footage recorded by California resident Joshua Coleman. In Coleman’s video, a Marine veteran named Cordie Lee Williams can be seen speaking into a megaphone, challenging California police officers to “stand down.” “In the face of tyranny, in the face of freedom, are you going to sit there in your riot gear against peaceful protesters?” asked Williams. “Or are you going to say, ‘you know what, it’s time to stand up for my country. Because I took an oath of office and it said, ‘I will defend all enemies, foreign and domestic.” Williams continued, “You might lose your job, but I’d rather lose my job than lose my soul. “What are you going to tell your little boy or your little girl tonight? That you took your baton and you crushed somebody’s skull, who was a mom? Is that what a tough guy does? That’s not what honor, courage, and commitment means in the Marine Corps.” Williams then directly challenged the officers’ integrity, “We always have in the military, we have ‘what’s a lawful order.’ And you’ve gotta check your nutsack when you’re given an order, and you’ve gotta say, ‘is this a lawful order or is this a bullshit order?’ Join the movement! Would you please consider a donation to help us in our fight against the fake news corporate media?

“When something’s a bullshit order, and it doesn’t pass the sniff test,” Williams said, “that’s when you say, ‘Sergeant,’ that’s when you say, ‘Colonel,’ that’s when you say, ‘General,’ that’s when you say, ‘Governor, I’m not doing that. I didn’t sign up for that.” Shortly after Williams challenged the officers to ‘stand down,’ the officers appeared to retreat and leave the location.

WATCH the viral footage of Marine Corps veteran Cordie Lee Williams challenging the California police officers’ integrity here:

:: 5--20 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

David Stockman On The Three Nations Of COVID, & A Windbag Named Fauci

by Tyler Durden

Authored by David Stockman via Contra Corner blog,

If you don’t think our so-called mainstream rulers has gone off the deep end, just consider New York Mayor Bill de Blasio’s recent menacing tweets to the orthodox Jewish community in Brooklyn, which has insisted on holding funerals, including one Monday for a revered 73-year old Rabbi attended by upwards of 2,000 mourners: “Something absolutely unacceptable happened in Williamsburg tonite: a large funeral gathering in the middle of this pandemic,” the mayor said in one post. “When I heard, I went there myself to ensure the crowd was dispersed. And what I saw WILL NOT be tolerated so long as we are fighting the Coronavirus.” My message to the Jewish community, and all communities, is this simple: the time for warnings has passed. I have instructed the NYPD to proceed immediately to summons or even arrest those who gather in large groups. This is about stopping this disease and saving lives. Period. Well, NYC is nearly a ghost town and now its idiotic ruling pols are suggesting that, apparently, only ghosts may attend funerals without governmental permission! But actually, this photo from the offending funeral is another picture worth a thousand words. That’s because by now, everyone, and we mean everyone, knows that the Covid-19 strikes the elderly, the frail and the already disease-afflicted; and that these vulnerable populations need to not only “social distance”, but actually stay home and keep out of harm’s way completely. That appears to be exactly what happened at Rabbi Mertz’ funeral. If you can spot an octogenarian in this crowd, or even a grandfather, your eyesight is better than Clark Kent’s. And besides being preponderantly way under 50-somethings, they congregated outdoors and virtually all were wearing masks. Yet claiming to speak for some latter day “Committee of Public Safety”, Mayor Robespierre actually threatened to bring in the gendarmes.

But there is zero correlation:

California: Heavy lockdown, 4.6 deaths per 100,000;

Iowa: No lockdown, 4.3 deaths per 100,000;

Texas: Light lockdown, 2.4 deaths per 100,000;

Washington state: Heavy lockdown, 10.0 deaths per 100,000;

Colorado: Inconsistent lockdown, 12.2 deaths per 100,000;

Georgia: Late Lockdown now lifted, 10.0 deaths per 100,000;

Maine: Heavy Lockdown, 3.8 deaths per 100,000;

Massachusetts: Heavy Lockdown, 45.7 deaths per 100,000.

We call attention to Washington state, Maine and Massachusetts especially because even though they all have severe statewide lockdown regimes and their overall mortality rates very widely, from 3.8 per 100,000 in Maine to 45.7 per 100,000 in Massachusetts, they do share one thing in common. To wit, 40-60% of their Covid-fatalities have been in nursing homes. In Maine, 53% of Covid deaths were in nursing homes, meaning that the actual Covid-mortality rate for the general population is just 1.8 per 100,000 and in Massachusetts 56% are nursing home fatalities, meaning the general rate is 21 per 100,000. Ironically, Sweden has one of the least restrictive lockdown regimes in the world – schools, businesses, restaurants and retail remain open–yet its mortality rate of 22 per 100,000 is virtually the same as the lockdown state of Massachusetts. Self-evidently, what matters is not how economically suicidal the lockdown regime is from one jurisdiction to the next, but the age, health status and general frailty/vulnerability of the populations at issue. In the case of Washington state where the first corona cases occurred, upwards of 40% of the 690 deaths to date have been in nursing homes, meaning that its general population mortality is just 6.0 per 100,000. As we amplify below, these single-digit rates are rounding errors on the scheme of things, even as all deaths are both regrettable and inevitable. But by what rational calculation does Governor Inslee insist on keeping the state in Lockdown and its economy heading into the the drink? Someone might dare inform him that the general mortality rate from all causes for his citizens is 900 per 100,000 annually, and that, therefore, he is imposing the economic mayhem evident in these charts below owing to a risk of Covid death for the general population of his state that so far has been 0.7% of the normal average. Stated differently, had Patient Zero (aka the Donald) not been the victim of malpractice by his doctors led by Fauci and the Scarf Lady, he might have been advised to dial in on day #1 to the heart of the Covid-threat. Namely, the 15,600 nursing homes in America, which domicile some 1.5 million residents, of which one-quarter (425,00) are over the age of 80 years. In the case of Massachusetts, where the majority of deaths have occurred in nursing homes, the average age of Covid-deaths has been 82 years. Needless to say, you did not need to be entombed in the infectious disease tunnel at the NIH for 52 years like Dr. Fauci, a pretentious 79-year old windbag who should have himself been put in a retirement home years ago, to realize that nursing homes are dense-packed with the frail, disease-afflicted elderly. So rather than wipe out $4 trillion of GDP via Lockdown Nation they might have started with say $25 billion of incremental money for Medicare/Medicaid and the state public health agencies to zero-in on protecting, isolating and treating the nursing home residents. After all, we find it easy to believe that spending $20,000 per nursing home resident might have saved or extended a lot more lives than the WHO/CDC/DR. Fauci blunderbuss assault on the entire US economy. Indeed, with each passing update, the CDC data itself becomes an ever more dispositive indictment of the madness the Donald’s doctors have imposed on the nation. It is now strikingly clear, in fact, that when it comes to Covid-19 there are three nations in America, and that the attempt to shoe-horn them into a one-size fits all regime of state control is tantamount to insane. There is first the Kids Nation of some 61 million persons under 15 years, where even by the CDCs elastic definitions there have been just 5 WITH Covid deaths thru April 28. You needn’t even bother with the zero-ridden fraction of 1 per 100,000 (its actually 0.008) to make the point. That is to say, last year there were about 44,000 deaths among the Kids Nation – so corona-virus accounts for just 0.011% of the total, and in no sane world would it be a reason for shutting down the schools. Of course, the Virus Patrol insists that the school closures are an unfortunate necessity because otherwise the Kids Nation would take the virus home to the Parents/Workers Nation. That is the 215 million citizens between 15 and 64, who account for the overwhelming share of commerce, jobholders and GDP. Yet according to the CDC, there have been just 8,267 deaths WITH Covid in this massive expanse of the population, which figure represents a mortality rate of, well, 3.6 per 100,000.

But here’s the thing. The normal total mortality rate for the 15-64 years old population is 335 per 100,000. So we are talking about shutting down the entire economy owing to a death rate to date which amounts to 1.1% of normal mortality in the Parents/Workers nation. Finally, we have Grandparents/Great Grandparents Nation, comprised of 52 million citizens. But they account for 32,000 or nearly 80% of the WITH Covid deaths as of April 28 – with 15,000 of these being among those 85 years and older. By way of computation, that’s 61 deaths per 100,000 for the group as a whole and 230 per 100,000 for the 85 years and older. Stated differently, the risk of death posed by Covid-19 is 7,600X greater for Grandparents/Great Grandparents Nation overall than for Kids Nation, and 29,000 times greater for the several million Great-Grandparents afflicted with severe comorbidity and likely as not to be in the care of a nursing home. Needless to say, it did not take a catastrophic experiment with Lockdown Nation to figure this out. It was already known from China and the history of other coronaviruses. If there were any reason or justice left in America, Dr. Fauci and the Scarf Lady and the whole CDC/WHO lobby that brought about this disaster would actually be headed for their own quarantine – the kind that doesn’t happen at home and which can’t be lifted by the whims of the Cuomo brothers or Mayor Robespierre.

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, you shall see earthquakes, oh even the big earthquake and you shall see the division before long from one end of the states to another that you cannot cross for that fault shall be opened.  You shall see the stock market as it crashes, for I have warned you and yet the world has mocked me, your President has mocked me, both parties have mocked me and judgment day is coming fast. etc

:: 5--20 CNN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Last Chance to Sell’: Hedge Fund Warns of Impending Stock Market Crash

Hedge fund manager Kevin Smith is extremely bearish on the stock market, and he says this may be your "last chance to sell" before the crash.

Josiah Wilmoth @Y3llowb1ackbird

Smith believes that the stock market picture looks eerily similar to the 1930 "relief rally" that followed the initial wave of the "Black Monday" crash. | Source: REUTERS/Mike Segar

The founder of Crescat Capital says the stock market is about to suffer another plunge.

Kevin Smith draws parallels between the S&P 500’s April recovery and the Dow’s short-lived “relief rally” in 1930. The hedge fund bear warns this is your “last chance to sell” before the market begins the next leg of its prolonged crash. The stock market may be flashing some ridiculously bullish signals, but hedge fund bear Kevin Smith is sticking by his prediction that the Dow and S&P 500 are on the verge of a Great Depression-level crash. In fact, the Crescat Capital founder warns, this is your “last chance to sell” before the impending collapse.

Hedge Fund Bear Who Said ‘This Is 1929’ Has Another Doomsday Prediction

The notoriously bearish hedge fund manager shared his apocalyptic prediction on Twitter this week. He predicts that the S&P 500 is about to suffer a technical move called a Fibonacci retracement.

why crescat capital expects the stock market to crash He wrote this early Friday morning, just hours after the stock market closed its best month in 33 years: The macro environment makes me want to be net short today, a recession starting from record valuations and debt. The technical picture only adds to the set-up at this moment, a 61.8% Fibonacci retracement on the S&P 500 from the Feb. 19th top. Resembles the 1930 relief rally. Smith believes that the stock market picture looks eerily similar to the 1930 “relief rally” that followed the initial wave of the “Black Monday” crash. After the Dow Jones Industrial Average fell as low as 198.69 in 1929, the stock market appeared to snap back relatively quickly. It closed the year at 248.48 – more than 25% off its lows, and it rose another 18% as the rally stretched into 1930. But the gains were short-lived. The Dow plunged nearly 50% from its highs by the end of the year. It ultimately became clear that the 1929 crash was the beginning of a devastating bear market that ultimately wiped 89% off the Dow, which bottomed out at 41.22 roughly three years later.

Crescat: Stock Market Looks Eerily Similar to 1930 ‘Relief Rally’ The Crescat founder and CIO says that this story is playing out in the stock market again, nearly a full century later: Should be the last chance to sell near the top on the Fibonacci retest. Just like 1929, only this relief rally happened more quickly. Stocks peaked just two months ago at record valuations and corporate leverage. Still very early in the global recession and bear market. Great Depression comparisons have come into vogue since the coronavirus pandemic forced the U.S. economy into total lockdown. But Smith has been harping on this point since before it was fashionable. And just as he expects the economy to encounter Great Depression-like headwinds, he believes the stock market will suffer a much more pronounced collapse than we saw in February and March. That may have been the Dow’s fastest-ever bear market, but the magnitude of the plunge still pales in comparison to what transpired a century ago. As the Dow rallies off its March lows, hedge fund bear Kevin Smith sees parallels to the 1930 stock market “relief rally” that was incredibly short-lived. | Source: Yahoo Finance

According to Smith, that’s about to change.

Fed stimulus juiced the stock market into a phenomenal April recovery, but Smith alleges that the S&P 500 is still plagued by the same ugly fundamentals that made its early-year ascent so unconvincing – insane valuation multiples and overleveraged corporate balance sheets. Crescat Capital warned in early March that the market was teed up for a collapse long before coronavirus sunk its poisonous fangs into the economy’s longest-ever expansion. The S&P 500’s median enterprise value to sales (EV/sales) ratio had already ballooned twice as high as it did during either the financial crisis or dotcom bubble. All the pandemic did was light the fuse. So forget what history says. This time, Crescat claims, really is different. Maybe that’s why all the “smart money” is sitting on the sidelines.

Disclaimer: The opinions in this article do not represent investment or trading advice from CCN.com. Unless otherwise noted, the author has no position in any of the stocks mentioned.

This article was edited by Sam Bourgi.

Last modified: May 1, 2020 3:59 PM UTC

Josiah Wilmoth @Y3llowb1ackbird

Josiah is the US Editor at CCN.com, where he focuses on financial markets. He has written over 2,000 articles since joining CCN.com in 2014. His work has also been featured on ZeroHedge, Yahoo Finance, and Investing.com. He lives in rural Virginia. Email him directly at josiah.wilmoth(at)ccn.com.

:: 5-3-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hungry Seagulls Kill Pigeons and Rats as Lockdown Deprives Them of Food in Rome, Italy

By Strange Sounds - May 3, 2020

Seagulls in Rome take to killing rats and pigeons…

As the lockdown deprives them of food scraps. Deprived of the juicy scraps left by bars and restaurants that they normally gorge on, Rome’s notoriously aggressive seagulls have become cold-blooded killers. Two months into Italy’s lockdown and with trattorias and cafes all closed, the big gulls are now killing rats and pigeons on the mean streets of the capital. “They are going back to being predators,” said Bruno Cignini, a zoologist from the capital’s Rome University Tor Vergata. “They are catching mostly pigeons but also swallows and black birds. They’re also going after fish in the Tiber. Luckily, they are also eating rats. Animals are changing their habits as we change ours,” he told Corriere della Sera newspaper. From pecking at carrion to killing Rome’s sharp-beaked gulls developed a taste for pigeon and rat in the past but the prey was usually dead – road kill left by the city’s chaotic traffic. The gulls are now switching from pecking at carrion to killing. The species is known in Italian as the Royal Gull but in English as the Yellow-Legged Gull. Their bold behaviour and beady eyes are the stuff of legend in the capital. Matteo Salvini, the head of the centre-Right League party and former deputy prime minister, joked last year that they were “the size of pterodactyls.”

He said he had gone for an evening stroll and “found myself in company with three massive rats – and then there are the aggressive seagulls, which are like pterodactyls.” He was having a dig at Rome City Council, which is run by a mayor from the anti-establishment Five Star Movement. He said the city was in such a state of abandonment that “the only thing we are missing is a plague of locusts.”

Rome has a large menagerie of unwelcome wildlife:

Wild boar snuffle alongside busy roads and menace dog walkers

The Tiber is full of coypu, a South American rodent once kept in farms for its fur

And the parks ring with the squawks of thousands of Ring-necked and Monk Parakeets.

Maybe we will also turn cannibals after the pandemic. More apocalyptic news on Strange Sounds and Steve Quayle. [Telegraph, Yahoo]

https://strangesounds.org/2020/05/seagulls-kill-rats-pigeons-rome-food-video.html 

:: 5-3-20 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Oregon DHS Announces Plan to Confiscate Children if Foster Parents Test Positive for Coronavirus and Deemed Unable to Provide for Them

By Jim Hoft Published May 3, 2020 at 9:19am 301 Comments Share (1.9k)

Several states reopened last week.

Severl more will open at least partially this week from the Fauci lockdown. But Democrat-led Oregon is not one of them.

Oregon DHS Announces Plan to Confiscate Children if Foster Parents Test Positive for Coronavirus and Deemed Unable to Provide for Them

By Jim Hoft

Published May 3, 2020 at 9:19am 301 Comments Share (1.9k)

Several states reopened last week.

Severl more will open at least partially this week from the Fauci lockdown.

But Democrat-led Oregon is not one of them.

Oregon, a state with 4.14 million residents, did not reopen on Friday.

In fact, the liberal state is not reopening anytime soon.

Far Left Oregon Governor Kate Brown is extending the state’s lockdown until JULY 6th!

TWO MORE MONTHS! TRENDING: HUGE UPDATE: Dr. Fauci and Dr. Birx Used Imperial College Model -- NOW CONFIRMED AS A COMPLETE FRAUD -- To Persuade President Trump to Lock Down Entire US Economy!

Oregon is ranked 40th in US coronavirus deaths. 40TH!

But there is even more troubling news coming from Oregon.

On April 22nd the state initiated a plan to remove children from foster homes if one of the parents comes down with coronavirus.

The state of Oregon will remove the children and place them with “sustitute care” if the parents are deemed unable to support them.

This law was actually published online on the Oregon Department of Human Services website. It appears Oregon got this idea from WHO executive Michael Ryan.

At the behest of the World Health Organization (WHO) executive director Michael Ryan, Oregon is slated to remove children from homes and place them in “substitute care” if parents are deemed “unable to support them.”

Ryan, who was criticized for stating that governments need to go door-to-door looking for people infected with coronavirus and if found, “Now we need to go and look in families to find those people who may be sick, and remove them and isolate them.”

Jim Hoft is the founder of The Gateway Pundit, one of the top conservative news outlets in America. Jim was awarded the Reed Irvine Accuracy in Media Award in 2013 and is the proud recipient of the Breitbart Award for Excellence in Online Journalism from the Americans for Prosperity Foundation in May 2016.

:: 4-28-20 Dennis Prager :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Our Dress Rehearsal for a Police State

Tue, Apr 28, 2020 • Prager's Column

All my life, I have dismissed paranoids on the right (“America is headed to communism”) and the left (“It can happen here” — referring to fascism). It’s not that I’ve ever believed liberty was guaranteed. Being familiar with history and a pessimist regarding the human condition, I never believed that.

But the ease with which police state tactics have been employed and the equal ease with which most Americans have accepted them have been breathtaking. People will argue that a temporary police state has been justified because of the allegedly unique threat to life posed by the new coronavirus. I do not believe the data will bear that out. Regardless, let us at least agree that we are closer to a police state than ever in American history. “Police state” does not mean totalitarian state. America is not a totalitarian state; we still have many freedoms. In a totalitarian state, this article could not be legally published, and if it were illegally published, I would be imprisoned and/or executed. But we are presently living with all four of the key hallmarks of a police state: No. 1: Draconian laws depriving citizens of elementary civil rights. The federal, state, county and city governments are now restricting almost every freedom except those of travel and speech. Americans have been banned from going to work (and thereby earning a living), meeting in groups (both indoors and outdoors), meeting in their cars in church parking lots to pray and entering state-owned properties such as beaches and parks — among many other prohibitions.

No. 2: A mass media supportive of the state’s messaging and deprivation of rights.

The New York Times, CNN and every other mainstream mass medium — except Fox News, The Wall Street Journal (editorial and opinion pages only) and talk radio — have served the cause of state control over individual Americans’ lives just as Pravda served the Soviet government. In fact, there is almost no more dissent in The New York Times than there was in Pravda. And the Big Tech platforms are removing posts about the virus and potential treatments they deem “misinformation.”

No. 4: Snitches. How do the police dispatchers learn of lawbreakers such as families playing softball in a public park, lone joggers without face masks, etc.? From their fellow citizens snitching on them. The mayor of New York City, Bill de Blasio, set up a “snitch line,” whereby New Yorkers were told to send authorities photos of fellow New Yorkers violating any of the quarantine laws. Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti similarly encouraged snitching, unabashedly using the term. It is said that about 1 in every 100 East German citizens were informers for the Stasi, the East German secret police, as superbly portrayed in the film “The Lives of Others.” It would be interesting, and, I think, important, to know what percentage of New Yorkers informed on their fellow citizens. Now, again, you may think such a comparison is not morally valid, that de Blasio’s call to New Yorkers to serve a Stasi-like role was morally justified given the coronavirus pandemic. But you cannot deny it is Stasi-like or that, other than identifying spies during World War II, this is unprecedented in American history at anywhere near this level. This past Friday night, I gathered with six others for a Shabbat dinner with friends in Santa Monica, California. On my Friday radio show, I announced I would be doing that, and if I was arrested, it would be worth it. In my most pessimistic dreams, I never imagined that in America, having dinner at a friend’s house would be an act of civil disobedience, perhaps even a criminal act. But that is precisely what happens in a police state. The reason I believe this is a dress rehearsal is that too many Americans appear untroubled by it; the dominant force in America, the left, supports it, and one of the two major political parties has been taken over by the left. Democrats and their supporters have, in effect, announced they will use state power to enforce any law they can to combat the even greater “existential” crisis of global warming. On the CNN website this weekend, in one of the most frightening and fanatical articles in an era of fanaticism, Bill Weir, CNN chief climate correspondent, wrote an open letter to his newborn son. In it, he wrote of his idealized future for America: “completely new forms of power, food, construction, transportation, economics and politics.” You cannot get there without a police state. If you love liberty, you must see that it is jeopardized more than at any time since America’s founding. And that means, among other things, that at this time, a vote for any Democrat is a vote to end liberty. This column was originally posted on Townhall.com.

https://www.dennisprager.com/column/our-dress-rehearsal-for-a-police-state/ 

:: 5--20 Freedom Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Communist Democrats in 3 States Push Laws to Force Private Property Owners to Allow Homeless to Live Their Property

Ohio, California, and Oregon are pushing for laws that would force private property owners to allow homeless people to camp out on their property. What’s worst is that if they try to do something about it, they could be arrested. I’d certainly like to know what they’d be arrested for. Two recent court decisions surrounding homelessness may have a big impact on people sleeping on city streets. While the U.S. Supreme Court has decided not to hear a case about criminalizing homelessness, an appeals court ruled encampments are allowed on private property. Kevin Finn has worked to end homelessness in Cincinnati for 21 years. He cautiously applauds the two recent court rulings that address the criminalization of sleeping on the streets. “I don’t think there’s anything helpful about making it a criminal act for people to be sleeping outside if ultimately what we want is for people to get into housing,” said Finn. The Supreme Court will not hear a case on a ban against homeless people sleeping in public spaces. That now means there’s a constitutional right to camp in public. “Filing charges, making things they’re doing illegal, making their police history longer is not helpful for the long-term goal,” said Finn. Ohio’s First District Court of Appeals says governments cannot ban homeless encampments from private property — like Hamilton County did at the New Prospect Baptist Church in 2018. “I don’t think it’s ever a good move to ever try to criminalize people sleeping outside,” said Finn. “But at the same time, a homeless person is three times more likely to die sleeping outside on the streets, so we need to find a balance where we’re not encouraging people to sleep outside in camps either.”

Mike Coudrey @MichaelCoudrey EXPLICIT WARNING ⚠️:

Look at the homeless epidemic in Los Angeles due to failed liberal policies, high taxes, and high crime.

Police are now demanding citizens allow homeless people to camp on their private property, threatening this man with arrest if he moves them.

:: 5-4-20 Light Has Come :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America, We’re In Trouble – Cattle Rancher Explains That Starvation Is Coming As Millions Of Pounds Of Food Is Being Dumped….

By MsSophie | May 4, 2020 | Comments 0 Comment

America, ‘We Are In Trouble’ – Cattle Rancher Explains That Starvation Is Coming As Millions Of Pounds Of Food Is Being Dumped From Coast To Coast

By Susan Duclos – All News PipeLine

We’re going to start this article a little differently than usual, as we are seeing dire warnings, not just from writers that have been seeing the writing on the wall regarding food shortages during the national lockdown because of the COVID-19 coronavirus pandemic, but from the very people that grow the food that ends up on our tables.  So, we are going to begin this article with a video that a regular reader so kindly sent over to us. A Texas cattle rancher created a video that was published at An American Homestead’s YouTube channel, explaining what is happening to farmers and ranchers from “coast to coast” and warning exactly how dire the situation truly is. This news has been reported, generally in separate articles, or days apart, but when all is seen together, we can see why Mr. Sullivan says “we are in trouble.” Watch him, then below the video I will link to the reports confirming each of his assertions. Mr. Sullivan speaks about vegetable crops having to be plowed under from coast to coast. He is correct as multiple news reports over the last few weeks have confirmed. The UPI headline states “Farmers destroy crops grown for restaurants, hotels.” With the lockdown and social distancing rules state leaders have mandated, many business that usually buy food products from America’s farmers and ranchers in bulk, can no longer do so. U.S. farmers have destroyed millions of pounds of perishable food like tomatoes, lettuce and green beans because growers lost a vast number of customers after the coronavirus pandemic struck. “It’s a catastrophe, it really is,” said Tony DiMare, a long-time tomato grower based in Palm Beach County, Fla.

• He then describes how millions of chickens are having to be euthanized. Business Insider reports that 2 million chickens from one single plant in Deleware have to be euthanized.

That is just one of the hundreds of plants across America having to make that kind of devastating decision because we have created a food supply chain that when any part of it is disrupted collectively, the entire system starts falling apart.

A poultry-processing plant in Delaware has made the “difficult but necessary” decision to kill 2 million chickens as worker shortages push the US meat supply chain toward a breaking point.

Delmarva Poultry Industry Inc., a cooperative that works with about 1,300 farmers, said it looked at all other options, “including allowing another chicken company to transport and process the chickens and taking a partially processed product to rendering facilities to utilize for other animal feed” but ultimately decided on euthanasia.

• The next thing he mentions is how sows are being given abortions, and on April 28, 2020, the New York Post described how farmers are having to kill piglets and give sows abortions because they are running out of space to house their livestock.

• On the same day Bloomberg reported that the “mass hog cull” has begun with meat rotting in landfills.

• Many already know that farmers are having to dump hundreds of thousands of gallons of milk as the “coronavirus has devastated US agriculture,” as CNBC states.

Related: INSIGHT-Piglets aborted, chickens gassed as pandemic slams meat sector

• On top of those items that Mr. Sullivan so succinctly described we see a report at MSN Money,. from Bloomberg, showing that some grocers are now rationing meat and limiting the sale of ground beef and fresh pork in certain areas. Already, some grocers are beginning to ration supplies as the virus forces unprecedented disruptions in meat processing. Kroger Co., the nation’s biggest traditional supermarket chain, on Friday said it was limiting purchases of ground beef and fresh pork “at select stores.” Wholesale prices for both the meats have surged, and it’s starting to translate into higher bills at the retail level.

• Krogers is not the only place where the the rationing has begun, as we see the blaring headline “McDonalds Starts To Ration Meat Amid Supply Chain ‘Concerns’.” Within the article we see the “company has placed items like burgers, bacon and sausage on “controlled allocation,” according to Business Insider. Additionally, the company’s distribution centers have been placed on ‘managed supply’.” When we step back and look at all of those stories together, in one place, it is a little easier to understand the sheer desperation of the ranchers and farmers, forced to kill and destroy their own fruits, vegetables and livestock, which in turn destroys their entire livelihood.

(PLEASE HELP SUPPORT ANP: With Independent Media being censored on almost every internet platform, reader donations are what keeps websites like ANP up and running. Your donations are greatly appreciated. Thank you, Stefan & Susan.)

WHERE IS THE MEDIA?

While I was able to find articles regarding each of these issues, the media reports it then buries under their latest Trump outrage of the day, so worried about attacking the President, they cannot be bothered to help Americans understand what is happening now and what is coming. I had to look up each of those articles individually because places that generate links, such as Drudge Report, has just one article today, Sunday, May 3, 2020, that relates to the upcoming food crisis. Why are most media outlets ignoring the huge elephant in the room, and others are burying their reports when they can be bothered to inform Americans of what is truly happening with our food supply chains? Had the establishment media warned Americans back when the pandemic first began to spread from Wuhan, China, perhaps those same Americans would have had more time to prepare, stock up on items before the panic buying began and stripped shelves of basics like cleaning supplies and toilet paper.

The so-called “mainstream media” has failed spectacularly during this pandemic.

:: 5-4-20 KOMO News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Costco to limit meat purchases amid nationwide outbreak at processing plants

by KOMO News Staff Monday, May 4th 2020

:: 4-23-20 Survival Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THE CORONAVIRUS PLANNEDEMIC IS AN ACT OF WAR DESIGNED TO CRASH THE GLOBAL ECONOMIES AND BRING IN THE NEW WORLD ORDER WITH A DIGITAL ID

Jack Metir technology April 23, 2020 4 Minutes

In the United States last week, stimulus checks are going out and I know people who have received them, I have not so far. Those $1,200 checks account for almost $500 billion of the total package, so where did the $1.5 trillion dollars go? They sold this whole thing as something that would primarily ‘benefit the people’, but which people exactly are receiving the other 75% of that massive mountain of money? Here’s something for you to chew on, Jeff Bezos’ wealth increased by $24 billion dollars this week while you were so excited with your $1,200 distraction money. First rule to apply when you need to figure out something that makes no sense is who stands to benefit the most? That’s rule number one. Rule number three is understanding we are living in certified end times, and the New World Order must rise to the forefront. Now figure out what the first two rules are. Here we are at roughly the one month mark since the Plannedemic lockdown here in America went into effect, other nations like Italy, Israel, the UK and others had already been locked down. So what does the view at this level look like? It looks like exactly what I thought it looked like a month ago, a real virus hijacked and weaponized, combined with a worldwide campaign of fear and disinformation designed to make us so afraid that in the ‘fog of war’ we wouldn’t see what the elites we actually doing. ‘Toilet paper shortage’ that’s really a psy-op. But we who have the Holy Spirit saw this coming from a mile away. “Beware therefore, lest that come upon you, which is spoken of in the prophets; Behold, ye despisers, and wonder, and perish: for I work a work in your days, a work which ye shall in no wise believe, though a man declare it unto you.” Acts 13:40,41 (KJB) In the United States this week, stimulus checks are going out and I know people who have received them, I have not so far. Those $1,200 checks account for almost $500 billion of the total package, so where did the $1.5 trillion dollars go? They sold this whole thing as something that would primarily ‘benefit the people’, but which people exactly are receiving the other 75% of that massive mountain of money? Here’s something for you to chew on, Jeff Bezos’ wealth increased by $24 billion dollars this week while you were so excited with your $1,200 distraction money First rule to apply when you need to figure out something that makes no sense is who stands to benefit the most? That’s rule number one. Rule number two is who is in what position after the changes take place. Rule number three is understanding we are living in certified end times, and the New World Order must rise to the forefront. Any questions? From the very beginning we have been lied to by China, by the World Health Organization, by Bill Gates, by Anthony Fauci, by the CDC, by all of them. Time to rouse from slumber, Christian, there’s a war on. New World Order elite Jeff Bezos Gains $24 Billion While World’s Rich Reap Bailout Rewards

FROM YAHOO NEWS: The world’s richest person is getting richer, even in a pandemic, and perhaps because of it. With consumers stuck at home, they’re relying on Jeff Bezos’s Amazon.com Inc. more than ever. The retailer’s stock climbed 5.3% to a record Tuesday, lifting the founder’s net worth to $138.5 billion. The pandemic has brought the global economy to a near standstill and pushed almost 17 million Americans onto the unemployment rolls in the span of three weeks. JPMorgan Chase & Co. and Wells Fargo & Co. signaled Tuesday that loan losses fueled by the unprecedented job cuts — many of them in the retail sector that Amazon so efficiently disrupted — could rival those incurred after the 2008 financial crisis. Yet Jeff Bezos and many of his wealthy peers have seen their fortunes recover in recent weeks, helped by the boost given to markets by unprecedented stimulus efforts by governments and central bankers. While the combined net worth of the world’s 500 richest people has dropped $553 billion this year, it has surged 20% from its low on March 23, according to the Bloomberg Billionaires Index “The wealth gap, it’s only going to get wider with what’s going on now,” said Matt Maley, chief market strategist at Miller Tabak + Co. “The really wealthy people haven’t had to worry. Yes, they’re less wealthy, but you haven’t had to worry about putting food on the table or keeping a roof over your head.” READ MORE

A Nice Overview Of The Trail Of Lies Around The Coronavirus

The World Health Organization is Bill Gates favorite group of end times elites, to paraphrase the old 70’s commercial, he liked them so much he bought the company!

:: 5--20 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Which painkillers are safe for you to take?

By LUCY ELKINS, Daily Mail

Over-the-counter painkillers have been a trusted part of most medicine cabinets for decades.

https://www.dailymail.co.uk/health/article-145064/Which-painkillers-i-safe-take.html 

:: 5-3-20 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Here Is Why The U.S. Economy Would Continue To Crash Even If All The Lockdowns Were Lifted Immediately…

May 3, 2020 by Michael Snyder

COVID-19 has created an enormous amount of fear, and that fear is doing far more damage to the economy than the actual virus is. In an environment of fear, financial institutions become a lot tighter with their money, and that inevitably causes economic activity to slow down. For example, just consider what happened in 2008. Mortgage lending standards suddenly became much more strict, and that greatly contributed to the horrific housing price crash which left millions upon millions of Americans underwater on their mortgages. Unfortunately, this coronavirus pandemic has created a wave of fear that is far greater than what we experienced during the last recession, and that has enormous implications for the months ahead. Extremely loose lending standards helped create debt-fueled “booms” throughout our economy in recent years, but now lending standards are going in the complete opposite direction very rapidly. For instance, Chase is now requiring a credit score of at least 700 for all new home loans, and they are one of the financial institutions that is now requiring a down payment of at least 20 percent… A Chase spokesperson confirmed that starting April 14, new mortgage applicants will need a minimum credit score of 700 and a down payment of 20%. Refinancing applications for non-Chase mortgages will also need the same score. Chase didn’t disclose its previous lending standards but the average downpayment for first-time home buyers is around 6%, according to a 2018 survey from the National Association of Realtors. If you own your home, would you have been approved for a mortgage under the new Chase standards? And Chase is far from alone. In fact, most major mortgage lenders have now tightened up, and Redfin is estimating that about a quarter of all home buyers last year would not have qualified under the new standards.

:: 5-4-20 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are we Heading to This Again? Starvation and Cannibalism During Man-Made Famine in 1920s Russia

By Strange Sounds - May 4, 2020

https://strangesounds.org/2020/05/famine-picture-cannibalism-russia-history.html 

:: 5-3-20 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nolte: They Told Us Lockdowns Were About Flattening the Curve. They Lied.

In order to flatten the curve of the coronavirus, the politicians told us we must lockdown and be quarantined while our economy collapsed. They told us we had to flatten the curve to ensure our health care system was not overwhelmed by the sick and dying. They told us that if the health care system was overwhelmed, people would die who could otherwise be saved. They told us losing people who can be saved is intolerable, and America agreed… And so, for the first time in recorded history, healthy Americans dutifully fulfilled our end of the bargain and went into quarantine by dutifully agreeing to go into lockdown while our economy collapsed. And now we know we were suckers…

Now we know the politicians lied to us. This was never about saving the healthcare system from crashing, because we have saved the system from crashing, and most of us are still in these goddamned lockdowns. They lied. Not all the politicians lied. But most of the politicians lied, most especially Democrat governors…. My Democrat governor, Roy Cooper, just canceled school for the rest of the year and extended our ludicrous, pointless, statewide, one-size-fits-all lockdown to May 8.

Why? There’s no good answer. Among others, all of California, Michigan, Hawaii, and Wisconsin are locked down through the end of May. Oregon is locked down until July 6! Why? There’s no good answer.

There is no threat the healthcare system’s going to crash in any of those states. You might be able to convince me there’s a small risk in some urban areas — in Detroit or Los Angeles or Milwaukee, but 95 percent of those states are completely out of the woods. But these Democrat governors refuse to open any part of their state. My North Carolina county is completely out of the woods… We had nine cases here and no deaths. Nine cases. Zero deaths. We’re still locked down, even though there’s a full-blown medical center in my county. In my five county area we’ve had fewer than 100 cases and one death. Each of those counties has a hospital. There is no chance these health systems will crash. None. So why are we still locked down? Even in our most densely populated area, Charlotte, there have been only 1651 cases and 49 deaths. The curve here in North Carolina, and the curve in 95 percent of the country is not just bent, it’s crushed, decimated, destroyed — and let’s now take this opportunity to go ahead and say the following out loud: in much of the country there was never any real danger of overwhelming the health care system. The experts were wrong. But that’s okay. It happens. We planned for the worst and the worst didn’t happen… That’s a good thing. But why in the name of God’s creation are lockdowns being extended where there is no risk of the system being overwhelmed?

You told us we had to ravage our economy in order to bend the curve. Okay, the curve is bent; can we go now? No, because now you’re moving the goalposts. Now you’re spreading an all new pile of bullshit with this bullshit about saving lives and it still not being safe to go out. Well, riddle me this Govs. Newsom, Cooper, Whitmer, and Evers… When there is zero risk the health care system will crash, and when there is no vaccine or cure, why is it safer to reopen in two or three weeks or a month or three months, as opposed to right now? With no vaccine or cure, what’s going to change to make things safer between today and May 8 or May 31 or July 6? Don’t tell me we’re waiting for warmer weather. First off, no one has said that’s why the lockdowns have been extended. Secondly, Dr. Fauci has already said “You must assume that the virus will continue to do its thing” when the weather gets warm — and I believe him. Besides, we’re also being told the virus could roar back in the fall, which should only add to the urgency to free us today. Before we might have to hole up again, let us get back to normal for as long as possible, let us make as much money as possible. Whether you reopen your state on May 1 or May 31 or July 6, this incurable disease will still be out there waiting… Which means it will be just as risky to reopen on May 31 as it is today — so why wait? What is the benefit of waiting when waiting doesn’t make it any safer? What had been a national effort to save lives, a noble effort of national unity, has been twisted by Democrat governors into something unnecessarily punitive that reeks of a partisan power play to destroy President Trump’s re-election chances. Give me a better explanation. Because this is the bottom line… Unless you’re willing to wait for a cure (that is at least a year away or might never come at all), when there is no risk the health care system’s going to crash, what is the point of waiting one more day to open up the country when waiting doesn’t make us any safer?

This is madness. You lied to us. You’re all liars.

P.S. To those Americans who believe the lockdowns should continue — feel free to continue your quarantine. No one’s talking about forcing anyone to leave quarantine. No one’s going to force you to go to the beach or the mall. Stay home. Follow John Nolte on Twitter @NolteNC. Follow his Facebook Page here.

:: 5--20 Neon Nettle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Leaked Intel Dossier Exposes China's Plot to Deceive the World on Coronavirus 'Five Eyes' intelligence alliance research reveals China hid or destroyed evidence

China has been actively engaging in a cover-up of the origins of the coronavirus by hiding and destroying evidence, according to a bombshell leaked intelligence dossier. The research dossier was compiled by the so-called "Five Eyes" intelligence alliance states - which comprises of the intel agencies of Australia, Canada, New Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The intelligence research reveals that China intentionally hid or destroyed evidence of the coronavirus outbreak, triggering a global pandemic and leading to the loss of tens of thousands of lives around the world. The leaked 15-page intel document was obtained by Australia's Saturday Telegraph newspaper and establishes that China's cover-up amounts to an "assault on international transparency." The dossier echoes themes reported in the media about the outbreak of the virus. Reports about China's initial denial that the virus could be transmitted between humans, and refusal to provide live samples to international scientists working on a vaccine, the silencing or "disappearing" of doctors who tried to speak up, and the destruction of evidence in laboratories, are all supported by the intelligence document. Specifically, the file notes that China began censoring news of the virus on search engines and social media beginning Dec. 31, deleting terms including “SARS variation," “Wuhan Seafood market” and “Wuhan Unknown Pneumonia.” Three days later, on Jan. 3, China’s National Health Commission ordered virus samples to be either moved to designated testing facilities or destroyed, while simultaneously issuing a "no-publication order" related to the disease. TRENDING: Joe Biden Has Brain Freeze Forgets Word for Coronavirus WATCH The Saturday Telegraph report includes a timeline of Chinese obfuscation. On Jan. 5, for example, Wuhan's Municipal Health Commission stopped releasing daily updates on the number of new cases and would not resume them for 13 days. On Jan. 10, Wang Guanga, a respiratory specialist at Peking University First Hospital who had been investigating the outbreak, said it was "under control" and largely a "mild condition." (Wang himself would disclose 12 days later that he had been infected with the virus.) Two days later, on Jan. 12, a Shanghai professor's lab was closed down after it shared data on the virus's genetic sequence with the outside world. On Jan. 24, Chinese officials stopped the Wuhan Institute of Virology from sharing virus samples with a lab at the University of Texas. Perhaps most damningly, the dossier states that Chinese authorities denied that the virus could be spread between humans until Jan. 20, "despite evidence of human-human transmission from early December." The file is similarly unsparing about the World Health Organization (WHO), stating that it toed the Chinese line about human-to-human transmission despite the fact that "officials in Taiwan raised concerns as early as December 31, as did experts in Hong Kong on January 4.” As of Saturday, the WHO's official Twitter account still features a tweet from Jan. 14 that stated: "Preliminary investigations conducted by the Chinese authorities have 14 that stated: "Preliminary investigations conducted by the Chinese authorities have found no clear evidence of human-to-human transmission of the novel #coronavirus (2019-nCoV) identified in #Wuhan, #China." The dossier goes on to state that throughout February, "Beijing [pressed] the US [sic], Italy, India, Australia, Southeast Asian neighbours [sic] and others not to protect themselves via travel restrictions, even as [China] impose[d] severe restrictions at home." At the same time, the file states: "Millions of people [left] Wuhan after the outbreak and before Beijing lock[ed] down the city on January 23." The dossier continues with a litany of Chinese defensiveness, stating: “As EU [European Union] diplomats prepare a report on the pandemic, [China] successfully presses Brussels to strike language on [China] disinformation." Similarly, “As Australia calls for an independent inquiry into the pandemic, [China] threatens to cut off trade with Australia. [China] has likewise responded furiously to US [sic] calls for transparency.” The Saturday Telegraph report does present one apparent point of divergence between the allied governments, with Australia believing the coronavirus most likely originated in the Wuhan wet market and putting the chances it accidentally leaked from a lab at "5 percent." By contrast, Fox News reported April 15 that U.S. intelligence officials are increasingly confident that coronavirus likely originated in a Wuhan lab as a consequence of China's attempt to demonstrate that its efforts to identify and combat viruses are equal to or greater than the capabilities of the United States President Trump said Thursday that he's seen evidence suggesting the virus came from a lab after reporters asked if he knew of anything that gave him confidence that the outbreak originated in the Wuhan Institute of Virology. "Yes, I have," he replied, "And, I think that the World Health Organization should be ashamed of themselves because they’re like the public relations agency for China." Multiple sources previously told Fox News that it is believed standards in Wuhan were disregarded before the virus leaked, prompting Beijing to initiate a cover-up. Sources also claimed the WHO was complicit from the beginning in helping China cover its tracks. The WHO and China have denied any wrongdoing. The Saturday Telegraph also reported that key figures at the Wuhan Institute of Virology previously worked or trained in Australian government labs where they conducted research on pathogens in live bats as part of an ongoing partnership with the Chinese Academy of Sciences. According to the dossier, the team's work at the Wuhan lab involved discovering samples of coronavirus within a cave in Yunnan province and synthesizing a bat-derived coronavirus that could not be cured.

:: 5--20 The Fringe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The NWO will use a virus to depopulate the world!

Published on Apr 27, 2018

Eugenics and population control are like religion to the NWO! Bill Gates has raised the red flag, signaling that the next great pandemic will reduce the worlds population to sustainable, and more easily controllable numbers! They are going to use a deadly flu virus!

https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/to-y...5813ccbbb7 

EyesWideOpen111 Wrote:

The NWO will use a virus to depopulate the world!

Published on Apr 27, 2018

Eugenics and population control are like religion to the NWO! Bill Gates has raised the red flag, signaling that the next great pandemic will reduce the worlds population to sustainable, and more easily controllable numbers! They are going to use a deadly flu virus!

https://www.washingtonpost.com/news/to-y...5813ccbbb7 

https://youtu.be/nQyJPG-2Ims 

https://the-fringe.com/thread-the_nwo_will_use_a_virus_to_depopulate_the_world 

:: 5-3-20 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Understanding a measure of wheat for a penny - Reupload

4,105 views •May 3, 2020

Understanding Genesis

62 subscribers

Understanding the word of God goes to a whole new level when you have the Holy Spirit helping you... Enjoy this video about what revelation 6:6 is telling us.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=84ai4Dp4XAg 

:: 5--20 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massachusetts Walmart store sees more than 80 employees test positive for coronavirus

Danielle Wallace

By Danielle Wallace | Fox News

At least 81 employees inside a single Walmart store in Massachusetts have tested positive for the coronavirus, officials said. The Walmart Supercenter in Worcester, about 50 miles west of Boston, was closed on Wednesday to undergo a deep cleaning after 23 employees had received positive test results. The first case was confirmed on April 8. By Sunday, 58 additional employees had tested positive, meaning a total of 81 employees at that store had become infected with the novel virus, Worcester City Manager Edward Augustus said. "Our inspectional services department will inspect the facility to make sure that the cleaning was done in compliance with our guidelines," the city manager told WYCN-LD. A total of 391 employees had undergone testing conducted by UMass Memorial Health Care on Thursday and Friday. Walmart spokesman, Charles Crowson, told Fox News that those numbers included staff who work inside the same building, including both Walmart employees as well as workers employed by independent vendors. A city inspection conducted Tuesday revealed employees were not wearing face masks, violating a recent city order requiring all essential workers to wear personal protective gear, the Worcester Business Journal reported.

Crowson, a senior manager for corporate communications at Walmart, said the company has required all staff to wear face masks while on the job since April 20. He told the Journal the company has implemented other safety precautions, including testing workers' temperatures at the start of each shift and reducing store hours to allow more time for cleaning. Aisles have been arranged to permit only one-way traffic, and plastic barriers have been set up to separate checkout aisles, he added.

BOSTON GROCERY STORE WORKERS STAND 6 FEET APART TO PROTEST LACK OF MASKS, WAGES AMID CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK

Advocates argue that both the city and company have not done enough to safeguard the health of essential workers during the pandemic, WYCN-LD reported. "They're already vulnerable. They have to go out there and make money, they can't afford to say, 'No, I got to take the day off, now is really not time.' They need food, they need to keep a roof over their heads," said Joanne Suarez, a community health advocate at The Family Van, a mobile clinic providing free medical screenings in underserved Boston neighborhoods. Coinciding with International Workers' Day, some grocery workers in Massachusetts were expected to participate in a national “sickout” Friday, calling out of work to demand more pay and safer working conditions amid the pandemic. The national protest involved employees at Target, Whole Foods, Amazon, Instacart, FedEx and Walmart, but it was unclear how many in the greater Boston area participated. Last month, dozens of workers employed by Stop & Shop, Whole Foods, Trader Joe's and Shaw's food stores stood six feet apart in Boston’s South End claiming they were being forced to work during the coronavirus health crisis without adequate PPE.

In the hours following the protest, Boston Mayor Marty Walsh posted a video message on Twitter thanking grocery store employees for providing a critical service to the public amid the coronavirus crisis.

https://www.foxnews.com/us/massachusetts-walmart-coronavirus-employees-positive 

:: 5-3-20 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If Americans Are to Survive, They Must Be Willing to Adopt "Rules for Radicals" Strategies

Submitted by Dave Hodges on Sunday, May 3, 2020 - 16:58.

I hate you, at least I did for a long time. I always wondered how a well-educated person such as yourself could possess such Neanderthal views. I thought that if your kind took over the planet you hold people like me as sex slaves as you emptied my bank account forced most of us to perform slave labor.

I will give you credit for two things. You are very consistent in what you have been saying for a long time. It now appears that you were at least correct on a few things. Most of all, you are correct about this shut down of our country. We would be considerably better off if we just faced this virus head on. We are never going to achieve herd immunity by being locked in our homes. You also pointed out that we are compromising our immune system by staying sheltered-in-place. Death is a part of life, we need to go back to work and deal with the consequences. What good is it for us to survive and have nothing to return to? We can later debate the deep political differences that we hold. For now, Mr. Hodges, we need to unite and force our government to open our schools, Universities, and places of business. I commend you for your stand on these issues. Please do not print my last name because I am tenured professor at a large university in the Midwest and I would anticipate serious consequences for my shift in allegiances.

I have some ideas of what we need to do. Please contact me at the following--- Thank you, Xxxx xxxxx

The above email is typical of what I am receiving from large numbers of liberals. They feel betrayed. Many have not received the funds promised by the government. Many more have nothing left to pay bills for shelter and food. Subsequently, we conservatives need to adopt these liberals and use them for the skills they already possess. There is nobody better prepared to bring intense heat to an individual or group because they are society’s guerilla fighters. In other words, we need to open the gates of hell and invoke, legal, yet the most annoying forms of protest known to man.

Imprisoned Conservatives Must Embrace "Rules for Radicals" If America is going to break free of this bondage, we need to be willing to be rude, somewhat obnoxious, and very annoying yet, not to violate the law. There are some “Rules for Radicals” that Americans need to immediately employ if we are going to have a chance to save our country. This change in tactics should be somewhat easy to do because many of the liberals now joining our ranks over the shutdown, are well-versed in these tactics which have previously abhorred well-behaved conservatives. However, one cannot win if they bring a knife to a gun fight. If we are going to reclaim control over our country, we must be willing to go the next level of protest if necessary. The principles I will advocate below, are designed to harass, and intimidate as well change public opinion. Many times, the following will be all that is necessary to bring about change. However, all change groups must be willing to go to the next level, not covered here. For example, extreme civil disobedience as well as becoming more inflammatory on the fields of protests might be needed. Here is the best of Saul Alinsky’s principles adapted to use for our time and situation.

Alinsky’s Rule #4: “Make the enemy live up to their book of rules”.

Alinsky’s Rule #5: Relentless Ridicule is the most potent weapon according to the developer of the Rules for Radicals. It is almost impossible to counterattack ridicule. It infuriates the opposition. Back to my Arizona example again. I write one major article and make 10 podcasts per day and engage in 8 hours of broadcasting per week. In at least 50% of what I do, I mention Governor Doug Ducey. Remember, the old Nazi saying about repeating a lie often enough the people will come to believe it. The same principle, called the confirmation bias, works the same way for the truth. Most people don’t do podcasts, write articles or a have a radio show. However, the average, non-media person can write a daily paragraph to the legislators, call representatives and leave messages, and attend as many protests as possible. These people provide the sound of marching feet that every protest, or counter-protest movement needs to spread the intimidation. The ridicule must be relentless and drown out all counter-statements by your target. Shout them down at the press conferences. And this leads to a very important protest component, it must get personal, very personal and it must ultimately cost the target something. Protests should start out at governmental offices that are impacted. However, that does not make the protest personal. Subsequently, it must get very personal and be relentless. In Arizona, the protests, like the protesters in Michigan, must move to the Governor’s home. From 6AM to 10PM, from the sidewalk in front the home, the protests must be relentless. Further, some should be designated to drive cars around the home in a steady stream of honking. If the target, or spouse, has a business, even better. This brings the effect of business disruption to a very personal level. Leaflets, that describe the tyrannical behavior should be passed out. When there is a personal financial cost, policies get changed. There is another strategy that should be immediately employed. Thousands of class action lawsuits should be filed as soon as possible. The goal is to overwhelm a local or state officials with legal fees as well as to eat up their time. Additionally, people by the millions must be willing to take to the streets every day. The law enforcement minions that think it is OK to ruin the lives of small business owners and their employees, while enforcing unconstitutional regulations, must be overwhelmed in the streets that they have to call in the National Guard to disperse the crowds. And no, I am not advocating for violence. However, large crowds evoke fear in political bullies. Conclusion

It is my considered belief that this is what is necessary to make people like Doug Ducey back down. It will soon be working in Michigan as Governor Dimwit is about ready to cry uncle. Please note that the Michigan governor has been undermined by her legislature. When the rank and file send out daily messages to these people and threaten their incumbency, things can quickly change. Some very nice conservatives will say, “I could never be that rude”. That is certainly OK. But let’s make sure that if this is you, that you fully understand what it is you are really saying. By refusing to fight back, you are saying that you don’t care if your rights survive, you don’t care if your children will have a roof over their heads, or have enough to eat, or a have a country worth living in. America, you have been punched in the nose. Are you will to punch back? If not, put on your hazmat suit and cower in the corner and get out of our way.

:: 5--20 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pastors Henry, Alex Seeley say quarantining at home is revealing foundation marriage was built on

By Jeannie Law, Christian Post Reporter

Henry and Alex Seeley, who founded The Belonging Co church in Nashville, say the lockdown has affected each of them differently, and offered advice on how to work through challenges and any unresolved tensions that have been brought to the fore during the quarantine. The couple moved to Tennessee from Australia in 2012 and began leading their congregation six years ago after starting off as worship leaders. Now their worship team consists of some of the biggest names in worship music today. During the state lockdown in response to the coronavirus, the couple have had to navigate leading services online and hosting small groups with their church members. Henry and Alex Seeley shared with The Christian Post how they've been keeping their marriage strong during the quarantine and offered practical advice for couples whose marriages are struggling in this season. The interview has been lightly edited for clarity. Christian Post: Stay-at-home orders can be challenging for couples who are trying not to take their frustrations out on each other. How have you been able to navigate married life in this season? Henry: We just celebrated 22 years married. I think the further into marriage you get, the more you just realize the sacrificial element to marriage. I think that really is the essence of it. The further you get into marriage, the only way your marriage can not just survive but actually thrive and flourish, is when you are constantly from that heart posture of serving each other and not looking at what are my needs right now, but how can I serve? Obviously with that, when there's an equal balance of that, everybody's needs get met along the way; you do it with a different expectation. For Alex and I coming into this season, we've kind of worked from home. The last five or six years, we haven't even had an office where our church offices are right now because our team has outgrown the space and so we work from home quite a bit, anyway. Before that, I've always had a studio from home, so I'm kind of used to being at home a lot. So I think we've really worked out and just got used to that kind of flow anyway in life. I think during this season, thankfully it hasn't really affected us in a negative sense too much. I'm a bit of an introvert, so being at home for a month straight, that's no big deal. Alex has had some hard days where it's like, "I just need people, I need more people than just my immediate family." Alex: I haven't been frustrated at my husband or the kids. I've been frustrated, but I've had a husband who's been sensitive to understand "My wife needs people; my wife, she's highs and lows." So because we've had a strong foundation in building who we are as a couple, this actually hasn't disrupted our normal. When there has been a moment, I've been pre-warning people so that people don't take it personal. I think what it's (quarantine) been doing, it's been revealing the foundation of what marriage was built on. It's a real great indicator to see whether it was built on true relationship and conflict resolution and honoring, serving one another or whether the business of life masked a lot of our issues. I think it's a really important time for family and marriages to get it right. I thank God that honestly, I think we've had one fight, it was more of a meltdown, in the 42 days that we've been locked down.

CP: What advice do you have for couples in crisis on what to do to reestablish that foundation the proper way?

Henry: Don't ignore it. As crazy as this season is right now, I think it's the kindness of God on a lot of levels. Obviously, the illness has not come from God, this is not God's doing. Even the shutdown is not God's doing, but God will use any situation He can to get our attention. I think it's so important, and we've encouraged people to do this, in every space in their life, use this time to assess — while you've got some time right now — where are the weaknesses? What are the weak areas? Where have I just ignored things because I've been so busy just working or pretending that everything's OK, both as an individual and if they're married, relationship. So I think don't ignore what's going on. Also, don't allow the heightened sense of this close proximity to negatively affect the future but use it to say, "Alright, where are we? Where do we have tension points right now? Let's not argue about them. Let's sit down and work through them. Let's invite the Holy Spirit to help us in the center of our marriage to deal with this stuff." Because God knew if you're a couple that's married before the Lord, God's in covenant with you. So there's no reason for it to not work. It just means that you've got to get in and do a bit of work, especially in a moment like this. I think as Alex said, so often we're so busy with other things with life, with work, with all these other distractions that you can go 10 or even 20 years without ever really dealing with some of these things that need to be dealt with. Use this time to just kind of get in that place with the Holy Spirit and ask Him to help in those areas.

Alex: I would just say, look inward rather than outward. Don't look at your spouse's issues. Look at your issues and ask, "What am I reacting to? Why am I getting offended? Why am I getting frustrated?" Write it down and then in a calm, cool, collected way, not in the heat of the moment, sit down and say, "I think these are areas that we need to work on and first admit fault. Be the first to say sorry, and be the first to go, "Hey, this is my issue but I think together we need to deal with it."

Ask the Holy Spirit to help you with displaying the fruits of the Spirit. I think the nine fruits of the Spirit are really important in this season of love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness and self-control is really important. I think honestly, we can come out of this a lot stronger and a lot more like Christ.

Henry: I think oftentimes, it's easy to forget that you're on the same team. I think a lot of couples kind of fight from their own side of the playing field in marriage. One of the things I'm thankful that we were taught, even before we got married, is you're on the same team. You're not on opposing sides.

From day one of our marriage, we haven't always lived that out perfectly by any means but we've always come back to that place of, "Hang on, we're on the same team, why are we fighting against each other? We should be fighting for each other and for this marriage, so let's get on the same page here."

Honestly, it's been one of the keys to our marriage. I think it's been one of the keys to us raising our kids. Again, we haven't done a perfect job of raising our kids, but we've raised our kids really well, in general, and our family's peaceful for the most part because there's never been two sides. And the kids haven't had the option to go to dad if they don't get the response from mom that they want. We're always on the same side. So I think that's just a really huge part of marriage, just realizing that.

:: 5-3-20 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DHS report accuses China of intentionally downplaying coronavirus threat: AP

By Justine Coleman - 05/03/20 05:35 PM EDT

:: 5-1-20 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Transgender Man Who Gave Birth Can't Be Listed as Father, Court Rules

Michael Foust | ChristianHeadlines.com Contributor | Friday, May 1, 2020

Michael Foust has covered the intersection of faith and news for 20 years. His stories have appeared in Baptist Press, Christianity Today, The Christian Post, The Leaf-Chronicle, the Toronto Star and the Knoxville News-Sentinel.

:: 5--20 Al Jazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuela says eight killed in foiled 'invasion by sea'

Interior Minister Nestor Reverol says 'mercenary terrorists' launched attack from Colombia.

22 hours ago

:: 5-2-20 The Star online :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea's Kim did not have surgery, South says, as shots fired at DMZ

Sunday, 03 May 2020 11:03 AM MYT By Cynthia Kim and Hyonhee Shin

(Reporting by Cynthia Kim, Hyonhee Shin, Josh Smith; Editing by Michael Perry and Nick Macfie)

:: 5--20 MSN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pair of earthquakes, hours apart and measuring 3.3 and 3.2, rattle the San Fernando Valley

KABC 17 hrs ago

Two earthquakes rattled the Chatsworth area on Sunday, according to the USGS. The first one, measuring 3.3 magnitude, struck just after 3 a.m. Another quake, measuring 3.2 magnitude, struck in the same area later Sunday afternoon, at 2:45 p.m., according to the USGS. The quake hit Chatsworth at a depth of about four miles. Shaking was felt from Oxnard to Santa Clarita to Burbank, according to the USGS. The first quake hit just after 3 a.m. and was centered about half a mile from the San Fernando Valley neighborhood. It had a depth of just over four miles. Significant rattling and shaking was felt throughout the area. Many across the San Fernando Valley who felt the quake took to social media.

There were no immediate reports of damage in the area.

:: 4-28-20 Daily Star :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

:: 4-28-20 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Dire Warning To America: Censorship Happening On An Industrial Scale As Human Zoo Tracking Tech Is Unveiled

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die Tuesday, April 28, 2020

Locked inside an auto garage waiting room for over 5 hours on Monday while our truck received some much needed and absolutely 'essential' repairs, I also became a 'slave to' and 'analyst of' C-Span propaganda for that lengthy period of time and having avoided the msm for most of the past 15+ years, immediately saw the 'social engineering' that R.X. Kendrick recently reported upon in this ANP story.

With their 'coronavirus experts' actually only political talking heads including Democrats and Republicans who all took turns ripping President Trump to shreds over his handling of this pandemic, it didn't take long for the globalists 'buzz words' to make an appearance in the numerous shows that were on. And yes, their 'experts' continuously pointed out how this pandemic was actually an 'opportunity' to do things politically that they might not have been able to do without it. Also quickly firing off another globalist talking point on this pandemic, "we're all in this together", the total unity we've seen from the msm on this 'crisis' being seen as an 'opportunity' (to bring in tyranny?) as well as them attempting to paint a picture of all Americans in this thing together when some Americans are already starving due to food shortages here is alarming. And more reasons why Americans should never let our guards down in the days, weeks and months ahead with these political hacks also pushing their reasons why this lockdown might go on for several years. As ANP readers know, over the past 5+ years, ANP has never shied away from tackling controversial topics, especially of the global geo-political nature, so we're quite used to being attacked on a regular basis by hackers who may not agree with our story's points of view. But never before have we seen such a sustained attack upon ANP as we have witnessed over the past week+. With 'ANP2' now up and running as our backup until our tech can figure out how these devils were able to get into our system in the first place and re-direct our stories elsewhere, as many ANP readers have pointed out within our comment sections, somebody must really hate our stories for such a small website such as ANP to be under such a sustained attack. Though as others have pointed out in their comments, when you're over the top of a target is when you're most likely to be attacked so if that is the case with this latest hack, we'll say 'we're honored' but the implications are huge. And while at this moment we still have no concrete proof about who has been attacking us, with this latest round of attacks beginning soon after we published the stories listed below, we have an educated guess we're being targeted for the content of our covid-19 stories. And as we'll explore within this story, 'dangerous censorship' is now being unveiled in America with 'big tech' attacking and censoring anything 'anti-vaccine' at time when globalists are ever so eager to inject the masses with their poisons and several Democrat state governors using this 'crisis' as an 'opportunity' to unveil outright tyranny within their own states. So with Susan's 'Wake Up America' blog up and running as our ANP backup until our tech can figure out exactly how these devils were able to get into our very-well-secured system, (hinting at a 'deep state/China' attack upon ANP?!), of note is that the prior round of attacks upon ANP had happened back in February when we were also all over covid-19 and reports that a weaponized virus had leaked out a lab in China. Some of our most recent stories prior to this latest series of sustained attacks upon ANP.:

Be VERY Concerned! Democrats Weaponize Pandemic To Enact Anti-America, Extreme-Left Pet Projects: How Quarantines Became 'Politics As Usual' For Liberals That Want Total Government Control

'Death Camps' Now Await Residents Of Michigan Merely Suspected Of Being Sick As America Is Transformed Into Nazi Germany Tyrants Cracking Down Upon Americans Growing Their Own Food Setting Up Americans For Starvation As Prepping Suddenly Becomes Popular With The Masses Get Ready For More Stupidity & Tyranny In The Days, Weeks And Months Ahead As Globalists Position Themselves For 'The Kill' - Covid-19 'Weaponized For Tyranny' Much More Dangerous Than The Virus Itself America 'Locked Down' For Years? States Push For Lockdowns Until Vaccine Is Developed While One Of World's Leading Vaccine Manufacturers Warns That May NEVER Happen! Denial Of Reality Runs Rampant In 2020 America: Those Who Really Believe The Government Will Save Them Will Be Blindslided COVID-19 Sends Elites Fleeing To Their Doomsday Bunkers As Ordinary Jobless Americans Wait In Food Lines This 'Picture Worth A Thousand Words' Suggests Americans Are Being Deviously Lied To & Set Up For The Kill - Enemies Of Freedom Are Trying To Take Down America Without Firing A Single Shot So while we're unable to figure out exactly what story 'triggered' the attacks upon ANP, we can surmise by the content of those recent stories that all of this has something to do with our covid-19 coverage, stories that the mainstream media would surely label as 'conspiracy theory', though someone(s) obviously doesn't want our stories getting out to the masses. Before we continue, Susan and I wish to thank